Roundtable Discussion; The Future of Mineral Sands. Watch the video here.

Less Ads, More Data, More Tools Register for FREE

Pin to quick picksAA..L Regulatory News (AA.)

  • There is currently no data for AA.

Watchlists are a member only feature

Login to your account

Alerts are a premium feature

Login to your account

AA Bond Co Ltd – Supplemental Investor Report

18 Jan 2021 10:49

RNS Number : 0188M
AA PLC
18 January 2021
 

AA Bond Co Limited

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INVESTOR REPORT

18 January 2021

 

 

 

 

AA Bond Co Limited (the "Issuer") has made available certain updated information on 18 January 2021. Through this supplemental investor report (the "Supplemental Investor Report"), the Issuer is providing this information publicly.

 

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Supplemental Investor Report includes statements that are, or may be deemed to be, "forward-looking statements" within the securities laws of certain applicable jurisdictions. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms "aim", "anticipate", "assume", "believe", "contemplate", "continue", "could", "estimate", "expect", "forecast", "intend", "likely", "may", "might", "plan", "positioned", "potential", "predict", "project", "remain", "should", "will" or "would", or, in each case, their negative, or similar expressions, identify certain of these forward-looking statements. Other forward-looking statements can be identified in the context in which the statements are made. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts and include statements regarding the intentions, beliefs or current expectations of our management concerning, among other things, the results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies of the Holdco Group and/or the AA plc Group (as context requires) and the industry in which we operate. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this Supplemental Investor Report, including, without limitation, in the sections entitled "Risk Factors", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", "Industry" and "Business" and include, among other things, statements relating to:

· our strategy, outlook and growth prospects, including our plans to increase the sale of our products and services through cross-selling and up-selling to our existing customers;

· risks related to the recent outbreak of COVID 19;

· our operational and financial targets;

· our results of operations, liquidity, capital resources and capital expenditure;

· our cost-saving programmes;

· our financing plans and requirements;

· our planned investments;

· future growth in demand for our products and services;

· general economic trends and trends in the markets in which we operate;

· the impact of regulations and laws on us and our operations;

· our retention of personal members, business customers and business partners;

· the competitive environment in which we operate and pricing pressure we may face;

· our plans to launch new or expand existing products and services; and

· the outcome of legal proceedings or regulatory investigations.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and the development of the industry in which we operate, may differ materially from (and be more negative than) those made in, or suggested by, the forward-looking statements contained in this Supplemental Investor Report. In addition, even if our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and the development of the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this Supplemental Investor Report, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that they will materialise or prove to be correct. Because these forward-looking statements are based on assumptions or estimates and are subject to risks and uncertainties, the actual results or outcome could differ materially from those set out in the forward-looking statements as a result of, among others:

· the outbreak of COVID-19 and changes in the economic conditions in the United Kingdom (including as a result of COVID-19 and/or Brexit);

· the loss or impairment of our favourable brand recognition;

· the operational failure of our IT and communication systems or the failure to develop our IT and communication systems;

· the loss of key contractual relationships with certain business partners;

· increased competition within our business segments;

· existing competition within the insurance broking and underwriting markets;

· changes in the competitive landscape within the insurance industry, and changes relating to our insurance panel members;

· failure to renew existing contracts or enter into new contracts with suppliers;

· litigation (including in connection with roadside injuries or death) or regulatory inquiries or investigations;

· the failure to comply with data protection laws and regulations or failure to secure and protect personal data;

· a lack of price harmonisation across our personal member and business customer base or changes in the levels of price discounts or churn;

· our ability to achieve cost savings and control or reduce operating costs;

· failure of internal control processes;

· severe or unexpected weather, which may increase our operating costs;

· changes within the vehicle market, including the average age of vehicles on the road, extended manufacturer guarantees and reduced vehicle use;

· failure to protect our brand and other intellectual property rights from infringement;

· our ability to successfully manage risks and liabilities relating to acquisitions and integrate any future acquisitions or consummate disposals in the future;

· our ability to retain or replace senior management and key personnel;

· union relations, strikes, work stoppages or other disruptions in our workforce;

· adverse changes in the laws and regulations governing our business;

· risks relating to our pension schemes;

· risks relating to the financing structure;

· risks relating to our financial profile;

· factors affecting our leverage, our ability to service our debt and our structure;

· risks relating to security, enforcement and insolvency; and

· risks relating to taxation.

Additional factors that could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially include, but are not limited to, those discussed under "Risk Factors". The factors described above and others described under the caption "Risk Factors" should not be construed as exhaustive. Due to such uncertainties and risks, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements, which speak only as at the date of this Supplemental Investor Report. We urge you to read this Supplemental Investor Report, including the sections entitled "Risk Factors", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", "Business" and "Industry" for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect our future performance and the industry in which we operate.

These forward-looking statements speak only as at the date of this Supplemental Investor Report. We expressly undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, other than as required by law or regulation. Accordingly, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any of the forward-looking statements herein. In addition, all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or to persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements referred to above and contained elsewhere in this Supplemental Investor Report, including those set forth under the caption "Risk Factors". 

 

 

USE OF CERTAIN TERMS IN THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INVESTOR REPORT

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this Supplemental Investor Report to:

• "AA" or "AA plc Group" refers to AA plc and its subsidiaries.

• "Borrower" refers to AA Senior Co Limited.

• "Class A Notes" refers to the Issuer's £500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.27% Sub-Class A2 Notes, the £700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.88% Sub-Class A5 Notes, the £250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.75% Sub-Class A6 Notes, the £550,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.88% Sub-Class A7 Notes, the £325 million aggregate principal amount 5.50% Sub-Class A8 Notes and/or any other Class A Notes issued by the Issuer.

• "Class A IBLA" refers to an initial and any additional loan agreement (on substantially the same terms as the initial Class A IBLA) entered into between the Issuer, the Borrower, the Issuer and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited (in its capacity as both the Issuer Security Trustee and the Obligor Security Trustee), as amended from time to time.

• "Class B Notes" refers to the £570,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Sub-Class B2 Notes and/or any other Class B Notes issued by the Issuer.

• "CRM" refers to "customer relationship management".

• "Holdco" refers to AA Intermediate Co Limited.

• "Existing Liquidity Facility" refers to a liquidity facility pursuant to a liquidity facility agreement dated 2 July 2013 and renewed on 23 June 2014, 29 April 2015 and 10 June 2016.

• "Obligor" means the Borrower and each member of the Holdco Group that is party to the common terms agreement and the security trust and intercreditor deed, each dated 2 July 2013, as an obligor in accordance with the terms of the WBS programme transaction documents.

• "Security Group" means Topco and each subsidiary of Topco.

• "Security Group Companies" means each of the Issuer, Topco and each member of the Holdco Group and Security Group Company means any of them.

• "Existing Senior Term Facility" refers to £199,666,667 senior term facility entered into on 2 July 2018 pursuant to the Senior Term Facility Agreement.

• "Existing Senior Term Facility Agreement" refers to the senior term facility agreement entered into on 2 July 2018.

• "Existing Working Capital Facility" refers to the working capital facility of an aggregate facility amount of up to £60 million entered into on 2 July 2018 pursuant to the Working Capital Facility Agreement.

• "Existing Working Capital Facility Agreement" refers to the working capital facility agreement entered into on 2 July 2018.

• "Solvency II" refers to the EU Solvency II Directive (2009/128/EC).

• "Topco" refers to AA Mid Co Limited.

• "UK" refers to the United Kingdom.

• "VAT Group" means a group for the purposes of sections 43 to 43D of the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and the Value Added Tax (Groups: Eligibility) Order 2004.

• "WBS" refers to an investment grade secured corporate financing commonly referred to as a "whole business securitisation".

• "we", "us", "our" or "Holdco Group" with respect to historical results of operations, including business operations, refer to AA Intermediate Co Limited and its subsidiaries as a whole or to any one or more of its subsidiaries when discussing future results of operations, including business operations, provided that in the section entitled "Business", the terms "we", "us", "our" the "AA", or the "AA plc Group" refer to AA plc and its subsidiaries as a whole as we manage our business operations by reference to the AA plc Group as a whole and not just the Holdco Group.

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

 

The Issuer is a special purpose company and was formed on 14 May 2013 for the purpose of issuing the Class A Notes and Class B Notes and lending the proceeds thereof to the Borrower. The Issuer has not engaged in any activities other than those related to its formation and the issuance and redemption of Class A Notes and Class B Notes and certain ancillary arrangements.

Unless otherwise indicated, this Supplemental Investor Report presents (i) the audited consolidated financial statements of Holdco as at and for each of the years ended 31 January 2019 and 2020, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") as adopted for use by the European Union ("IFRS"), and audited by Holdco's independent auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as set forth in their audit report; (ii) the audited consolidated financial statements of Holdco as at and for the year ended 31 January 2018, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and audited by Holdco's independent auditors for that year, Ernst & Young LLP, as set forth in their audit report; and (iii) the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of Holdco as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020, which have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34 "Interim Financial Reporting" ("IAS 34") and included elsewhere in this Supplemental Investor Report. With regard to the consolidated historical financial, operating and other data presented in "Selected Financial and Operating Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", as well as in this section "Presentation of Financial and Other Information", references to "we", "us", "our", "Holdco" or "Holdco Group" are to Holdco and its subsidiaries, including the Issuer.

The financial information as at and for each of the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020, has been extracted or derived without material adjustment from the audited consolidated financial statements of Holdco as at and for each of the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The unaudited financial information as at and for the nine-month period ended 31 October 2020 has been extracted or is derived without material adjustment from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements for the nine months ended 31 October 2020 included elsewhere in this Supplemental Investor Report. The unaudited financial information for the nine month period ended 31 October 2019 has been extracted or is derived without material adjustment, from the prior period comparative information in our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements for the nine months ended 31 October 2020 included elsewhere in this Supplemental Investor Report.

The unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of Holdco as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020 include a discussion of material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt on the Group's ability to continue as a going concern. The Sub-Class A5 Notes have a maturity date of 31 January 2022. We intend to refinance the Sub-Class A5 Notes prior to their maturity date. Holdco's directors have considered factors affecting the ability of the feasibility of refinancing the Sub-Class A5 Notes prior to their maturity date, along with the projected cash flows, for a period of one year from the date of issue of the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020 and have concluded that they have confidence that the Group will have sufficient funds to continue trading for this period and will be able to secure financing so as to be able to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due. However, the refinancing of the Sub-Class A5 Notes is not committed at the date of issue of the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020. In addition, the Acquisition by the Consortium remains subject to a court sanction hearing and to regulatory approval. Both of these circumstances indicate that material uncertainties exist that may cast significant doubt on the Group's ability to continue as a going concern for a period in excess of a year from the date of issue of the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020.

Certain unaudited financial data of the Holdco Group in this Supplemental Investor Report has been presented for the twelve months ended 31 October 2020. The unaudited financial data has been calculated by (i) adding (a) the unaudited consolidated financial data for the nine months ended 31 October 2020, derived from the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the nine month period ended 31 October 2020 or our accounting records or management reporting, as applicable, and (b) the consolidated financial data for the year ended 31 January 2020, derived from the audited consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended 31 January 2020 or our accounting records or management reporting, as applicable, and (ii) subtracting the unaudited consolidated financial data for the nine months ended 31 October 2019, derived from the unaudited comparative financial information as at and for the nine month period ended 31 October 2019 presented in the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the nine month period ended 31 October 2020 or our accounting records or management reporting, as applicable. The unaudited financial data for the twelve months ended 31 October 2020 has not been audited or reviewed by our auditors, is not required by or presented in accordance with IFRS or any other generally accepted accounting principles and has been prepared for illustrative purposes solely for the purpose of this Supplemental Investor Report. Such financial information is not necessarily representative of our results of operations for such period or any future period or any financial position at any past or future date.

For the year ended 31 January 2020, the Holdco Group adopted IFRS 16 "Leases", which replaced IAS 17 "Leases". The Holdco Group has not restated comparative information for prior periods, as permitted under the specific transition provisions in the standard. The reclassifications and adjustments arising from the new leasing rules are therefore recognised in the opening statement of financial position on 1 February 2019. Therefore, the financial information presented for the years ended 31 January 2018 and 2019 may not be comparable to the financial information presented for the year ended 31 January 2020. (See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Recent Accounting Pronouncements-IFRS 16-Leases").

For the year ended 31 January 2019, we decided to present lease capital repayments net of proceeds from sale of fixed assets in order to better reflect the commercial terms of leased assets in the cash flow statement in the 2019 unaudited comparative financial information included within the audited consolidated financial statement of Holdco as at and for the year ended 31 January 2020. Therefore, the financial information presented for the year ended 31 January 2018 may not be comparable to the financial information presented for the years ended 31 January 2019 and 2020. (See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -Liquidity and capital resources-Cash flows").

The financial statements of the Holdco Group are presented in pounds sterling.

None of the historical financial information used in this Supplemental Investor Report has been audited in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAS") or auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"). In addition, there could be other differences between the auditing standards issued by the Auditing Practices Board in the United Kingdom and those required by U.S. GAAS or the auditing standards of the PCAOB. Potential investors should consult their own professional advisers to gain an understanding of the historical financial information contained in this Supplemental Investor Report and the implications of differences between the auditing standards noted herein.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

 We present in this Supplemental Investor Report various financial measures of the Holdco Group that are not measures of financial performance or liquidity under IFRS, including the following.

· Trading Revenue, which we define as revenue excluding exceptional items, as reported in our historical consolidated financial information.

· Trading EBITDA, which we define as profit after tax as reported, adjusted for depreciation, amortisation, exceptional operating items, share-based payments, pension service charge adjustments, net finance costs, contingent consideration remeasurement and tax expense. Contingent consideration remeasurement was not included in our definition of Trading EBITDA in the year ended 31 January 2018. The pension service charge adjustment relates to the difference between the cash contributions to the pension scheme for ongoing contributions and the calculated annual service cost. Share-based payments charges result from grants under the long term incentive schemes for staff and management. We present Trading EBITDA on both a segmental and a consolidated basis. See "Note 1-Basis of Preparation", "Note 2-Segmental Information" and "Note 3-Adjusted Performance Measures" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended 31 January 2020.

· Trading EBITDA margin, which we define as Trading EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.

· Net cash flow from operating activities before tax and exceptional operating items, which we define as the cash generated from operating activities before taxation and adjusting operating items and excluding discontinued operations, as reported in the most recent publicly available financial statements.

· Free cash flow, which we define as net cash flow before payment of dividends, bond buy-backs and refinancing costs.

· Cash conversion, which we define as net cash flows from operating activities less capital expenditure, expressed as a percentage of Trading EBITDA.

See "Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data".

The non-GAAP financial measures presented herein are not recognised measures of financial performance under IFRS, but measures used by management to monitor the underlying performance of our business and operations. In particular, the non-GAAP financial measures should not be viewed as substitutes for net profit/(loss) for the period, profit/(loss) before taxation, operating income, cash and cash equivalents at period end or other income statement or cash flow items computed in accordance with IFRS. The non-GAAP financial measures do not necessarily indicate whether cash flow will be sufficient or available to meet our cash requirements and may not be indicative of our historical operating results, nor are such measures meant to be predictive of our future results.

We have presented these non-GAAP measures in this Supplemental Investor Report because we consider them to be important supplemental measures of our performance and believe that they are used by investors comparing performance between companies. Since not all companies compute these or other non-GAAP financial measures in the same way, the manner in which our management has chosen to compute the non-GAAP financial measures presented herein may not be comparable with similarly defined terms used by other companies. The non-GAAP financial measures have certain limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation from the other financial information presented herein. Some of these limitations are:

· they do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

· they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

· they do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary, to service interest or principal payments on our debts;

· although depreciation and amortisation are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortised will often need to be replaced in the future; and

· the fact that other companies in our industry may calculate the non-GAAP measures differently from the way we do may limit their usefulness as a comparative measure.

Rounding

Certain numerical information and other amounts and percentages presented in this Supplemental Investor Report may not sum due to rounding. Accordingly, certain figures in this Supplemental Investor Report have been rounded to the nearest whole number.

 

Currency Presentation

In this Supplemental Investor Report, unless otherwise indicated, all references to "£", "pound", "pounds", "pounds sterling", "sterling" and "GBP" are to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom, all references to "€", "euro", "euros" and "EUR" are to the single currency of the Member States of the European Union participating in the European Monetary Union and all references to "$", "US dollar", "US dollars" and "USD" are to the United States dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

In this Supplemental Investor Report, we rely on and refer to information regarding our business and the markets in which we operate and compete. Certain economic and industry data, market data and market forecasts set forth in this Supplemental Investor Report were extracted from market research, governmental and other publicly available information, independent industry publications and reports prepared by international consulting firms. These external sources include the UK Department for Transport, the Office for National Statistics and Old Street Data Science and industry data provided by third-parties, some of which was commissioned on our behalf.

While we have accurately reproduced such third-party information, neither we nor the Initial Purchasers have verified the accuracy of such information, market data or other information on which third parties have based their studies. As far as we are aware and are able to ascertain from information published by these third parties, no facts have been omitted that would render the reproduced information inaccurate or misleading. Market studies are frequently based on information and assumptions that may not be exact or appropriate, and their methodology is by nature forward-looking and speculative. Furthermore, the markets in which we operate and compete may have shifted or changed since the date that each industry report was prepared and in particular, the industry reports may not contemplate the effects of COVID-19. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

This Supplemental Investor Report also contains estimates of market data and information derived therefrom that cannot be gathered from publications by market research institutions or any other independent sources. Such information is prepared by us based on third-party sources and our own internal estimates, including studies of the market that we have commissioned. In many cases, there is no publicly available information on such market data, for example, from industry associations, public authorities or other organisations and institutions. We believe that our estimates of market data and information derived therefrom are helpful to give investors a better understanding of the industry in which we operate as well as our position within the industry. Although we believe that our internal market observations are reliable, our own estimates are not reviewed or verified by any external sources. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading "Risk Factors".

 

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We are the registered owner of, or have rights to, certain trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this Supplemental Investor Report may appear without the "®" or "™" symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent possible under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. Use or display by us of other parties' trademarks, service marks or trade names is not intended to and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us of, the trademark, service mark or trade name owner. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this Supplemental Investor Report is the property of its respective holder.

 

RISK FACTORS

The occurrence of any of the events discussed below could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The risks described below are not the only ones we believe we are exposed to. Additional risks that are not currently known to us, or that we currently consider to be immaterial (based on our regular risk assessment), could significantly impair our business activities and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

This Supplemental Investor Report also contains forward-looking statements that are based on assumptions and estimates and are subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including, but not limited to, the risks described below and elsewhere in this Supplemental Investor Report. See "Forward-Looking Statements".

 

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY

 

The outbreak of COVID-19 (as defined below) has had, and is likely to continue to have, a material impact on our business and results of operations.

In late 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was identified in the city of Wuhan in Hubei province in China ("COVID-19") and has since spread globally to the point that on 11 March 2020 the World Health Organisation labelled the outbreak a pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a broad range of prophylactic measures being adopted by governments around the world aimed at mitigating the further spread of the virus. Key aspects of these measures included restrictions on travel and the closure of national borders, as well as the imposition of quarantines, stay-at-home orders, workplace closures, curfews, limitations on building occupancies and other social distancing measures.

From March 2020 to July 2020, the UK government imposed a lockdown (the "first lockdown"), which closed non-essential businesses and required residents of the UK to remain at home (with certain prescribed exceptions). Consequently, domestic travel in the UK decreased, and as a result, demand for our roadside assistance services during the early stages of the lockdown decreased significantly. Although demand for roadside assistance later rebounded as lockdown restrictions were lifted and road travel increased, additional lockdowns including the national lockdown from 5 November 2020 to 2 December 2020 (the "second lockdown"), the introduction of Tier 4 stay-at-home restrictions on 20 December 2020 and the national lockdown announced on 4 January 2021 (the "third lockdown" and together with the first lockdown and second lockdown, the "lockdown periods") could result in decreases in road travel and demand for our roadside assistance services.

Although there was a reduction in demand for roadside assistance services during the lockdown periods, we provide an essential service, and our number one priority is to protect the health and wellbeing of our staff, members, customers and suppliers. Our patrols continued to respond to breakdowns throughout the lockdown periods, taking extra care to follow health advice and the latest safety guidelines. We have also ensured that our Insurance segment customers have been able to service their insurance policies and make claims.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we initiated a number of actions across our Roadside and Insurance businesses to ensure continuity of our operations and services. For example, we implemented an extensive programme of home working which enabled temporary closures of all our offices, with the exception of our emergency contact centre in Oldbury. We also introduced additional online resources for customers to access our services in order to minimise the risk of customers not being able to contact us in the event of an emergency. However, due to some limitations in being able to implement working from home rapidly, reduced staffing at some of our contact centres made the timely response to all incoming enquiries challenging at the beginning of the lockdown. Increased wait times to receive assistance can negatively impact the experience of our customers across the Roadside and Insurance segments. While we encouraged use of our online resources and were transparent about the potential for reduced call centre capacity due to the pandemic, there can be no guarantee that the increase in wait times did not adversely affect our personal members' and business customers' perception of our services.

During the lockdown periods, our driving instructors were unable to conduct lessons as the AA and British School of Motoring ("BSM") businesses (together, the "Driving Schools" business) suspended lessons from the commencement of the initial lockdown until 4 July 2020 in England. Furthermore, trading in the AA Cars and AA Prestige businesses in particular has decreased as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. After the first lockdown restrictions eased, we started to see growth towards pre-COVID-19 levels in these businesses. However, the further lockdown periods also necessitated the suspension of driving lessons for segments of our Driving Schools business and reduced trading for AA Cars and AA Prestige. There remains a risk that continuing or new lockdown restrictions in the future, as well as the longer term economic impact of COVID-19, may adversely affect these businesses and our results of operations generally.

In addition to the direct impact that COVID-19 preventative measures have had, and may continue to have, on our business, travel restrictions and broader concerns regarding the pandemic may result in significant shifts in the behaviour of personal members and business customers as people are prevented from and/or actively avoid travelling for fear of spreading COVID-19. Furthermore, the rising prominence of remote working as a result of workplace closures and quarantines may cause a shift away from business-related travel in the future. In each scenario, people are potentially driving less and therefore, demand for our services may be negatively impacted to the extent these trends continue, which in turn would adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. While we continue to monitor and adjust our operations across the Holdco Group in an effort to minimise the impact on our revenue and cash flow, there can be no guarantee that these measures will prove effective or will materially reduce the adverse effects COVID-19 has on our results of operations.

It is impossible to predict the full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations going forward due to a variety of variables including (but not limited to) the ongoing third lockdown, the trajectory of new cases in the UK and abroad, the length of time that preventative measures are maintained, the efficacy of various governmental stimulus packages, the timeframe for approval and widespread distribution of COVID-19 vaccines and the extent to which people's behaviours and work patterns are permanently impacted (e.g. continued prominence of remote working even if an effective vaccines are distributed resulting in fewer car journeys). Therefore, we cannot reasonably estimate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and results of operations. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business, liquidity and results of operations, it may also have the effect of intensifying many of the other risks described in "Risk Factors", such as those relating to our high level of indebtedness, our need to generate sufficient cash flows to service our indebtedness and our ability to comply with the covenants contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness. 

We operate almost exclusively in the UK and difficult conditions in the UK economy (including as a result of COVID-19 or Brexit) may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The Holdco Group operates almost exclusively in the UK and will be required to do so in the future in accordance with the terms governing certain of our indebtedness. This means our success is closely tied to general economic developments in the UK and cannot be offset by developments in other markets. Negative developments in, or the general weakness of, the UK economy and, in particular, higher unemployment, lower household income and lower consumer spending may have a direct negative impact on the spending patterns of personal members and business customers, both in terms of the services they subscribe for and the amount of insurance and other products they purchase. Any negative economic developments in the UK could reduce consumer confidence, and thereby could negatively affect earnings and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic has created significant uncertainty in the UK economy and global financial markets. For example, according to the UK Office for National Statistics, UK GDP is estimated to have contracted by 20.4% in the first two quarters of 2020 (representing the largest contraction in the UK economy since record-keeping began) See "-The outbreak of COVID-19 (as defined below) has had, and is likely to continue to have, a material impact on our business and results of operations". In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, many UK companies have furloughed or laid off employees to cope with workplace closures and decreased consumer spending, which in turn can result in lower household income, further depress consumer spending and negatively impact the spending patterns of personal members and business customers.

In addition, any deterioration in the UK economic and financial market conditions as a result of COVID-19 or otherwise may:

· cause financial difficulties for our suppliers and business partners, which may result in their failure to perform as planned and, consequently, create delays in the delivery of our products and services;

· result in inefficiencies due to our deteriorated ability to forecast developments in the markets in which we operate and failure to adjust our costs appropriately;

· cause reductions in the future valuations of our investments and assets and result in impairment charges related to goodwill or other assets due to any significant underperformance relative to our historical or projected future results or any significant changes in our use of assets or our business strategy;

· result in new, increased or more volatile taxes, which could negatively impact our effective tax rate, including the possibility of new tax regulations, interpretations of regulations that are stricter or increased effort by governmental bodies seeking to collect taxes more aggressively; and

· result in increased customer requests for reduced pricing and reduced renewal rates if these requests for reduced pricing are not granted.

A worsening of economic conditions within the United Kingdom may lead to a decrease in subscribers to our roadside assistance services, our insurance products and generally result in personal members and business customers terminating their relationship with us. Therefore, a weak economy or negative economic development could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Spending on recreational travel and roadside assistance services is discretionary and price-sensitive. Conditions reducing disposable income or consumer confidence, such as those caused by COVID-19 or an increase in interest rates (which, among other things, could cause consumers to incur higher monthly expenses under mortgages), unemployment rates, direct or indirect taxes, fuel prices or other costs of living, may therefore lead to customers reducing or stopping their spending on recreational travel and roadside assistance services or opting for lower-cost products and services. These conditions may be particularly prevalent during periods of economic downturn or market volatility and disruption, such as amidst the present COVID-19 pandemic. Furthermore, in circumstances where all travel is curtailed (including for business), as was the case during the UK COVID-19 lockdown between March 2020 and July 2020, demand for roadside assistance services may be similarly diminished.

On 23 June 2016, the UK held a referendum on its membership in the EU, in respect of which a majority of those who voted in the referendum voted in favour of the UK leaving the EU ("Brexit"). On 29 March 2017, the UK government invoked Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty to begin the process of formally leaving the EU, and on 31 January 2020, the UK withdrew from membership in the EU and entered into a transition period which expired on 31 December 2020. During the transition period, the majority of rights and obligations associated with membership in the EU continued to apply to the UK. On 24 December 2020, the EU and UK announced that they had reached an agreement in principle on future relations between the EU and the UK (the "EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement"). On 31 December 2020, the UK implemented the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement, which entered into force provisionally on 1 January 2021. Despite the implementation of the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement, there remains significant uncertainty as to how the agreement will affect relations between the UK and the EU, including the legal rights and obligations for businesses in certain services industries not covered by the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement. Such uncertainty could negatively impact business and consumer confidence in the UK, which could lead to reduced levels of travel, and leisure travel in particular.

Brexit could also disrupt the ability of AA Underwriting Insurance Company Limited ("AAUIC"), a Gibraltar company that is part of the AA plc Group and which participates in our insurance underwriting panel, to access the UK market through its Solvency II passporting rights as well as other non-UK domiciled members of our insurance underwriting panels. The UK government consulted in 2020 on the Gibraltar Authorisation Regime ("GAR") to deliver on the UK government's commitment to enable Gibraltar-based financial services firms to continue accessing the UK market after the expiration of the transition period. Existing transitional arrangements have already been extended until 31 December 2021 and are expected to remain in place until the permanent arrangements of the GAR are implemented. As the UK government is still negotiating the future relationship between the UK and the EU following Brexit, the full potential impact of Brexit on the UK in general and on our business in particular is unclear.

A significant amount of EU law in matters ranging from employment law to data protection to competition and financial regulation is currently embedded in UK law either as a result of EU regulation directly applicable in the UK or from UK regulations implementing EU directives. Accordingly, it is also unclear what impact Brexit will have on the UK legal and regulatory landscape, which could in turn have a significant impact on the Holdco Group. There may also be consequences for EU nationals working for the AA. Although it is not possible to fully predict the effects of an exit of the UK from the EU, it could have a material adverse effect on, amongst other things, all of the companies in the Holdco Group and particularly those that conduct regulated business in the UK, as well as the arrangements between the UK and the EU regarding taxation. As a result, the exit of the UK from the EU may have a material and adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Given that the transition/implementation period has ended, subject to the terms of the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement, EU law will cease to apply in the UK. However, many EU laws have been transposed into English law and these transposed laws will continue to apply until such time that they are repealed, replaced or amended. Over the years, English law has been devised to function in conjunction with EU law (in particular, laws relating to financial markets, financial services, prudential and conduct regulation of financial institutions, financial collateral, settlement finality and market infrastructure). As a result, depending on the final trade arrangements to be put in place, substantial amendments to English law may occur and may diverge from the corresponding provisions of EU law applicable after the transition/implementation period.

To the extent that the performance of the UK economy declines, does not improve or improves only over an extended period of time, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. 

Maintaining favourable brand recognition is essential to our success, and failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our brand name, the "Automobile Association" or the "AA", enjoys a high degree of familiarity and awareness in the UK. We depend on the integrity of our brand and our reputation for quality of service for our business to command a price premium for our roadside services, and we believe favourable recognition of our brand is important to maintaining a key position in an industry where trust and confidence with customers are paramount. See "Business-Our Strengths". In order to maintain the value of our brand and to continue to enjoy its high degree of familiarity and awareness in the UK, we currently need to maintain a high level of investment in our brand and brand recognition. Given its importance to maintaining a key position in our industry and our price premium, failure to invest heavily in our brand and brand recognition, now or in the future, may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Factors affecting brand recognition are often outside our control, and our efforts to maintain or enhance favourable brand recognition, such as making significant investments in marketing and advertising campaigns, may not have their desired effects. We are also exposed to possible brand damage from poor performance, whether perceived or actual, in terms of customer service, whether at the roadside, as part of our insurance offering or otherwise. We are exposed to the risk that litigation, employee misconduct, operational failures, the outcome of regulatory or other investigations or actions, the reputations and actions of our business partners, press speculation and negative publicity, among others, whether or not founded, could damage our brand and our reputation. By virtue of the fact that we have such a highly visible and widely recognised brand, we are particularly exposed to mistakes or misconduct, or allegations thereof, by our mechanics and other employees, contractors, agents or suppliers (including panel insurers). Furthermore, any decline in favourable perception of our roadside assistance business could have an adverse impact on the reputation of our other business lines, and vice versa. A decline in favourable perception of our brand could also impact our ability to attract or retain personal members or business customers, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations are highly dependent on the proper functioning of information technology ("IT") and communication systems. The failure or unavailability of such systems or our inability to keep pace with developments in technology and implement new systems effectively could harm our reputation, result in the loss of personal members and business customers and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely heavily on our operational processes and in-house IT and communication systems to conduct our business, including for purposes of maintaining accurate customer service and records, managing our financial operations, managing our fleet of service vehicles, managing our mobile applications and locating personal members and business customers experiencing automobile breakdowns. These systems may not operate as expected or may not fulfil their intended purpose. This may result in our operations being inefficient, ineffective or inaccurate and, in turn, adversely affect the overall operational and financial performance of our business. Any IT or related systems inefficiencies could also result in an inability to provide our services in a timely manner, which in turn could cause material damage to our brand and reputation and adversely affect our competitive position.

Our call centre operations could be disrupted due to loss of physical infrastructure, insufficient staff or other reasons, including failures of third-party suppliers. If our personal members or business customers experience a lack of quality service or reliability, our reputation could be damaged significantly and personal members and business customers may be reluctant to employ our services, which could result in the loss of existing personal members and business customers and a decline in revenue. As a result, any inability on our part to successfully complete and implement our IT updates on time, either under existing programmes or in connection with future investment planned under our strategy, or subsequent failure to maintain and improve our IT and communication systems and infrastructure, or any service disruption, reliability or quality issues and their consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We have put in place business continuity procedures, including security measures to protect against IT and related systems failure or disruption. However, these procedures may not be adequate to ensure that we are able to carry on our business in the ordinary course if our IT systems fail or are disrupted. For example, if sufficient control and security measures are not in place, unauthorised persons could access, change and corrupt data on our servers. See also "-Risks Relating to our Business and Industry-We collect extensive non-public data from personal members, customers, business contacts and employees, and the failure to adequately maintain and protect such information, including from unauthorised attempts to access our IT systems, or failure to comply with applicable data protection law, could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations". Furthermore, insurance coverage may prove inadequate to compensate for losses from a major business interruption. See also ""-Risks Relating to our Business and Industry-Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that we may incur and there can be no guarantee that we will be able to maintain the required level of insurance coverage on acceptable terms and/or at an acceptable cost".

We continue to invest in our IT infrastructure as part of our strategy. If we are unable to further complete the replacement or upgrade of these systems, or if once replaced or upgraded, our systems do not perform as anticipated, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Our strategy also involves expanding our use of applications and other digital interfaces through which we interact with members and business customers, and any failures or perceived inefficiencies associated with these systems could negatively impact the perception of our business and value proposition. We will need to maintain our commitment to developing, upgrading and enhancing our IT and communications systems and adapting our services, products and infrastructure in order to meet evolving market trends and consumer demands and keep pace with new IT developments.

We also may not be able to anticipate new technological developments requiring additional investment and innovation in the future or have the resources to acquire, design, develop, implement or utilise, in a cost-effective manner, IT and communications systems that provide the capabilities necessary for us to compete effectively. Furthermore, any delays or difficulties in implementing new or enhanced systems may keep us from achieving the desired results in a timely manner, to the extent anticipated, or at all, and we may also be unable to devote adequate financial resources to develop or acquire new technologies and systems in the future. Any failure to adapt to technological developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business relies on key contractual relationships with certain business customers, and the loss of any such business customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We have a number of important business partner accounts within our B2B business. Our ten largest business partners accounted for 15% of our total revenue for the twelve months ended 31 October 2020, of which the single largest partner is Lloyds Banking Group. The future loss of one of our business contracts to a competitor, failure to find a replacement contract at acceptable terms upon termination, or the renewal of those contracts on less advantageous terms, could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, our business partners may also face financial or commercial difficulties, the consequences of which could also materially adversely affect our business and reputation.

Increased competition, including new business models, as well as competitive pressures from new technologies in the automobile industry and distribution channels may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may face increased competition and price pressure in the markets in which we operate, which may result in downward pressure on our pricing and a loss of market share, which could, in turn, materially adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Where our competitors lower their prices to gain market share, this may create pricing pressure that could force us to also lower our own prices.

We believe that price is an important competitive factor for all our business segments. Our competitors may seek to compete aggressively on the basis of pricing in order to protect or gain market share. Furthermore, the internet has increased pricing transparency and price pressure within our markets by enabling customers to more easily obtain and compare prices being offered by companies operating in these markets. Price transparency requirements have been introduced for consumers in our Insurance and Roadside segments. This transparency may further increase the prevalence and intensity of price competition in our industry and potentially lead to consumer pressure or further regulatory intervention in the insurance services market. To the extent that we match any reduction in pricing by our competitors, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, to the extent that we do not match or remain within a competitive margin of our competitors' pricing, or if we otherwise seek to implement price increases, we may lose market share and experience a decline in revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our competitors, including the Insurance segment and within the B2C division of our Roadside segment, could develop different models, including smartphone based or other pay as you go operations that may increase competition and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Consumer behaviour and attitudes, technological changes, regulatory and legislative changes and other factors also affect competition. Generally, we could lose market share, incur losses on some or all of our activities and experience lower growth if we are unable to offer competitive, attractive and innovative products and services that are also profitable and if we do not choose the right marketing approach, product offering or distribution strategy, fail to implement such strategies successfully or fail to successfully anticipate, adapt or adhere to such demands and changes. For example, we have invested in growing our connected car offering in order to provide a more digitally enabled service to current and future members, including our Smart Breakdown proposition. However, major car manufacturers are also undertaking similar initiatives and are able to integrate their proprietary connected car offering directly into the user interface of their vehicles. There can be no assurance that our connected car offering can successfully compete with other alternatives and customers may prefer a more integrated connected car offering rather than one that requires installation of third-party technology into their vehicles.

Competitive pressures from new technologies and distribution channels may require changes to our and our business partners' operations, including IT and communication systems and functionality, and we may not be able to effectively respond to these new developments in a timely or appropriate manner. New technological developments such as autonomous vehicles and increased numbers of electric vehicles may also have an impact on all areas of our business in the future. For example, while autonomous and electric vehicles may have reliability and mechanical issues, it is possible that most faults for such vehicles will be linked to their technology and such issues may be outside the scope of our experience and capability. Any failure by us to adapt to service autonomous and electric vehicles may lead to a reduction in members and manufacturer contracts. While we continue to invest in equipping our patrols with the latest technology to help them diagnose and repair faults in electric vehicles, there can be no guarantee that the training and repair capabilities of our patrols in respect of electric vehicles will be sufficient to ensure we retain and grow our market share as the prominence of these vehicles increases in the future. In addition, significant increases in autonomous vehicles could lead to changes in motor insurance legislation which could adversely impact the wider motor insurance market as well as lead to reductions in demand for motor insurance coverage as damage or injury risk is reduced. This could adversely impact the value and revenue from our motor insurance book.

Our insurance broking business faces significant competition from competitors who may be larger and have access to greater financial or other resources, including global, national and local insurance companies.

We compete with global, national and local insurance companies, including direct writers of insurance coverage, as well as non-insurance financial services companies, such as banks, many of which offer alternative products or more competitive pricing for segments of the insurance market in which we operate. While we maintain diversified panels of insurance underwriters for motor and home insurance, many of our competitors are larger than us and have greater financial, technical and operating resources. The general insurance industry is highly competitive on the basis of price, service and coverage and many distribution channels within the insurance industry have been undergoing significant changes. If our competitors price their premiums at a lower level than us and we meet their pricing, this may have a material adverse effect on the commissions we receive in connection with our broking activities. If we fail to meet their pricing, we may lose market share and experience a decline in revenue. In addition, if competitors attract current or potential policyholders away from us in areas in which we compete or wish to compete, our operating performance may be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, insurance panel members could increase their prices, fail to maintain their competitive positions or withdraw from our panel, which may impact our ability to compete with the rest of the market and negatively impact our sales volumes and profitability, or we could be forced to re-broke policies if one of our underwriters were to fail, which could negatively impact our profitability. The AA plc Group's in-house underwriter increasingly makes up a higher proportion of the policies underwritten by our insurance underwriter panel. As at 31 October 2020, the in-house underwriter had a 51% share of total motor and home insurance policies. Whilst we operate a competitive panel where all members on the panel, including the in-house underwriter, compete on the same basis, other panel members may leave the panel or change their pricing for certain customers as a result of the increased proportion of policies underwritten by the in-house underwriter, which would reduce our overall competitiveness in the motor and home insurance market. A higher share of policies underwritten by the in-house underwriter could also lead to increased regulatory scrutiny.

Additionally, if our underwriting partners fail to resolve insurance claims in a timely or satisfactory manner, this may negatively impact our reputation, and we may be exposed to litigation with respect to any such claims. While we regularly monitor the creditworthiness of our third-party underwriting panel members to limit the potential risk of failure and any adverse impact on our customers, the failure of any one or more of our panel members could harm our reputation, sales and profitability. Any of the events above could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are exposed to further changes in the competitive landscape within the insurance industry, including increased competition from other distribution channels (particularly price comparison websites), the long-term implications of which are not yet fully understood.

Competition for general insurance products has intensified through the development of alternative distribution channels, such as price comparison websites ("PCWs"), including Moneysupermarket.com, Gocompare.com, Confused.com and Comparethemarket.com. PCWs are intermediaries that present multiple insurance quotes to a given buyer, allowing the buyer to make a comparison between insurance offerings based on a single set of information provided to the PCW. PCWs had approximately 85% of the new business market for motor insurance in the UK in the nine months ended 31 October 2020, and the long-term implications of the growth in PCWs cannot be predicted. There is potential for PCWs to increase their market penetration, including in other insurance products, such as home insurance. A movement of customers to PCWs and away from our marketing channels could result in greater pricing pressure, as well as a reduction in our share of the insurance brokerage market or reduction in the effectiveness of our marketing efforts. In addition, we could experience greater competition in the brokerage business of our Insurance segment if PCWs seek to act as insurance brokers themselves by administrating customer policies.

We depend on suppliers to provide many of our products and services and we may not be able to renew or extend existing contracts or enter into new contracts with suppliers, which could result in increased customer churn or have other effects that could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The successful implementation of our business strategy depends, in part, on our success at renewing or entering into new contracts with suppliers of products and services on favourable terms. For example, we lease substantially all the vehicles that make up our operational fleet within our Roadside segment. In addition, we are reliant on one parts supplier for the provision of parts for use by our patrol force. Our ability to renew our existing contracts with suppliers of products and services, or enter into new contractual relationships, either on commercially attractive terms, or at all, depends on a range of commercial and operational factors and events which may be beyond our control. Furthermore, in the past we have been required to replace suppliers of products and services as a result of their insolvency. In the event that a supplier of products or services decides to terminate its relationship with us, our personal members and business customers may choose to obtain similar service offerings from alternative sources or providers. Our inability to maintain our existing contracts and agreements with suppliers of the various products and services which we rely upon, or to enter into new contracts on commercially favourable terms, could lead to reduced sales, lower margins and a loss of existing personal members and business customers. It could also make it difficult for us to attract new personal members and business customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Litigation, roadside injuries or death or regulatory inquiries or investigations could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time, we may become involved in litigation, and we may not be successful in defending ourselves against such litigation. Any such claims would harm our reputation or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are exposed to potential claims for personal injury and property damage resulting from the provision and use of our Roadside services. For example, we have had a number of claims relating to personal injury and property damage from employees, personal members and other third parties. We are also exposed to workers' compensation claims and other employment related claims by our employees. In addition, we may be subject to disputes arising out of contracts, including joint ventures. For example, the former shareholders of one of our former joint ventures have made various allegations including fraudulent misrepresentation by members of the Holdco Group and have threatened litigation. While we do not see any merit in these claims and are prepared to fully defend any claim that the former shareholders of the former joint venture may choose to bring, such litigation may allege a material amount in damages. The defence of any of these claims may be time consuming and expensive. If the outcome of any such claims is unfavourable to us, we could suffer damage to our reputation and our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. While we currently maintain motor liability coverage for bodily injury (including death) and property damage arising from or in connection with the services provided by our patrols, we do not have specific reserves for potential litigation matters unless it is probable that settlement of an amount that can be reliably estimated will be required and our current liability coverage may not be sufficient to cover all claims. In addition, our insurance premiums may increase in the future, and we may not be able to renew our motor liability coverage on commercially acceptable terms or at all. Furthermore, although our customer call centre provides roadside assistance to personal members with safety instructions in the event of a breakdown, in the past personal members have been accidentally injured or killed by passing vehicles while waiting on the roadside. Accidents such as these could expose us to civil suits, significant damages claims and liabilities and harm our reputation.

We may also be subject to regulatory and governmental inquiries and investigations. The impact of litigation and regulatory inquiries and investigations may be difficult to assess or quantify. Even if a civil litigation claim or regulatory investigation or claim is meritless, does not prevail or is not pursued, any negative publicity arising in connection with any inquiries and litigation or regulatory investigation affecting our business could adversely affect our reputation. Litigation and regulatory investigations may also result in substantial costs and expenses and divert the attention of our management. In addition to pending matters, future litigation and regulatory investigations could lead to increased costs or interruption of our normal business operations, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. See "-Risks Relating to Regulatory and Legislative Matters-We are subject to complex laws and regulations that could materially and adversely affect the cost, manner and feasibility of doing business".

On 7 March 2018, we received notification that former Executive Chairman, Bob Mackenzie, who was dismissed for gross misconduct on 1 August 2017, had on 6 March 2018 issued a claim form in the High Court, Chancery Division against AA plc, its subsidiary Automobile Association Developments Limited (together, the "Companies") and personally against a number of their directors (existing and former) and the former Company Secretary. In November 2018, the claim against all the directors and the former Company Secretary was dismissed in full and Mr. Mackenzie was ordered to pay their costs. The majority of Mr. Mackenzie's claim arises from his exclusion from a share option scheme which, in any event, lapsed for all participants without any payment in June 2019. However, Mr. Mackenzie has also issued an amended claim which includes a new claim for personal injury allegedly suffered as a result of stress arising from his role as CEO and Chairman. The Companies have filed a full defence in relation to Mr. Mackenzie's amended claim. After further discussion with external counsel the Companies have decided to apply for a strike-out application in relation to the entirety of Mr. Mackenzie's claims against them. This application was filed in May 2020 and the Companies have been given a court date in March 2021 in respect of this. We anticipate Mr. Mackenzie will proceed with the claim against the Companies but maintain that it is not necessary for the AA plc Group or the Holdco Group to make a financial provision as we expect the defence will prevail. While we expect to be successful in rigorously defending these claims, there can be no guarantee with respect to the outcome of any such litigation. In the unlikely event that the outcome of this litigation is not in our favour, this may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We collect extensive non-public data from personal members, customers, business contacts and employees, and the failure to adequately maintain and protect such information, including from unauthorised attempts to access our IT systems, or failure to comply with applicable data protection law, could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We regularly collect, process, store and handle non-public data (including name, address, age, bank and credit card details and other personal data) from our personal members, customers, business contacts and employees as part of the operation of our business, and therefore we must comply with data protection laws in the UK and to the extent applicable, the European Union ("EU"). Those laws impose certain requirements on us in respect of the collection, use and other processing of personal data. For example, under UK and EU data protection laws and regulations, when collecting personal data, certain information must be provided to the individual whose personal data is being collected (referred to under those laws and regulations as a "data subject". This information includes the identity of the data controller, the purpose(s) for which the personal data is being collected and other relevant information relating to the processing of that personal data. There is a risk that personal data collected by us may not be processed in accordance with notifications made to both data subjects and regulators. In some cases, the consent of those data subjects may also be required to process the personal data for the purposes notified to them. Failure to comply with data protection laws could potentially lead to regulatory censure, fines, civil and criminal liability, reputational and financial costs. In addition, the laws that would be applicable to such a failure are rapidly evolving and may become more burdensome and costly to our operations. The scope of the notification made to, and consents obtained from, data subjects may limit our ability to deal freely with the personal data in our databases. It may not be possible for us to lawfully use that personal data for purposes other than those notified to data subjects, or (where relevant) for which they have provided consent.

We are also exposed to the risk that the personal data we process could be wrongfully accessed or used, whether by employees or third parties, or otherwise lost or disclosed or processed in breach of applicable data protection law. For example, in 2017 a third-party provider of services to the AA plc Group had incorrectly configured a server and this exposed data for approximately 91,500 customers. The vulnerability in the third party's systems were remediated promptly once identified and an exercise was undertaken to communicate with the affected customers. The matter was also reported to the UK Information Commissioner's Office ("ICO") and the FCA, although it did not arise in the AA plc Group's regulated business. In addition, we have identified unauthorised access to our networks and servers in the past as a result of phishing and other malicious internet-based activity targeting our data and IT systems, and we cannot guarantee protection against future unauthorised attempts to access our IT systems from both internal and external intruders. While these past incidents were detected and we have taken considerable efforts to remediate any deficiencies in our IT systems to prevent future unauthorised access, there can be no assurance that our systems will not be targeted in the future or that we will be able to detect and/or remedy any such incidents immediately upon occurrence. Furthermore, publicised breaches of our IT systems, whether or not resulting in unauthorised access to or loss of data, could result in significant reputational harm and have a material adverse effect on our existing and prospective customers' perception of our business. As IT security threats continue to evolve, we must invest significant resources to continuously modify and enhance our information security and controls and to investigate and remediate any security vulnerabilities. The time and expense associated with ongoing information security improvement and monitoring activities diverts resources and management time away from other important aspects of our operations.

Given further investment in IT infrastructure will continue as part of our strategy, we may be particularly susceptible to unauthorised attempts to access our IT systems during such investment and development processes. Unauthorised access to our IT systems may result in the theft, corruption or loss of data belonging to us or our customers. In addition, employees with access to confidential customer information may intentionally, or accidentally, alter, destroy, steal, or lose such information. Theft or loss of data may result in such data being made public or sold or disposed of to third parties who may seek to use such data for identity theft or other criminal activities. If we, or any of the third-party service providers that process personal data on our behalf, fail to process, store or protect personal data that we control in a secure manner or if any theft or loss of that personal data were otherwise to occur, we could face liability under data protection laws. This could also result in damage to our brand and reputation, as well as the loss of new or existing personal members or customers, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The General Data Protection Regulation ("GDPR") began to apply from 25 May 2018 and introduced significant changes to data protection law. In particular, the GDPR contains much higher penalties for breaches, new obligations for data processors, increased accountability, expanded rights for data subjects and an extended territorial scope. A major multi-disciplinary project was put in place in connection with the changes, with a GDPR compliance programme implemented across the AA plc Group. However, further changes may be required in respect of the way we collect, store and otherwise process personal data as the market adjusts to the developing interpretation and application of the legislation. Any future changes to data protection regulations may be significant or costly and may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

On 31 January 2020 the UK withdrew from membership in the EU and on 31 December 2020 the UK's Brexit transition period ended with the UK and the EU implementing the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement. See "-Risks Relating to our Business and Industry-We operate almost exclusively in the UK and difficult conditions in the UK economy (such as those resulting from COVID-19) may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations." The GDPR (as it was applied at the end of the transition period) was incorporated into UK law at the end of the transition period under the UK Data Protection Act 2018 and certain UK Brexit-related regulations. As a result of the UK's exit from the EU, the UK is now a third country for the purpose of the GDPR rules regarding personal data exports from the EEA, meaning that in the absence of an "adequacy" finding from the European Commission, organisations exporting personal data from the EEA to the UK may be required to implement additional safeguards in respect of any such data exports, for example standard contractual clauses or Binding Corporate Rules. The EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement includes a bridging mechanism under which the UK will be deemed not to be a third country for these purposes, such that additional safeguards will not be required, for an interim period of up to 4 months from the Agreement coming into force (potentially extendable by two further months), provided that during this interim period the UK does not exercise certain powers within its data protection laws without EU agreement, and the UK does not change its data protection laws. This interim period is intended to give the European Commission time to perform an "adequacy" assessment in respect of the UK. If the European Commission does not make an "adequacy" finding in respect of the UK by the end of the interim period or an "adequacy" finding is made and subsequently revoked, we may be required by the GDPR to implement additional safeguards in respect of any data transfers we make from the EEA to the UK, which might impose an additional administrative and cost burden on our business. Under UK data protection laws, the EEA is considered to be an "adequate" destination for exports of personal data from the UK, and so UK data protection law does not currently require additional safeguards in respect of any such data exports.

We offer different prices to different types of customers, and the lack of price harmonisation within our personal member and across our business customer base may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As part of our efforts to attract new customers and personal members and to achieve a high degree of cross-penetration between our business segments, we may offer discounts to certain customers in respect of our Roadside, Insurance or Financial Services products. There is a risk that market pressure from our customers who do not subscribe to products and services across our segments (and therefore do not receive discount rates) may force us to amend our pricing plans. In addition, we regularly offer lower introductory prices to attract new personal members and subsequently receive requests from existing personal members to lower their membership fees accordingly. A significant change in the number of existing customers requesting price reductions or a significant number of customers declining to renew their products upon the expiration of their introductory offer rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our business model distinguishes between personal members, who subscribe for roadside assistance coverage directly through a membership agreement with us, and business customers, who receive roadside assistance coverage indirectly as a complementary "add-on" to the products they purchase from our business partners. If the availability of roadside assistance coverage becomes more prevalent as an add-on product such as with motor insurance which is becoming increasingly prevalent, we could potentially see a migration of our personal members to the lower-margin business customer book or to a third-party provider, which could also have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

In 2018, a super complaint was made to the Competition and Markets Authority ("CMA") in relation to pricing practices in a number of markets, including motor and home insurance. The FCA initiated a data request to home and motor insurers, brokers and PCWs to better understand pricing practices in the home and motor insurance markets. In October 2019, the FCA published an interim report on a number of potential remedies for pricing practices in those markets. The FCA published the final report of its market study into the pricing of home and motor insurance in September 2020. See "-Risks Relating to Regulatory and Legislative Matters-We are subject to complex laws and regulations that could materially and adversely affect the cost, manner and feasibility of doing business".

We seek to reduce and control our operating costs and we may not be successful in such efforts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We continuously review our operating costs to ensure that we are operating efficiently. Cost control initiatives include headcount reductions, business process re-engineering and internal reorganisation, as well as other expense controls. While we aim to implement and maintain cost savings through restructuring and pursuing additional cost efficiencies, we may be unable to effectively control or reduce costs. Even if we are successful in these initiatives, we may face other risks associated with our plans, including declines in employee engagement, the level of customer service we provide, the efficiency of our operations and the effectiveness of our internal controls. In addition, our ability to implement operating cost reductions could be hampered by the Independent Democratic Union (the "IDU") through industrial action. Any of these risks could have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

As part of our response to COVID-19, we incurred increased operational costs to enable us to respond quickly to government guidance to enable a home working model to be adopted, and where required, to ensure that our offices remained COVID-19 safe for employees who remained in offices and in the field. Although the bulk of these costs were incurred at the start of the pandemic, continuing government guidance around COVID-19 safe working environments could continue to have an adverse impact in respect of being able to control operating costs in the future.

Breakdown of internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and/or our ability to meet legal and regulatory requirements.

Any errors (including accounting errors), or breakdowns in internal control processes (including failures to establish and maintain effective internal controls), could result in operational losses and impact our ability to detect and prevent fraud. In addition, it is expected that ongoing and future changes to our operations and organisation will place additional demands on our internal processes and infrastructure, including our accounting systems and internal controls over financial reporting. To meet these demands, we will need to invest money and senior management time on an ongoing basis toward strengthening our financial and management information systems, improving control processes, and, where appropriate, identifying and correcting any deficiencies in the design or operating effectiveness of our accounting systems and internal controls over financial reporting. While we have established a governance and controls team who manage our controls framework, any failure to detect or correct deficiencies in our internal controls, or any insufficiency or breakdown in internal controls, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and/or our ability to meet legal and regulatory requirements.

Severe or unexpected weather conditions or poor maintenance of the roads could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Severe or unexpected weather conditions, including extremes in temperature, heavy rain, snowfall, hail or high winds and the impact of these and underinvestment on the condition on our roads, tend to increase the volume of calls to our roadside assistance centres. Although we receive a certain amount of payment-for-use revenue with regards to our business contracts, many of our contracts are for a fixed annual fee, and the increase in our costs are likely to be greater than the increase in payment-for-use revenue received as a result of increased call-outs during times of severe weather or if cars are damaged by poorly maintained roads. Repercussions of severe or unexpected weather conditions or high call outs may also include an inability to respond quickly and efficiently to calls from our personal members and business customers, loss of productivity and even necessary curtailment of services. Any delay in our performance or disruption of our operations due to such conditions could have an adverse effect on our reputation, result in an increase in customer complaints and decrease the demand for our services, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our personal membership numbers could decline, or our business mix could change if there is a decrease in the average age of vehicles used in the UK or the overall size of the UK car parc, if service intervals or manufacturer guarantees are extended or if vehicles are used to a lesser extent.

As vehicles get older, the likelihood of breaking down generally increases. Therefore, a decrease in the average age of vehicles in the UK could lead to a decline in demand for our roadside assistance products and services. Similarly, a decline in the number of vehicles on the UK's roads could adversely impact demand for our services and our ability to grow our membership base. Annual new car registrations in the UK have fallen each year since 2016, as a result of weak business and consumer confidence, general political and economic instability and uncertainty over clean air zones. Despite the decline in new car registrations, according to the UK Department for Transport, the size of the UK car parc has continued to grow, with the average age of the UK car parc increasing to 8.3 years as at 31 December 2019 (the oldest average age of the car parc since 1994). However, as older cars are retired from the UK car parc, to the extent annual new car registrations in the UK do not increase, the UK car parc could begin to shrink and reduce our pool of potential roadside assistance customers. For a variety of reasons beyond our control, as discussed below, changing customer demand and an evolving technological landscape could result in a shrinking UK car parc and/or decreased prevalence of breakdowns which could have a material adverse impact on demand for our services, our results of operations and financial condition.

Technological and qualitative improvements of some motor vehicle components as well as the increased reliability of modern cars can reduce the likelihood of motor vehicles breaking down, which can also lead to a decrease in demand for our roadside assistance services by both our personal members and business customers. As more people replace older cars with more reliable versions, the number of mechanical failures will likely reduce over time, which may further lead to a decrease in demand for our roadside assistance services. A decrease in demand for our roadside assistance services may lead to certain of our business partners declining to renew their contracts with us. In addition, in the event automobile manufacturers continue to expand the scope of their warranties and roadside assistance coverage beyond current limits (for example, as a result of changes in the legal environment), engage in greater promotion of roadside assistance at the point of service in their dealerships, or improve vehicle technologies so as to identify potential breakdowns before they occur, demand from business customers for our roadside assistance products and services may be negatively impacted.

Changes in car ownership models, for example due to increased car-pooling or car renting may lead to a reduction in vehicle use or ownership, which in turn could lead to a reduction in the number of customers who require our roadside assistance services. Reduced vehicle use or vehicle ownership may also result from rising costs (for example, higher petrol prices, higher petrol taxes and higher insurance prices), a significant deterioration in economic conditions, any future new vehicle incentives, changes in travelling or commuting behaviour (including due to COVID-19 or the increased use of public transport, car sharing services or mobile-based cab hailing services) or growing environmental concerns. See "Industry" for further information. In addition, a decline in demand for our roadside assistance services could impact or alter the mix of our product and services offerings. Any such decline in demand could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Following several years of steady decline due to the impact of competition and regulation, the paid membership base returned to growth during the second half of the financial year ended 31 January 2020. Due to COVID-19 and the lockdown restrictions in place across the UK during the first half of the year ending 31 January 2021, we observed an initial decline in new member volumes which caused the paid membership base to fall by 2% in the six months ended 31 July 2020 and 0.9% in the nine months ended 31 October 2020. Following the gradual lifting of the lockdown restrictions in June 2020 and our new above the line marketing campaign, we have seen a steady pick up in new member volumes. If, however, the decline continues (due to the uncertainty caused by the third lockdown announced on 4 January 2021 or otherwise), including at an increased rate in the future, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to protect our brand and related intellectual property rights from infringement or other misuse by others and we may face claims that we have infringed the trademarks or other intellectual property rights of others.

The AA brand is one of the key assets of our business. We rely primarily on trademarks and similar intellectual property rights to protect our brand. The success of our business depends on our continued ability to use our existing trademarks in order to increase brand awareness and, in particular, to develop our presence and activity in those markets where we are new entrants. Policing unauthorised use of our proprietary intellectual property rights can be difficult and expensive, and we cannot be sure that the steps we have taken to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property rights will preserve our ability to enforce those rights or prevent unauthorised use, infringement or misappropriation by third parties. Additionally, legal remedies available to us may not adequately compensate us for any damages we suffer as a result of such unauthorised use. Accordingly, any material infringement or misuse of our intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Moreover, we have in the past faced and may, in the future, face claims that we have infringed the trademarks or other intellectual property rights of others, including in those markets where we have not historically been active. Intellectual property litigation may be expensive and time consuming, and may divert managerial attention and resources from our business objectives. Successful infringement claims against us could result in significant monetary liability. Such claims could also delay or prohibit the use of existing, or the release of new, products, services or processes, and the development of new intellectual property. We could be required to obtain licences to the intellectual property that is the subject of the infringement claims, and resolution of these matters may not be available on acceptable terms within a reasonable timeframe or at all. Generally, intellectual property claims against us and any inability to use our trademarks could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations, and such claims may result in a loss of intellectual property protections relating to our business.

We may make acquisitions or disposals in the future, which transactions may not achieve the expected results or may expose us to contingent or other liabilities and may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We have from time to time considered, and intend to continue to consider opportunistic strategic transactions, which could involve acquisitions or disposals of businesses or assets and could result in shifts in the current mix of our product and services offerings. For any acquisitions which we identify, we will need to conduct appropriate due diligence, including, as appropriate, an assessment of the adequacy of claims reserves, an assessment of the recoverability of reinsurance and other balances, enquiries with regard to outstanding litigation and consideration of local regulatory and taxation matters. Consideration will also need to be given to potential costs, risks and issues in relation to the integration of any proposed acquisitions with our existing operations. However, the due diligence undertaken may not be accurate or complete, and such due diligence may not identify or mitigate all material risks to which the entity being acquired is exposed, including contingent or unanticipated liabilities. In addition, the integration of any proposed acquisition may not be successful or in line with our expectations and may pose a disruption to our ongoing business. We also may not obtain appropriate or adequate contractual representations, warranties and indemnities in connection with any acquisition. We may also provide representations, warranties and indemnities to counterparties on any disposal, which have in the past and may in the future result in claims being asserted against us by the applicable counterparties. Any acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or assets and shifts in the current mix of our product and services offerings may divert managerial attention and resources from our business objectives.

If we enter into strategic transactions in the future, related accounting charges may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, particularly in the case of any acquisitions. Any acquisition or disposal may result in changes to our capital structure, including the incurrence of additional indebtedness or the refinancing of our outstanding indebtedness, as applicable. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to identify appropriate acquisition targets or opportunities for disposals in the future and, even if we identify an attractive opportunity, we may not be able to complete the acquisition or disposal successfully based on limited financial resources or onerous regulatory requirements. Losses resulting from acquisitions or disposals could damage our brand and reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations are dependent on our ability to retain and attract qualified and reliable personnel including our senior management team.

We rely on a number of key employees, both in our management and our operations, with specialised skills and extensive experience in their respective fields. Attracting and retaining key members of senior management and key operational expertise are vital to the success of our business and operations. The departure of, or difficulty in replacing, senior managers or individuals with key operational expertise in the future, including in connection with the Acquisition, could have a material adverse impact on key decision-making and the development of our business and operations over both the short and the medium term. We also believe that the growth and success of our business will depend on our ability to attract highly skilled, qualified and reliable personnel with specialised know-how in automotive services, as well as those with IT and other specialist skills. Although we place emphasis on retaining and attracting talented personnel and invest in extensive training and development of our employees, we may not be able to retain or hire such personnel in the future. In particular, the automobile market is characterised by frequent technical advances and increases in the complexity of existing components. Certain models of vehicles and automotive components may have technical equipment so complex or innovative that they can be maintained only by persons with special training relating to those particular model vehicles. The expense of this specialisation could result in higher costs for us or in decreased demand for our roadside assistance services if it becomes no longer economically feasible for us to offer repair services for particular models or components, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the Financial Conduct Authority (the "FCA") have the power to approve and regulate individuals under the senior managers and certification regime in the insurance and financial intermediation businesses, respectively, who have significant influence over the key functions of an insurance business or financial intermediation business, such as governance, finance, audit and management functions. The FCA also has the power to regulate individuals in the financial intermediation business who deal with customers, such as those providing advice to customers on certain insurance and financial products. The FCA (as applicable) may not approve individuals for such functions unless the respective regulator is satisfied that they have appropriate qualifications and experience and are fit and proper to perform those functions. The FCA may also withdraw approval for individuals whom it deems no longer fit and proper to perform those functions. The majority of our regulated business is subject to FCA regulation and our inability to attract and retain, or obtain FCA approval for, directors and highly skilled personnel in our businesses subject to the authority of the FCA could adversely affect our competitive position, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business requires the work of many employees and any disruption in our workforce could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As at 31 October 2020, approximately 90% of the Holdco Group's employees were covered by a collective bargaining agreement which is in place with the IDU, a union historically dedicated to AA employees, but more recently representing non-AA employees as well. In addition, we are required to consult with our employee representatives, on various matters, including restructurings, acquisitions and divestitures. To the extent we choose to change working practices or aspects of our patrol force employment contracts, we will be required to consult the IDU.

In March 2020, we concluded our 60-day pension consultation with around 2,800 members through their IDU/management representatives in respect of our proposal to close the CARE section of the AA UK Pension Scheme (as these terms are defined below) and as a result the closure took effect from 31 March 2020. Decisions such as this can negatively impact employee relations and morale. While we believe the closure of the CARE section was handled in a manner satisfactory to the stakeholders involved, there can be no assurances that this and similar decisions impacting employees will not have an adverse effect on employee relations and our business. See "-Risks Relating to our Pension Schemes and Post-Retirement Medical Plan" for more information.

Although we strive to maintain good relationships with our employees and the IDU, such relationships may not continue to be cooperative. We may be affected by strikes or other types of conflict with labour unions and employees in the future, which could impair our ability to deliver the services we provide and result in a substantial loss of revenue and damage to our reputation. Strikes and industrial actions could also be initiated by the workforce of one of our service providers or other third parties that could affect our business. The terms of existing or renewed collective bargaining agreements could also significantly increase our costs (for example, through increased wages) or negatively affect our ability to increase operational efficiency, which may in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that we may incur and there can be no guarantee that we will be able to maintain the required level of insurance coverage on acceptable terms and/or at an acceptable cost.

We have insurance coverage under various insurance policies for, among other things, property damage, our technical and office equipment and stock, our patrol vehicles, as well as coverage for business interruption, terrorism and directors and officers. We also have insurance policies covering employer and public liability, as well as for errors and omissions that may occur when broking insurance (professional indemnity insurance, which is required under the FCA regulatory regime). However, we do not have insurance coverage for all potential interruptions of operations because in our view, these risks cannot be insured or can only be insured on unreasonable terms. For example, there is no insurance coverage against the risk of failure by personal members to pay or against cyber security-related losses. Similarly, lost revenue or increased operating costs resulting from COVID-19 are not covered by our insurance policies.

Moreover, we can provide no assurances that losses will not be incurred or that claims will not be filed against us which go beyond the type and scope of the existing insurance coverage.

In addition, insurance may not be available to us on commercially acceptable terms or at all in the future, or we may experience material increases in the costs of such insurance. Any increase in the number of claims or amount per claim or increase in the cost of insurance could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Certain types of risks and losses (such as losses resulting from epidemics and pandemics, including COVID-19, war, nuclear radiation, radioactive contamination and heaving or settling of structures) may be or become either uninsurable or uneconomical to insure or may not be covered by our relevant existing or future insurance policies. Other risks might become uninsurable (or uneconomical to insure) in the future. The occurrence of significant uninsured or uninsurable losses could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Regulatory and Legislative Matters

We are subject to complex laws and regulations that could materially and adversely affect the cost, manner and feasibility of doing business.

The industries in which we operate are materially affected by government regulation in the form of national and local laws and regulations in relation to health and safety, the conduct of operations and taxation. We are subject to prudential and consumer protection measures (including competition regulation) imposed by a number of insurance and financial services regulators and competition authorities, including the European Commission, the CMA and HM Treasury. In the UK, the FCA is the primary regulator of the insurance intermediation, consumer credit intermediation and mortgage intermediation sectors. The FCA also has concurrent competition law powers. Each has prescribed certain rules, principles and guidance with which we and others in the insurance and financial services industries must comply. Such rules require, among other things, high level standards on the establishment and maintenance of proper systems and controls and minimum "threshold conditions" that must be satisfied for a firm to remain authorised, as well as rules on the conduct of business and treating customers fairly.

The FCA may find that we have failed to comply with applicable regulations, including consumer credit regulations, have not sufficiently responded to regulatory inquiries or have not undertaken corrective action as required. Our roadside assistance business is currently operated under an exclusion from requiring insurance business authorisation. Any change in law, regulation or in interpretation of law or regulation could result in this business needing to be carried out by a regulated insurer which could significantly increase the costs of the business. In each case, regulatory proceedings could result in a public reprimand, substantial monetary fines or other sanctions which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, the use of continuous payment methods in both the Roadside and Insurance segments contributes to our high levels of retention. Although continuous payment methods are designed to serve a specific customer need and are a common market and banking practice, regulation of their use by the FCA, the Payment Systems Regulator or another comparable regulatory authority, or the regulation of how and when we communicate with current and potential personal members and customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations are also subject to various laws and regulations relating to health and safety, employment, environmental and other matters. If we fail to comply with any such laws or regulations, we could be subject to sanctions such as mandatory shut-downs, damages, criminal prosecutions and injunctive action.

In addition, changes in governmental laws and regulations, as well as maintaining compliance with required standards, may also significantly increase our costs, the price of membership and access to our services. For example, Directive (EU) 2016/97 (the "Insurance Distribution Directive") came into effect on 1 October 2018, replacing Directive (EU) 2002/92 (as amended) (the "Insurance Mediation Directive"), which related to consumer protection when buying insurance. In the U.K. the majority of the Insurance Distribution Directive provisions have been transposed by the FCA by way of amendments to the FCA's Handbook of Rules and Guidance. The Insurance Distribution Directive has wider application than the Insurance Mediation Directive and covers organisational conduct and business requirements for insurance and reinsurance entities and introduces requirements in new areas such as product oversight and governance. In addition, the senior managers and certification regime came into effect on 10 December 2018 for insurers and from December 2019 for FCA solo-regulated firms and is comprised of a senior manager regime, a certification regime and conduct rules which replaced the previous approved persons regime and senior insurance managers regime. The regulatory regime aims to (i) ensure regulated firms have a clear and effective governance structure and (ii) enhance the accountability and responsibility of certain senior people at such firms. See "Regulatory Overview-Insurance Distribution Directive" and "Regulatory Overview-Senior Managers and Certification Regime".

In September 2020, the FCA published its report of its market study into the pricing of home and motor insurance. The FCA is seeking views on its proposals by 25 January 2021. It will consider all the feedback and intends to publish a policy statement and new rules next year along with its response to the consultation feedback. The FCA is concerned that these markets are not working well for consumers and is proposing significant reform of these markets through measures which seek to enhance competition, ensure consumers will receive fair value, and increase trust in these markets. The FCA is proposing that when a customer renews their home or motor insurance policy, they pay no more than they would if they were new to their provider through the same sales channel. For example, if the customer bought the policy online, they would be charged the same price as a new customer buying online. Insurance companies would be free to set new business prices but would be prevented from gradually increasing the renewal price to consumers over time, other than changes in line with customers' risk. For existing consumers, their renewal price would be no higher than the equivalent new business price. The FCA is also consulting on other new measures to further boost competition and deliver fair value to all insurance customers, including product governance rules requiring firms to consider how they offer fair value to all insurance customers over the longer term, requirements on firms to report certain data sets to the FCA so that it can check the rules are being followed, and making it simpler to stop automatic renewal across all general insurance products.

As the FCA has not yet published its final policy statement, it is currently not possible to predict the effect of any such proposals on our business. The proposed package of measures include measures relating to price regulation, auto-renewal, strengthened product governance and proposed new reporting requirements. Potential remedies imposed by the FCA, including auto-renewal, product governance and reporting remedies could apply to the general insurance market, and pricing remedies could apply to the home and motor insurance market. While our Roadside business would not be directly affected, the pricing remedy as proposed would apply to additional products sold alongside home or motor insurance. Roadside is sold as a standalone product at the same time as home and motor insurance but is not connected with the home or motor insurance. However, there is a risk that Roadside sold at the same time as home or motor insurance might be deemed as an additional product and subject to the pricing remedy, potentially resulting in material adverse effects on our profitability and results of operations.

We are subject to risks in connection with the interpretation of employment laws including in relation to the calculation of employee holiday pay.

We are subject to risks in connection with changes to employment laws whether by government legislation or by decisions of the courts that are changing the interpretation of existing legislation which impacts businesses in the UK. For example, case law in connection with the calculation of holiday pay in the area of employment law is creating a potential cost exposure for employers throughout the UK. The case law relates to the interpretation and application of the Working Time Regulations 1998 ("WTR") in the UK which govern the statutory holiday entitlement and the minimum amount of statutory holiday pay that employees are entitled to. The law does not apply to holiday pay for contractual holiday in excess of the minimum statutory entitlement. In accordance with UK law, historically, pay for statutory holidays has corresponded to basic pay only; overtime, commission and other pay components have been excluded from the calculation of "normal working hours" and a "week's pay" for the purposes of calculating statutory holiday pay entitlement. However, the European Court of Justice ("ECJ") has held that, in accordance with European law (EU Working Time Directive (2003/88/EC)), all components of pay that are intrinsically linked to the tasks that employees are required to perform under their contracts should be included in the calculation, such as commission and, possibly, overtime. Employers now have to include commission, non-guaranteed (mandatory) overtime and other variable pay in the calculation of holiday pay for salaried staff.

The Employment Appeals Tribunal ("EAT") decision in Fulton v. Bear Scotland Ltd in November 2014 confirmed that UK law could be interpreted consistently with the ECJ principles described above in respect of non-guaranteed overtime. As well as payments for future holiday, employees could claim back pay for prior, wrongly calculated holiday pay as unlawful deductions from wages. The EAT decision states that a historic claim for a series of deductions can only go back until the point where there is a three month gap between deductions. This test is complex to apply in practice, and it is difficult to estimate with precision what the cost of such claims for the Holdco Group could be; however, potential historic liability for backdated claims could be material. Regulations have come into force which: (i) from 1 July 2015, limit back pay claims to no more than two years; and (ii) clarify that the rights to holiday pay under WTR are non-contractual (and hence avoid the possibility of a county court claim with six year limitation). On 7 October 2016 in British Gas Trading Ltd v. Lock, the Court of Appeal upheld the EAT's decision confirming that 4 weeks' statutory holiday pay under the WTR should include results-based commission in accordance with the requirements of EU law.

These changes and other changes in employment law could create additional costs for businesses, including ours, that operate overtime and commission by increasing the cost of paid statutory holiday, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to our Pension Schemes and Post-Retirement Medical Plans

We are exposed to various risks in connection with the funding of our pension commitments under the AA UK Pension Scheme, our principal defined benefit plan, the AA Ireland Pension Scheme and our post-retirement medical scheme, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The Holdco Group operates two funded defined benefit pension schemes: (i) the AA UK Pension Scheme; and (ii) the AA Ireland Pension Scheme. The AA UK Pension Scheme has defined benefit sections that are closed to new entrants but were open to future accrual for existing members on a final salary and a career average revalued earnings ("CARE") basis until 1 July 2017 and on a CARE-only basis until 31 March 2020. Following the sale of AA Ireland, the Holdco Group continues to retain the AA Ireland Pension Scheme, which is closed to new entrants and future accrual of benefits, having transferred it to an English subsidiary, AA Corporation Limited. In March 2020, we concluded our 60-day pension consultation with around 2,800 members through their IDU/management representatives in respect of our proposal to close the CARE section of the AA UK Pension Scheme and as a result the closure took effect from 31 March 2020. Closure of the CARE section is expected to protect against ongoing build-up of defined benefit risk for the Holdco Group and reduce pension cash costs by approximately £4 million per annum. The consultation resulted in a temporary enhancement to the defined contribution scheme being agreed for affected employees which will cost approximately £11 million over three years starting from 1 April 2020.

Valuations of all UK defined benefit plans are required to be conducted on at least a triennial basis in accordance with legislative requirements, and the trustees and employers of the applicable plan will be required to agree a recovery plan which seeks to pay off any funding deficit disclosed in the context of such valuations over an agreed period of time. The "funding deficit" will be the estimated shortfall in scheme assets compared with the amount required, on an actuarial calculation based on assumptions agreed between the employer and trustees in the context of the relevant valuation, to make provision for the scheme's liabilities. In addition, each valuation determined the cash contributions agreed with the trustees to cover the AA's share of the costs relating to CARE benefits that were accruing to employees. We are legally required to meet these monthly contributions, along with any agreed deficit repair contributions, scheme running costs and scheme levies, all of which are payable prior to our debt servicing obligations. Accordingly, we are exposed to the risk that our pension funding commitments may increase over time in the context of subsequent valuations of the AA UK Pension Scheme (though we believe closure of the CARE section will help to offset such increases), which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The triennial actuarial valuation for the AA UK Pension Scheme was carried out as at 31 March 2019 and the valuation was concluded in February 2020 (the "2019 Valuation"). The 2019 Valuation resulted in a significant reduction to the technical provisions deficit of 64%, from £366 million as at 31 March 2016 (the "2016 Valuation") to £131 million as at 31 March 2019. An "accounting" deficit of £104 million was recorded in the financial statements of the Holdco Group as at 31 January 2020 under IFRS (down from £167 million as at 31 January 2019). The 2016 Valuation disclosed assets of approximately £1,835 million and the 2019 Valuation disclosed assets of approximately £2,404 million.

In conjunction with agreeing the triennial valuation as at 31 March 2013 (the "2013 Valuation"), we implemented an asset backed funding structure (the "ABF") in November 2013 with the trustee of the AA UK Pension Scheme (the "AA UK Pension Trustee"). This provides the AA UK Pension Scheme with an inflation-linked income stream over 25 years, through an interest in a Scottish limited partnership. The aggregate total of the monthly payments due from the ABF to the AA UK Pension Scheme in the year to 31 January 2020 was £14 million. The ABF is intended to address the funding deficit disclosed in the 2013 Valuation over a 25 year period.

Typically, funding deficits are addressed over a much shorter period than 25 years and, in order to secure the AA UK Pension Trustee's agreement to the longer 25 year term under the ABF, the AA UK Pension Trustee has been granted first-ranking security (through the ABF structure) over our brands for a debt claim of £200 million. The ABF income stream and security are provided through the AA UK Pension Trustee's interest in a Scottish limited partnership which holds a loan note issued by the company that owns the AA plc Group's brands ("IP Co"). The royalties payable by the AA plc Group to IP Co for the use of the AA plc Group's brands fund the loan note payments due from IP Co to the Scottish limited partnership (which in turn fund the payments from the Scottish limited partnership to the AA UK Pension Trustee). The loan note payments due from IP Co are secured by a first ranking charge over the AA plc Group's brands, for an amount equal to £200 million. If the loan note payments, which are payable prior to our debt servicing obligations, are not made to the Scottish limited partnership to enable the payment of the AA UK Pension Trustee's return it will have the right to enforce the £200 million first ranking security interest over our brands against IP Co at the instruction of the AA UK Pension Trustee and if the security is enforced, the AA UK Pension Trustee's claim (through the ABF) will rank ahead of other claims on the security. If the security claims were enforced and all or some of our brands were disposed of by the AA UK Pension Trustee, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our ability to service our debt obligations.

Under the 2016 Valuation, the recovery plan extended through to 2038 in respect of the ABF and a nine-year plan of incremental funding was implemented to repair the higher 2016 Valuation deficit (as compared to the 2013 Valuation), taking into account the continued funding of the previous deficit. As part of the valuation as at 31 March 2019, a new recovery plan has now been put in place and agreed with the AA UK Pension Trustee. The new recovery plan assumes that the AA UK Pension Scheme's technical deficit will be fully repaid in July 2025, which is one year earlier than previously planned in terms of the additional funding element and 13 years earlier in terms of the ABF. To do this, the Holdco Group has committed to paying an additional (above the ABF payments) £10 million per annum from April 2020 to March 2021, £11 million per annum from April 2021 to March 2022 and £12 million per annum from April 2022 to July 2025. From 1 February 2020, the AA UK Pension Trustee will also meet its own costs of running the scheme. However, neither the new recovery plan nor the closure of the CARE section guarantee that the funding deficit with respect to the AA UK Pension Scheme will not increase in the future and this may result in materially higher payments being required to be paid to the AA UK Pension Scheme to address such increased deficit.

On 24 November 2020, the AA plc, Basing Topco and the AA UK Pension Trustee entered into a memorandum of understanding relating to the impact of the Acquisition on the AA UK Pension Scheme (the "MoU"). The AA UK Pension Trustee confirmed under the MoU that (based on the information it had received at the date thereof) it did not consider that the Acquisition would result in a detriment to the AA UK Pension Scheme and accordingly no mitigation was required in respect of the Acquisition, though each party thereto acknowledged the continued reliance of the AA UK Pension Scheme on the AA plc's covenant. The following was agreed under the MoU (subject to the AA UK Pension Trustee completing its confirmatory due diligence) for the period from the date of execution to 24 November 2025:

· Except where pre-agreed circumstances apply, there will be no changes to the current contributions payable to the AA UK Pension Scheme, including under the AA UK Pension Scheme's next triennial actuarial valuation which is expected to be as at 31 March 2022 (the "2022 Valuation"). The pre-agreed circumstances include lower than expected investment returns, unexpected changes to inflation, the discount rate or demographic conditions, and clarifications of the benefits payable. If these pre-agreed circumstances apply, there will be good faith discussions and agreement about any further cash contributions required beyond the five-year term of the MoU.

· In the absence of a material adverse event or a request from the AA plc or Basing Topco, the AA UK Pension Trustee will not bring forward the 2022 Valuation.

· Except where there has been a material adverse change in circumstances or pre-agreed excepted circumstances apply, the agreed actuarial assumptions under the MoU will be used for the purposes of the 2022 Valuation.

· If any changes are required to be made to the actuarial assumptions, these will not, where possible, overall increase the AA UK Pension Scheme's "technical provisions" and if required to increase by law, the AA UK Pension Trustee will work in good faith and collaboratively with the sponsoring employer of the AA UK Pension Scheme, which is Automobile Association Developments Limited (the "Employer"), to seek its agreement to revising the technical provisions appropriately.

· It was confirmed under the MoU that there are no current plans to remove the current AA UK Pension Trustee nor any of its directors nor an intention to direct the Employer to do this and that the current chair of the AA UK Pension Trustee will remain in place until at least completion of the 2022 Valuation.

· The AA UK Pension Trustee confirmed its willingness to engage, in good faith, with Basing Topco or the AA plc on any future pensions de-risking proposals initiated by them.

· Certain assurances were given to the AA UK Pension Trustee concerning the AA plc Group's indebtedness and future payment of dividends and monitoring fees.

· The AA UK Pension Trustee will consult in good faith with the AA plc Group before making any changes to AA UK Pension Scheme's actuarial factors from those currently used.

· The MoU sets out certain agreed information sharing provisions.

The MoU is not legally binding, but sets out a statement of the current intentions of the parties thereto. The parties have agreed to work in good faith to enter into a legally binding agreement on the basis of the terms set out in the MoU, but there can be no guarantee that an agreement on substantially the same terms as the MoU will become legally binding on the parties. Furthermore, the MoU does not bind the regulator of occupational pension schemes in the UK (the "UK Pensions Regulator"), which could seek to re-open discussions on the terms set out in the MoU under certain circumstances. As a result, it is possible that the arrangements contemplated by the MoU may be subject to change in the future.

We also operate an unfunded post-retirement medical scheme (the "AAPMP"). The AAPMP provides private healthcare cover to retired AA pensioners and their dependents. The scheme, which is closed to new entrants, but remains open to active participants, is unfunded, and as at 31 October 2020 showed a liability of £45 million. This liability could materially increase depending on, among other factors, the longevity of scheme participants, material changes in claims behaviour and the rate of inflation in the costs of providing these healthcare benefits, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The assets of the AA UK Pension Scheme and the AA Ireland Pension Scheme are invested in various investment vehicles which are susceptible to market volatility, interest rate risk and other market risks, any of which could result in decreased asset value and a significant increase in our net pension obligations.

The assets of the AA UK Pension Scheme and the AA Ireland Pension Scheme are invested predominantly via externally managed funds and insurance companies. The AA UK Pension Trustee and the AA Ireland Pension Trustee, in consultation with us, prescribe the investment strategy in relation to the assets of the AA UK Pension Scheme and the AA Ireland Pension Scheme, respectively. The assets may be invested in different asset classes including equities, fixed-income securities, real estate and other investment vehicles. The values attributable to the externally invested pension plan assets are subject to fluctuations in the capital markets that are beyond our influence. Unfavourable developments in the capital markets could result in a substantial coverage shortfall for these pension obligations, resulting in a significant increase in our net pension obligations. In addition, deterioration in our financial condition could lead to an increased funding commitment to the trustees, which could further exacerbate any financial difficulties we could face at such time. Any such increases in our net pension obligations could adversely affect our financial condition due to increased additional outflow of funds to finance the pension obligations. We are also exposed to risks associated with longevity, interest rate and inflation rate changes in connection with our pension commitments, as a decrease in long-term interest rates and/or an increase in longevity or in inflation could have an adverse effect on our contribution requirements in respect of the AA UK Pension Scheme and the AA Ireland Pension Scheme.

In certain circumstances we may be required to fully fund the AA UK Pension Scheme on a "buy-out" basis, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Typically, the ongoing "funding" basis for a pension scheme, such as the AA UK Pension Scheme, is agreed between the AA UK Pension Trustee and the Employer subject to the UK Pensions Regulator's powers to intervene and determine such basis). However, in certain circumstances, a so-called "section 75 debt" payment can be triggered, which is calculated by reference to the deficit on a "buy-out" basis, broadly the cost of purchasing annuities and deferred annuities with an insurer. The deficit on a buy-out basis is often significantly in excess of the funding deficit. The deficit of the AA UK Pension Scheme on a buy-out basis was estimated as part of the most recent completed triennial valuation to be £1,481 million as at 31 March 2019. AA Senior Co Limited provides a guarantee under a pension agreement dated 1 July 2013 (the "AA UK Pension Agreement") in relation to, broadly, the difference between the section 75 debt and the AA UK Pension Trustee's £200 million first ranking security interest over the AA plc Group's brands (provided through the ABF), and this guarantee is effective on enforcement of the security. Accordingly, if a section 75 debt is triggered, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

A section 75 debt could be triggered in relation to the AA UK Pension Scheme if it is wound up or certain insolvency events occur in relation to the Employer. The AA UK Pension Trustee can trigger a wind-up of the AA UK Pension Scheme if the Employer terminates its liability to contribute to the AA UK Pension Scheme or ceases to carry on its undertaking and a successor has not assumed the role of sponsoring employer, which is subject to AA UK Pension Trustee consent. The UK Pensions Regulator has powers to trigger a wind-up in relation to the AA UK Pension Scheme in certain circumstances. Insolvency events which trigger a section 75 debt include the appointment of an administrative receiver and the entry by a company into administration. A section 75 debt can also be triggered in relation to multi-employer pension schemes where one employer exits the scheme, but the AA UK Pension Scheme is currently a single employer scheme.

Where a section 75 debt is triggered as a result of an insolvency event, the pension scheme may be transferred to the Pension Protection Fund (the "PPF"). Entry into the PPF is subject to certain conditions, including an assessment as to whether the pension scheme's assets are sufficient to provide benefits of at least the level of compensation which would be provided by the PPF and is determined during the course of a PPF assessment period (if so, the scheme will not transfer). The PPF will assume responsibility for an eligible scheme where the assets of the scheme are not sufficient to provide PPF level benefits, unless the relevant insolvency practitioner issues a "scheme rescue" notice (for example, because the relevant company is rescued and the business continues with the pension scheme in place or because another entity agrees to assume responsibility for the pension liabilities). Where a scheme rescue notice is issued, no section 75 debt in relation to the scheme will be payable as a result of the insolvency. In the absence of a scheme rescue notice, the section 75 debt would become payable and, as this is likely to be significant, this means a substantial unsecured claim would arise in relation to the Employer and AA Senior Co Limited pursuant to the AA UK Pension Agreement.

A section 75 debt is an unsecured debt. However, the AA UK Pension Trustee's indirect £200 million first ranking security interest over the AA Group's brands (through the ABF) is enforceable by the Scottish limited partnership in certain circumstances, including in the event of a section 75 debt being triggered (where, as a result of insolvency, the debt becomes payable because there is no scheme rescue). Accordingly, if the security is enforced, the first £200 million of the AA UK Pension Trustee's claim will rank ahead of other claims.

The UK Pensions Regulator has power in certain circumstances to issue contribution notices or financial support directions which, if issued, could result in us incurring significant liabilities.

Under the Pensions Act 2004, the UK Pensions Regulator may issue a contribution notice requiring contributions to be paid into the relevant scheme by an employer in a UK defined benefit pension scheme or any person who is "connected with" or is an "associate of" an employer in a UK defined benefit pension scheme. A contribution notice may be issued if the UK Pensions Regulator is of the opinion that (i) the relevant person has been a party to an act, or a deliberate failure to act, which had as its main purpose (or one of its main purposes) the avoidance of pension liabilities or (ii) the relevant person has been a party to an act, or a deliberate failure to act, which has a materially detrimental effect on a pension plan without sufficient mitigation having been provided. Directors of the participating employer are also potentially subject to the UK Pensions Regulator's power to issue a contribution notice.

If the UK Pensions Regulator considers that the employer participating in a UK defined benefit pension scheme is "insufficiently resourced" or a "service company", it may impose a financial support direction requiring any person associated or connected with that employer, to put in place financial support in relation to the relevant pension scheme. An employer is insufficiently resourced if, broadly, the employer has insufficient assets to meet 50% of the deficit on a buy-out basis and any person or persons who is or are "connected with" or an "associate of" the employer has (or together have) sufficient assets to meet the shortfall between the employer's assets and 50% of the deficit on a buy-out basis.

The terms "associate" and "connected person", which are taken from the Insolvency Act 1986, are widely defined and could cover our significant shareholders and others deemed to be shadow directors.

Entities in the AA plc Group may also be associated and connected with employers in other UK defined benefit pension schemes operated in groups in which our significant shareholders (or former significant shareholders) have a prescribed shareholding. Accordingly, entities in the AA plc Group could be required by the UK Pensions Regulator to make a contribution to, or to put in place financial support for, any UK defined benefit pension schemes operated in such groups, in certain circumstances (for up to the level of any relevant pension scheme's buy-out deficit).

The UK Pensions Regulator may, however, only issue contribution notices or financial support directions where it believes it is reasonable to do so. In relation to financial support directions and contribution notices, the UK Pensions Regulator determines reasonableness by having regard to a number of factors, non-exhaustive lists of which are set out in legislation (and include for example, the relationship which the person has or has had with the employer, the value of any benefits received directly or indirectly by that person from the employer, any connection or involvement which the person has or has had with the scheme and the financial circumstances of the person).

The UK Parliament is expected to strengthen the powers of the UK Pensions Regulator and to introduce new criminal offences in relation to UK defined benefit pension schemes

The UK Parliament is currently debating the Pension Schemes Bill (the "Bill"). Two new criminal offences of "risking accrued scheme benefits" and "avoidance of employer debt" are proposed, each carrying a maximum criminal penalty of seven years in prison and/or an unlimited fine (together with a civil penalty of up to £1 million). Both of these offences are very broad in their scope. In addition, the way that the offences have been framed in the Bill means that these offences target a wider range of parties than just those connected to the pension scheme's sponsoring employer, such as directors, as they are drafted to apply to any person. Acts of third parties, including banks, investors, and commercial counterparties, as well as acts of pension scheme trustees and professional advisers, could all fall within the scope of these new criminal offences. Unless a person has "reasonable excuse", criminal liability could be imposed (however, the Bill includes no further details on how the "reasonable excuse" requirement would operate). In addition, if the Bill becomes law, the circumstances in which the Pensions Regulator can make connected third parties liable for pension scheme deficits by issuing a contribution notice will be significantly widened. There will also be new requirements to give advanced notification and provide statements to the Pensions Regulator about the impact of certain corporate activity on a pension scheme, and failure to comply with these requirements could result in new civil penalties of up to £1 million. The Bill is expected to become law in the first or second quarter of 2021.

Strengthening of the regulatory funding regime in the UK or Ireland could impose increased pension funding requirements.

Strengthening of the regulatory funding regime for pensions in the UK or Ireland (whether due to changed regulatory guidance, or imposed by local law or European Union law and which, in the case of Ireland, could include the introduction of statutory debts for the recovery of a shortfall in funding, equivalent to the concept of section 75 debts under UK law or the introduction of regulatory powers, equivalent to the UK Pensions Regulator's powers to impose liability for underfunded defined benefit schemes on third parties) could increase requirements for cash funding of pensions, demanding more financial resources to meet governmentally mandated pension requirements.

New funding provisions under the Bill, and a new Pensions Regulator Code (the "PRC") for funding of defined benefit pension schemes in the UK (currently under consultation), which are expected to come into force by the end of 2021, may have significant consequences for the outcome of future valuations of the AA UK Pension Scheme. These new provisions are intended to encourage funding of UK defined benefit pension schemes up to a level at which the scheme will have a low dependency on future support from their employers. This approach will comprise the long-term funding target for such pension schemes, over a 15-20 year period in most cases. The PRC is also expected to shorten the length of deficit recovery plans, with a 3-5 year recovery period expected to be appropriate for the majority of schemes going forward. The Bill also introduces powers for the UK government to make parts of the new Code of Practice (e.g. the length of recovery plans) legally binding.

The realisation of any of the foregoing risks could require us to make significant additional payments to meet our pension commitments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to the risk that our liability for our post-retirement medical plan could materially increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

There is a possible need to review the AA UK Pension Scheme's approach to "equalising" certain pension benefits earned before 1 April 1992.

The AA plc Group has been informed by the AA UK Pension Trustee of a possible need to review the AA UK Pension Scheme's approach to "equalising" certain pension benefits earned before 1 April 1992, so that the benefits earned by male and female members are equal. This requirement is common to most UK defined benefit pension schemes. In simple terms, this requires some pre-1992 pensions to be treated as if payable from a more generous age of 60, rather than the AA UK Pension Scheme's normal retirement age of 65. Action was taken in 1992 to put in place a mechanism for equalisation of these benefits, but the AA UK Pension Trustee has raised questions about the effectiveness of the mechanism used.

This is a highly technical matter that relates only to the benefits of members who joined certain sections of the AA UK Pension Scheme before 1 November 1987 and remained in service after 17 May 1990. At this early stage of our analysis we consider the scope of potentially impacted benefits to be limited to those accrued in the period 17 May 1990 to 31 March 1992. A detailed legal analysis will be needed to determine whether any additional liabilities need to be recognised by the AA plc Group or whether the existing methods used by the AA UK Pension Trustee to equalise benefits are in fact valid. Without this detailed analysis, as well as obtaining scheme information dating back to the 1990s, making a reliable estimate of the potential impact is extremely difficult due to the range of possible conclusions (including a scenario where no additional liability is recognised). Given the need for this extensive legal analysis and information collation, a reliable estimate is unavailable at this stage. There is a risk this could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. This matter is separate to equalisation in respect of "guaranteed minimum pensions", for which an accounting allowance has been made.

Risks Relating to our Financial Profile

We will require a significant amount of cash to meet our obligations under our indebtedness and sustain our business operations, and our ability to do so will depend on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to meet our obligations under our indebtedness, including making principal, interest and other payments when due under facilities agreements, the Class A IBLAs, the Class B IBLAs, the Topco Payment Undertaking, the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes as well as our ability to fund our ongoing business operations, will depend upon our future operating performance and our ability to generate cash, which, in turn, will be affected to some extent by general economic conditions and by financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, including those factors discussed in these "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Supplemental Investor Report, many of which are beyond our control.

The future performance of our business and results of operations may not be similar to our historic performance or results of operations described in this Supplemental Investor Report. Accordingly, we cannot provide any assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings, revenue growth and operating improvements will be realised or that future sources of debt or equity financing will be available on favourable terms, or at all, in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. If, at the maturity of any of our indebtedness, we do not have sufficient cash flows from operations and other capital resources to repay such debt obligations or if we are otherwise unable to fund our other ongoing liquidity needs, we may be required to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or raising additional debt or equity financing in amounts that could be substantial or on unfavourable terms.

Our access to debt, equity and other financing as a source of funding for our operations and for refinancing maturing debt will also be subject to many factors, many of which are beyond our control. The type, timing and terms of any future financing will depend on our cash needs and the prevailing conditions in the financial markets, including in the corporate bond, term loan and equity markets. We cannot assure you that these conditions will be favourable at the time any refinancing is required to be undertaken or that we will be able to complete any such refinancing in a timely manner or on favourable terms, if at all. For example, interest rate fluctuations, an economic downturn, changes in the UK regulatory environment or other industry developments which weaken the strength of our competitive position or prospects could increase our cost of borrowing or restrict our ability to obtain debt, equity and other financing. The creditworthiness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, derivative, trading, clearing or other relationships among the institutions. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened defaults by, one or more financial institutions could also lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, including losses or defaults by other institutions. This may adversely affect the financial institutions, such as banks and insurance providers, with which we interact on a regular basis, as well as cause disruptions in the capital or credit markets (similar to the global credit crisis that began in the second half of 2008), and therefore could adversely affect our ability to raise needed funds or access liquidity.

If we are unable to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain such refinancing on terms which are acceptable to us, we may be forced to sell assets. If assets are sold, the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds that may be realised from those sales cannot be guaranteed and the terms of our indebtedness will limit our ability to pursue these and other measures.

Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations or to refinance our indebtedness on acceptable terms, or at all, would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our ability to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness. Any failure to refinance our indebtedness on or prior to the applicable maturity date may result in us defaulting on such indebtedness or a Share Enforcement Event in case of a Class B IBLA. The occurrence of any such default or Share Enforcement Event could result in the enforcement of the collateral granted to secure the applicable indebtedness.

There are circumstances that indicate material uncertainties exist that may cast significant doubt on our ability to continue as a going concern.

The unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of Holdco as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020 include a discussion of material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt on the Group's ability to continue as a going concern. The Sub-Class A5 Notes have a maturity date of 31 January 2022. We intend to refinance the Sub-Class A5 Notes prior to their maturity date. Holdco's directors have considered factors affecting the ability of the feasibility of refinancing the Sub-Class A5 Notes prior to their maturity date, along with the projected cash flows, for a period of one year from the date of issue of the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020 and have concluded that they have confidence that the Group will have sufficient funds to continue trading for this period and will be able to secure financing so as to be able to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due. However, the refinancing of the Sub-Class A5 Notes is not committed at the date of issue of the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020. In addition, the Acquisition by the Consortium remains subject to a court sanction hearing and to regulatory approval. Both of these circumstances indicate that material uncertainties exist that may cast significant doubt on our ability to continue as a going concern for a period in excess of a year from the date of issue of the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020. See Note 1 to the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020, included elsewhere in this Supplementary Investor Report.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

COVID-19 pandemic

From March 2020 to July 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the UK government imposed a lockdown which closed non-essential businesses and required residents of the UK to remain at home (with certain prescribed exceptions). Consequently, domestic travel in the UK, and as a result demand for our core Roadside services fell during the early stages of the lockdown but such demand progressively improved once the national lockdown restrictions were removed in June 2020, a testament to the resilience of our business model and the essential nature of our services. Overall breakdowns attended decreased by 11% for the nine months to 31 October 2020 compared to the prior period while paid personal members fell by 0.9% during the same period due to the decline in new business sales during the first lockdown. The relatively limited decline in paid personal members for the nine months to 31 October 2020 reflects a rebound in sales after a 2% decline in paid personal members for the six months to 31 July 2020. Consumer retention rates remained broadly steady. Our Insurance segment continued to deliver strong rates of policy growth despite the impact of COVID-19 with motor and home policy volumes increasing by 10% between 31 January 2020 and 31 October 2020. However, following increases in cases of COVID-19 in the United Kingdom, the UK government introduced additional lockdowns including the national lockdown from 5 November 2020 to 2 December 2020 (the "second lockdown"), the introduction of Tier 4 stay-at-home restrictions on 20 December 2020 and the national lockdown announced on 4 January 2021 (the "third lockdown" and together with the first lockdown and second lockdown, the "lockdown periods"). See "Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry- The outbreak of COVID-19 (as defined below) has had, and is likely to continue to have, a material impact on our business and results of operations."

Our first priority in response to the COVID-19 pandemic is to protect the health and wellbeing of our staff, customers and suppliers. To this end we initiated a number of actions across the business to maximise business continuity, including emergency protocols to control decision-making, setting up homeworking for the vast majority of staff in less than three weeks, establishing safe working protocols for all staff and procuring required personal protective equipment.

To minimise the impact of COVID-19 on our results of operations, we executed a number of short-term measures that resulted in the deferral and reduction of a range of operating costs across the Holdco Group. These measures included no pay rises and a suspension of our normal bonus scheme, a general hiring freeze and tight cost control across the business. At the AA plc level, we implemented a 15% reduction to the base salary for the board of directors for three months. We also applied for the UK government furlough scheme for those parts of our business where it has been necessary for us to adjust to reduced levels of workload during the lockdown, though the majority of our workforce continued to provide services to our customers. As of November 2020, almost all of our staff had come off the furlough scheme. However, as a result of the further lockdown periods, the number of our employees on furlough increased in December 2020 and may continue to increase as a result of the third lockdown.

Current trading

Our core operations continue to perform resiliently despite the ongoing challenges presented by COVID-19, and our number one priority remains the well-being of our staff, members, customers, and suppliers. While the enforcement of tiered lockdowns from October 2020 has to date had limited impact to our core roadside assistance and insurance operations, the trading environment for our smaller businesses, including Driving Schools, remains challenging. During November and December 2020, we continued to trade in line with expectations. Following the surge in COVID-19 cases over December 2020, the UK government announced the third lockdown on 4 January 2021, which is likely to have a similar impact to our trading performance as announced earlier in 2020. Given the benefits of the swift actions we have taken during the year and our confidence in our ability to adjust to further volatility in the trading environment, we and the AA plc Group currently reiterate our previous expectations of delivering a robust performance in the year ending 31 January 2021, with results of both the Holdco Group and the AA plc Group expected to come in only slightly below those of the prior year.

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The selected consolidated historical financial data of Holdco as at and for each of the financial years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020 has been derived from Holdco's audited financial statements as at and for each of the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020, as prepared in accordance with IFRS. The selected unaudited consolidated historical financial data of Holdco as at 31 October 2020 and for the nine months ended 31 October 2019 and 2020 has been derived from Holdco's unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020, as prepared in accordance with IAS 34, and included elsewhere in this Supplemental Investor Report.

The results of operations for prior periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other period. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with discussed in "Risk Factors", "Presentation of Financial and Operating Data", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited consolidated interim financial information.

 

Selected Consolidated Income Statement Data

 

Year ended

31 January

 

Nine months ended

31 October

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

Revenue

947

960

967

724

703

Cost of sales

(356)

(390)

(380)

(284)

(267)

Gross profit

591

570

587

440

436

Administrative and marketing expense

(278)

(353)

(332)

(263)

(266)

Operating profit

313

217

255

177

170

Finance costs

(167)

(167)

(155)

(116)

(134)

Finance income

1

-

1

-

2

Profit before tax

147

50

101

61

38

Tax expense

(31)

(10)

(19)

(12)

(9)

Profit for the year or period

116

40

82

49

29

_____________________

 

Selected Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data

At 31 January

 

At 31 October

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

 

Non-current assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets

1,296

1,326

1,350

1,348

Property, plant and equipment

127

123

52

49

Right-of-use assets

-

-

65

50

Investments in joint ventures and associates

6

5

5

5

Other receivables

3

-

-

-

Financial assets at amortised cost

-

-

4

4

Deferred tax assets

30

22

9

5

1,462

1,476

1,485

1,461

Current assets

Inventories

7

4

4

4

Trade and other receivables

173

179

182

218

Current tax receivable

-

-

-

3

Amounts owed by parent undertakings(1)

1,214

1,214

1,214

1,215

Cash and cash equivalents

50

20

94

156

1,444

1,417

1,494

1,596

Assets classified as held for sale

-

6

8

-

Total assets

2,906

2,899

2,987

3,057

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

(497)

(455)

(411)

(452)

Current tax payable

(10)

(2)

(7)

-

Amounts owing to parent undertakings(2)

(22)

(34)

(48)

(71)

Derivative financial instruments

-

-

-

(1)

Borrowings and loans

-

-

(200)

-

Lease liabilities

-

-

(23)

(18)

Provisions

(13)

(3)

(5)

(3)

(542)

(494)

(694)

(545)

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings and loans

(2,736)

(2,724)

(2,535)

(2,748)

Derivative financial instruments

-

-

(2)

(3)

Finance lease obligations

(16)

(12)

-

-

Lease liabilities

-

-

(40)

(31)

Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

(240)

(218)

(162)

(145)

Provisions

(4)

(4)

(6)

(7)

Deferred consideration

(11)

(10)

-

-

(3,007)

(2,968)

(2,745)

(2,934)

Liabilities classified as held for sale

-

(5)

-

-

Total liabilities

(3,549)

(3,467)

(3,439)

(3,479)

Net liabilities

(643)

(568)

(452)

(422)

Equity

Share capital

-

-

-

-

Cashflow hedge reserve

5

-

(2)

(2)

Retained earnings

(648)

(568)

(450)

(420)

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

(643)

(568)

(452)

(422)

_____________________

(1) Amounts owed by parent undertakings represent the net amount of balances owed by companies within the AA plc Group but outside of the Holdco Group, to the Holdco Group. As at 31 October 2020, individual entities within the AA plc Group but outside of the Holdco Group owed £1,215 million (31 January 2020: £1,214 million; 31 January 2019: £1,214 million; 31 January 2018: £1,214 million) to the Holdco Group.

(2) Amounts owing to parent undertakings represent the net amount of balances owed by companies within the Holdco Group to AA plc Group companies that are not part of the Holdco Group. As at 31 October 2020 individual entities within the Holdco Group owed £71 million (31 January 2020: £48 million; 31 January 2019: £34 million; 31 January 2018: £22 million) to AA plc Group companies that are not part of the Holdco Group.

 

 

Selected Consolidated Cash Flow Data

Year ended 31 January

 

Nine months ended 31 October

 

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

 

Net cash flows from operating activities before tax

338

266

327

257

226

Tax paid

(23)

(15)

(10)

(7)

(15)

Net cash flows from operating activities

315

251

317

250

211

Investing activities

Capital expenditure

(63)

(80)

(65)

(54)

(45)

Proceeds from sale of fixed assets(1)

18

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

Payment for acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

-

(13)

(8)

(8)

(1)

Dividends from/(investment in) joint ventures and associates(2)

1

1

-

-

(1)

Interest received

1

-

-

-

-

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries, net of cash sold

-

-

-

-

(1)

Net cash flows used in investing activities

(43)

(92)

(73)

(62)

(48)

Financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings

250

565

15

15

525

Issue costs on borrowings

(7)

(10)

-

-

(8)

Debt repayment premiums and penalties

(11)

(17)

-

-

(6)

Settlement of interest rate hedges

-

(7)

-

-

-

Repayment of borrowings

(328)

(565)

(18)

(15)

(525)

Refinancing transactions

(96)

(34)

(3)

-

(14)

Interest paid on borrowings

(136)

(129)

(130)

(67)

(74)

Payment of finance lease capital(1)

(41)

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

Lease capital repayments net of proceeds from sale of fixedassets(1)

n.a.

(22)

(25)

(16)

(18)

Payment of lease interest(1)

(5)

(4)

(4)

(3)

(3)

Dividends paid

(80)

-

-

-

-

Net cash flows from financing activities

(358)

(189)

(162)

(86)

(109)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

(86)

(30)

82

102

54

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

136

50

20

20

102

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

50

20

102

122

156

_____________________

(1) Starting with the year ended 31 January 2019, we present lease capital repayments net of proceeds from sale of fixed assets in order to better reflect the commercial terms of leased assets. Therefore, the financial information presented for the year ended 31 January 2018 may not be comparable to the financial information presented for the years ended 31 January 2019 and 2020.

(2) In the year ended 31 January 2018, we presented this line item as acquisitions and disposals, net of cash acquired or disposed of.

 

Selected Other Financial Data

Year ended 31 January

Nine months ended 31 October

Twelve months ended 31 October(4)

 

2018

2019

2020

2019

2020

2020

 

(£ in millions, except percentages)

Trading EBITDA(1)

393

337

343

246

247

344

 

Trading EBITDA margin (in %)(1)

41.5

35.1

35.5

34.0

35.1

36.4

 

Net cash flow from operating activities before tax and adjusting operating items(2)

367

289

336

262

230

n.a.

 

Free cash flow(3)

90

4

85

102

68

n.a.

 

Capital expenditure

(63)

(80)

(65)

(54)

(45)

(56)

 

Working capital movement(5)

(19)

(32)

19

35

-

n.a.

 

Cash conversion(6)

64%

51%

73%

80%

67%

n.a.

 

 

(1) We define Trading EBITDA as profit after tax as reported, adjusted for depreciation, amortisation, exceptional operating items, share-based payments, pension service charge adjustments, net finance costs, contingent consideration remeasurement movements and tax expense. The pension service charge adjustment principally relates to the difference between the cash contributions to the pension scheme for ongoing service and the calculated annual service cost. Share-based payments charges result from grants under the long-term incentive schemes for staff and management. See Notes 2 and 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements as at and for the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020 and our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020, included elsewhere in this Supplemental Investor Report. Trading EBITDA for the year ended 31 January 2020, for the nine months ended 31 October 2020 and for the twelve months ended 31 October 2020 reflect the implementation of IFRS 16. Trading EBITDA of the Holdco Group for the year ended 31 January 2020 increased by £3 million as a result of the adoption of IFRS 16 (this increase was recognised in the Roadside segment).

 

We define Trading EBITDA margin as Trading EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. For the year ended 31 December 2018, Trading EBITDA margin was calculated as Trading EBITDA as a percentage of Trading Revenue, which excludes revenue from adjusting operating revenue items. Trading Revenue for the year ended 31 December 2018 was £946 million as compared to total revenue of £947 million. There was no difference between Trading Revenue and revenue for the other periods under review.

 

The reconciliation of profit to Trading EBITDA is set forth below.

Year ended 31 January

Nine months ended 31 October

Twelve months ended 31 October

 

2018

2019

2020

2019

2020

2020

 

(£ in millions)

Profit for the year or period

116

40

82

49

29

62

 

Tax expense

31

10

19

12

9

16

 

Profit before tax

147

50

101

61

38

78

 

Finance income

(1)

-

(1)

-

(2)

(3)

 

Finance costs

167

167

155

116

134

173

 

Operating profit

313

217

255

177

170

248

 

Adjusting operating items

(5)

40

4

3

4

5

 

Operating profit before adjusting operating items

308

257

259

180

174

253

 

Amortisation and depreciation

68

72

85

61

68

92

 

Pension service charge adjustment

10

5

4

3

3

4

 

Contingent consideration remeasurement gain

-

(1)

(9)

-

-

(9)

 

Share-based payments

7

4

4

2

2

4

 

Trading EBITDA

393

337

343

246

247

344

 

(2) We define net cash flow from operating activities before tax and exceptional operating items as the net cash generated from operating activities before taxation and cash flows from exceptional items as reported in the most recent publicly available financial statements. The reconciliation of operating profit to net cash flow from operating activities before tax and exceptional operating items is set forth below.

Year ended 31 January

Nine months ended 31 October

2018

2019

2020

2019

2020

(£ in millions)

 

Operating profit

313

217

255

177

170

Amortisation, depreciation and impairment

68

77

85

61

68

Other adjustments(a)

20

2

(10)

-

3

Difference between pension charge and cash contributions

(44)

2

(22)

(16)

(15)

Change in working capital

(19)

(32)

19

35

-

Net cash flow from operating activities before tax

338

266

327

257

226

Add back cash flows from adjusting operating items

29

23

9

5

4

Net cash flow from operating activities before tax and adjusting operating items

367

289

336

262

230

 

(a) Other adjustments include share-based payments, remeasurement of contingent consideration and working capital adjustments for adjusting operating items.

(3) We define free cash flow as net cash flow before payment of dividends, bond buy-backs and refinancing costs. The reconciliation of net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents to free cash flow is set forth below.

Year ended 31 January

Nine months ended 31 October

2018

2019

2020

2019

2020

(£ in millions)

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

(86)

(30)

82

102

54

Dividends paid

80

-

-

-

-

Refinancing transactions

96

34

3

-

14

Free cash flow

90

4

85

102

68

(4) Financial information presented for the twelve months ended 31 October 2020 has been computed by adding the number for the nine months ended 31 October 2020 to the number for the year ended 31 January 2020 and subtracting from the resulting total the number for the nine months ended 31 October 2019, in each case, in the relevant line item.

(5) Working capital movement reflects the aggregated impact of (i) increases/decreases in trade and other receivables, (ii) increases/decreases in trade and other payables and (iii) increases/decreases in provisions.

(6) We define cash conversion as net cash flows from operating activities less capital expenditure, expressed as a percentage of Trading EBITDA.

 

Revenue by Segment

Year ended 31 January

Nine months ended 31 October

Twelve months ended 31 October

2018

2019

2020

2019

2020

2020

(£ in millions)

Roadside

813

841

841

619

598

820

Insurance

133

119

126

105

105

126

Revenue

947(a)

960

967

724

703

946

(a) We recorded £1 million in exceptional revenue in the year ended 31 January 2018 for duplicate breakdown cover release. See Note 5 to Holdco's audited consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended 31 January 2018.

 

Trading EBITDA by Segment

Year ended 31 January

Nine months ended 31 October

Twelve months ended 31 October

2018

2019

2020

2019

2020

2020

(£ in millions)

Roadside

322

285

290

205

213

298

Insurance

71

52

53

41

34

46

Trading EBITDA

393

337

343

246

247

344

The reconciliation of operating profit before adjusting items to Trading EBITDA for each of our segments is set forth below.

Year ended 31 January

Nine months ended 31 October

Twelve months ended 31 October

2018

2019

2020

2019

2020

2020

(£ in millions)

Roadside Trading EBITDA

322

285

290

205

213

298

Share-based payments

(6)

(3)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(3)

Pension service charge adjustment

(8)

(4)

(4)

(3)

(3)

(4)

Contingent consideration remeasurement gain

-

1

9

-

-

9

Amortisation and depreciation

(63)

(66)

(79)

(56)

(61)

(84)

Roadside operating profit before adjusting operating items

245

213

214

145

147

216

 

Year ended 31 January

Nine months ended 31 October

Twelve months ended 31 October

2018

2019

2020

2019

2020

2020

(£ in millions)

Insurance Trading EBITDA

71

52

53

41

34

46

Share-based payments

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

-

(1)

Pension service charge adjustment

(2)

(1)

-

-

-

-

Contingent consideration remeasurement gain

-

-

-

-

-

-

Amortisation and depreciation

(5)

(6)

(6)

(5)

(7)

(8)

Insurance operating profit before adjusting operating items

63

44

45

35

27

37

 

Selected Operational Data

We use several key operating measures, including number of Roadside paid personal members, number of Roadside B2B or business customers, breakdowns attended, average income per paid personal member and per business customer, Insurance policy numbers in force and average income per policy, to track the financial and operating performance of our business. None of these terms are measures of financial performance under IFRS, nor have these measures been audited or reviewed by an auditor, consultant or expert. All these measures are derived from our internal operating and financial systems. As defined by our management, these terms may not be directly comparable to similar terms used by competitors or other companies.

The following table sets forth our key operating measures as at and for the periods indicated.

As at and for the year ended 31 January

 

As at and for the twelve months ended 31 October

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

(in thousands, except as otherwise indicated)

Roadside

Paid personal members(1)

3,289

3,207

3,215

3,218

3,186

Business customers(2)

9,928

9,793

9,048

8,924

8,842

Breakdowns attended (millions)

3.7

3.7

3.4

2.5(3)

2.2(3)

Average income per paid personal member(4)

£157

£162

£165

£165

£164

Average income per business customer(5)

£20

£21

£22

£22

£23

Insurance

Policy numbers in force(6)

1,447

1,561

1,713

1,664

1,884

Average income per policy(7)

£74

£69

£68

£68

£63

 

(1) Number of paid personal members represents the number of Roadside personal members (excluding free members) on the specified date.

(2) Number of business customers represents the number of Roadside business customers on the specified date.

(3) Millions of breakdowns attended is for the nine months ended 31 October 2019 and 2020, respectively.

(4) For each of the periods under review, average income from paid personal members represents the average income generated from a Roadside paid personal member, which is calculated by dividing (i) revenue generated over the prior 12 month period from the sale of memberships and revenue from the sale of parts and additional services to Roadside personal members by (ii) the total number of paid personal members on the specified date.

During the nine month period ended 31 October 2020, we implemented a new basis for calculating average income per paid personal member. The old basis presented average income per paid personal member as a proportion of closing paid personal membership holdings while the new basis presents the figure as a proportion of the average paid personal membership holdings over the relevant period. The figure presented for the twelve months ended 31 October 2020 is calculated on this new basis.

(5) Average income per business customer represents the average income generated from a Roadside business customer, which is calculated by dividing (i) revenue generated over the prior 12 month period from Roadside business customers by (ii) the total number of business customers on the specified date.

(6) Policy numbers in force represents the total number of motor and home insurance policies in force, sold by the Insurance Brokering business, for the prior 12 month period and excludes Financial Services. These figures were restated in the year ended 31 January 2018.

(7) Average income per insurance policy is calculated by dividing (i) revenue from motor and home insurance policies from the prior 12 month period by (ii) the total number of motor and home policies in force, on the specified date. These figures were restated at the end of the year ended 31 January 2018.

 

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is intended to convey management's perspective on the Holdco Group's operating performance and financial condition during the periods under review, as measured in accordance with IFRS and other relevant measures. This disclosure is intended to assist readers in understanding and interpreting Holdco Group's consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and you should read this discussion in conjunction with them. A summary of the critical accounting estimates that have been applied to Holdco's consolidated financial statements is set forth below under the heading "-Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements". You should also review the information in the section "Presentation of Financial Information". This discussion also includes forward-looking statements which, although based on assumptions that we consider reasonable, are subject to risks and uncertainties which could cause actual events or conditions to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties facing us as a result of various factors, see "Forward-looking Statements" and "Risk Factors".

Some of the measures used in this Supplemental Investor Report are not measurements of financial performance under IFRS, and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities as a measure of liquidity or an alternative to gross profit or operating profit for the period as indicators of our operating performance or any other measure of performance derived in accordance with IFRS.

Unless otherwise indicated, we present the consolidated financial information and results of operations of Holdco and its subsidiaries and when discussing historical results of operations in this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", "we", "our", "us", or the "Holdco Group", and other similar terms, are generally used to refer to the business of Holdco and its subsidiaries as a whole, and the terms the "AA" or "AA plc Group" refer to AA plc and its subsidiaries as a whole.

Overview

The AA is the largest roadside assistance provider in the UK, representing approximately 41% of the consumer market as of September 2020, approximately 51% of the manufacturer segment as of October 2020, approximately 58% of the UK's fleet and leasing companies as of November 2020, approximately 47% of the Added Value Account segment as of October 2020, approximately 10% of breakdown assistance provided through insurance policies, as of September 2020 and a greater share of the high value market than all other providers combined. During the year ended 31 January 2020, the AA responded to an average of approximately 9,400 breakdowns a day. With more than 115 years of operating history, the AA is one of the most widely recognised and trusted brands in the UK. In addition, we have successfully leveraged this brand to become a leading provider of insurance broking services and driving services.

We have a strong and diversified customer base, including approximately 12.0 million paid personal members and business customers as at 31 October 2020, which we estimate to mean that approximately 46% of UK households subscribed to at least one AA product.

On 21 February 2018, the AA announced its new business strategy to invigorate the AA by putting service, innovation and data at its heart. The new business strategy is intended to deliver targeted investment in our people, our products, our systems and our operations as we build on the solid foundation that our investments since the IPO have created and address the challenges we face. The objectives are: (i) innovate and grow Roadside; (ii) accelerate growth in Insurance; (iii) deliver operational and service excellence; and (iv) nurture a high-performance culture. For further details, see "-Our Strategic Objectives", below. In line with the focus of our strategy announced in February 2018, our products and services are split into two core segments, Roadside and Insurance. The Roadside segment consists of our B2C, B2B and Driving Services divisions. The Insurance segment consists of AA Cars and the Insurance Broker and Financial Services partnership with the Bank of Ireland.

The results for the twelve months ended 31 October 2020 and for the year ended 31 January 2020 reflect the outcomes of the business strategy update.

In the twelve months ended 31 October 2020, the Holdco Group generated revenue of £946 million and Trading EBITDA of £344 million, representing a Trading EBITDA margin of 36.3%. (compared to £967 million and £343 million, respectively, in the year ended 31 January 2020, which represented a Trading EBITDA margin of 35.4%).

Presentation of Financial Information

The discussion below relates to the results of Holdco and its consolidated subsidiaries for the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020 and for the nine months ended 31 October 2019 and 2020. These differ in certain respects from the results announced by AA plc and its subsidiaries in respect of these periods. Among other things, (a) the financial results of (i) the entities currently engaged in insurance underwriting (including AA Underwriting Insurance Company Limited and AA Reinsurance Company Limited, which was subsequently sold on 21 May 2020) and (ii) TVS Auto Assist (India) Limited, which conducted our joint venture in India and was subsequently sold on 30 March 2018 and (b) certain administrative costs that only relate to entities outside the Holdco Group, are included in the consolidated financial statements of AA plc but excluded from those of Holdco.

Except as otherwise indicated, financial data for the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for each of the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020 while the unaudited consolidated interim financial data for the nine months ended 31 October 2019 and 2020 are derived from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as at and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020.

For the year ended 31 January 2020, we adopted IFRS 16 "Leases", which replaced IAS 17 "Leases". We have not restated comparative information for prior periods as permitted under the specific transition provisions in the standard. The reclassifications and the adjustments arising from the new leasing rules are therefore recognised in the opening statement of financial position on 1 February 2019.Therefore, the financial information presented for the years ended 31 January 2018 and 2019 may not be comparable to the financial information presented for the year ended 31 January 2020. (See "-Recent Accounting Pronouncements-IFRS 16 -Leases").

For the year ended 31 January 2019, we decided to present lease capital repayments net of proceeds from sale of fixed assets in order to better reflect the commercial terms of leased assets in the cash flow statement in the 2019 unaudited comparative financial information included within the audited consolidated financial statement of Holdco as at and for the year ended 31 January 2020. Therefore, the financial information presented for the year ended 31 January 2018 may not be comparable to the financial information presented for the years ended 31 January 2019 and 2020. (see "-Liquidity and capital resources-Cash flows").

Segmental Reporting

The Group has two reportable segments - Roadside and Insurance. Head office costs have been allocated to these two key segments as these costs directly support the operations of these segments. Head Office costs are predominantly allocated on a percentage of revenue basis.

The two reportable operating segments are as follows:

· Roadside: This segment is the largest part of the AA business. The AA provides a nationwide breakdown service, sending patrols out to members stranded at the side of the road, repairing their vehicles where possible and getting them back on their way quickly and safely. In addition, this segment includes the AA and BSM driving schools and DriveTech (which provides driver training and educative programmes), which are collectively referred to as Driving Services. Roadside is comprised of (i) the B2C and B2B divisions (referred to collectively as "Roadside Assistance" in the Holdco Group's financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2018 and 2019), the revenue of which is primarily generated by roadside membership subscriptions, and (ii) Driving Services (referred to as "Roadside other" in the Holdco Group's financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2020), the revenue of which is primarily generated from the DriveTech and Driving Schools businesses. See "Business-Our Products and Services-Roadside" and Note 2 in each of the Holdco Group's financial statements for the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020.

· Insurance: Insurance is comprised of (i) the Insurance Brokering business, the revenue of which is primarily generated by arranging motor and home insurance for customers and (ii) the AA Cars and intermediary Financial Services business, through which we offer AA-branded loans, savings accounts and car finance products to both members and non-members in partnership with the Bank of Ireland as well as an online used car platform. See "Business-Our Products and Services-Insurance" and Note 2 in each of the Holdco Group's financial statements for the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020. At an AA plc Group level "Insurance" includes "insurance underwriting", but this does not form part of Insurance for the purposes of this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" since it does not form part of the Holdco Group. Insurance underwriting is discussed in "Business" in the context of how the Holdco Group sits within the wider AA plc Group.

During the period from 1 February 2020 to 31 October 2020 and reflecting the way that the Holdco Group will be managed going forwards, the Holdco Group has determined that its AA Cars business, which has a growing car financial service offering, should be included within the Insurance segment, having previously been included in the Roadside segment. This has been reflected in the below analysis of segmental performance and corresponding comparatives for the nine months ended 31 October 2020.

Key Factors affecting results of Operations

Set forth below is a description of certain of the key factors that have affected our results of operations in the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020 and which may impact our business in the future.

COVID-19 pandemic

From March 2020 to July 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the UK government imposed a lockdown which closed non-essential businesses and required residents of the UK to remain at home (with certain prescribed exceptions). Consequently, domestic travel in the UK, and as a result demand for our core Roadside services fell during the early stages of the lockdown but such demand progressively improved once the national lockdown restrictions were removed in June 2020, a testament to the resilience of our business model and the essential nature of our services. Overall breakdowns attended decreased by 11% for the nine months to 31 October 2020 compared to the prior period while paid personal members fell by 0.9% during the same period due to the decline in new business sales during the first lockdown. The relatively limited decline in paid personal members for the nine months to 31 October 2020 reflects a rebound in sales after a 2% decline in paid personal members for the six months to 31 July 2020. Consumer retention rates remained broadly steady. Our Insurance segment continued to deliver strong rates of policy growth despite the impact of COVID-19 with motor and home policy volumes increasing by 10% between 31 January 2020 and 31 October 2020.

To minimise the impact of COVID-19 on our results of operations, we executed a number of short-term measures that resulted in the deferral and reduction of a range of operating costs across the Holdco Group. These measures included no pay rises and a suspension of our normal bonus scheme, a 15% reduction to the board's base salary for three months, a general hiring freeze and tight cost control across the business. We also applied for the UK government furlough scheme for those parts of our business where it has been necessary for us to adjust to reduced levels of workload during the lockdown, though the majority of our workforce continued to provide services to our customers. As of November 2020, almost all of our staff had come off the furlough scheme. The number of our employees on furlough increased in December 2020 and may continue to increase as a result of the third lockdown.

Looking ahead, COVID-19 continues to create uncertainty in the macro environment, particularly as a result of the third lockdown, and we remain cautious about the first half of 2021. However, given the benefit of the actions already taken in 2020 and our flexibility to adjust to further changes in trading, we remain committed to serving the needs of our customers during this challenging time.

Member loyalty and retention rates

Our results are impacted by the levels at which we are able to successfully retain customers across our various segments. We depend on maintaining a high degree of customer loyalty in order to help sustain our high customer retention rates. High retention rate levels, in turn, provide us with insight into future profit and cash flow performance and, when combined with our multi-year business contracts, are a source of stability and strong profit margins. As the cost to retain a personal member is typically lower than the cost of attracting a new personal member, our operations depend on our managing and monitoring factors that affect customer retention rates, including the price of our products and services and the level of benefits offered. We believe that our ability to sustain high levels of customer service and the integrity of the AA brand is fundamental to our ability to control customer turnover. From January 2018 to January 2019 we experienced a small decline in paid personal membership mainly due to the discontinuation of the free-to-paid insurance channel from December 2015 and the rephasing of our marketing campaign. However, the paid personal membership base returned to growth during the second half of the year ended 31 January 2020, resulting in a membership base that grew by 0.2% in the year ended 31 January 2020. Our customer retention rate remained broadly flat at 80% for the year ended 31 January 2020. During the nine months ended 31 October 2020, the paid membership base fell by 0.9% with the customer retention rate flat at 80%. This was due to the early impact of the UK first lockdown in March 2020 which limited driving on Britain's roads and led to an initial decline in new member volumes. Following the gradual lifting of the first lockdown in June 2020 and our marketing campaign "That Feeling" which launched in July 2020, we have seen a steady improvement in new business volumes. However, the effect of the uncertainty caused by the third lockdown announced on 4 January 2021 remains to be seen.

Pricing and competition

The level of our revenue depends on our ability to correctly price our products and services. We aim to manage the pricing of our products and services for both new and existing customers across our various segments in order to provide customers with quality products and services at an attractive price, while seeking to maximise the long-term value of our customer base. We must also price our products correctly in light of the specific competitive environment.

Within Roadside, we offer a range of products and services at different price points for new and existing personal members and business customers. As price competition in the market for roadside assistance services has historically been less intense relative to the broader insurance market, we have had a greater degree of control with respect to our pricing policies and product packages as compared to the insurance market, where the level of price competition is high, and PCWs have intensified price pressure. Within the Roadside B2C division, we set our personal member renewal pricing policies and service levels based on information obtained from our analysis of our extensive customer database and by our customer service teams. We offer discounts to attract new personal members and we offer a combination of discounts and enhanced service packages to existing personal members in order to foster long-term memberships. Our ability to effectively implement personal member discounts and enhanced service packages at the time of renewal, in particular, while implementing sustainable long-term pricing and price increases, where appropriate, is an important factor in limiting customer turnover which impacts our results of operations. The level and duration of our customer retention programs may increase our costs and the sustainability of our renewal prices may impact future revenues.

Pricing within our Insurance segment is principally determined by the members of our insurance underwriting panel. We then add our brokerage commission, as appropriate, to the premiums provided by underwriters. The levels of brokerage commissions and policy volumes we are able to achieve will depend on the premiums that we receive from underwriters on our panel. Underwriter premiums will vary for a number of reasons, including underwriters' experience in managing past claims or prospective claim estimates, changes in their underwriting strategy and policies and targeted underwriting returns. In terms of new business activities, our sales conversion depends on the relative competitiveness of our underwriting premiums compared to other participants in the motor and home insurance market. This is particularly the case for sales volumes generated via PCWs. Our income from motor and home insurance customers is also dependent on the level of commission we are able to sustain from our renewing customers. If underwriters' prices increase year-on-year, customers are more likely to cancel their existing insurance policies, seek insurance from other providers and consequently, we may experience lower customer retention rates and brokerage commissions. Conversely, if underwriters' prices decrease year-on-year, we may experience higher customer retention rates and higher levels of income from brokerage commissions.

We have the ability to influence insurance pricing by providing members of our insurance underwriting panel with certain risk-related information, including proprietary data we collect in connection with the Roadside business and external data such as credit scores. In addition, we have also benefitted from improved pricing agility following the installation of insurer hosted pricing ("IHP") with six of our motor panel members, including AA plc's in-house underwriter. This information in turn allows motor insurers to more accurately tailor policies to address individual risks. Looking ahead, we will continue with the rollout of IHP across our motor and home panel members and further invest in our pricing systems to enhance our competitiveness. Over the long-term, the provision of proprietary data to our insurance underwriting panel (including AA plc's in-house insurance underwriter) may offer us a competitive advantage with regards to certain customers. However, the provision of proprietary information to panel members can also result in reductions in commissions, personal injury referral fees and finance income from motor insurance customers if our insurance underwriting panel declines to offer competitive rates to individuals that typically attract higher premiums.

In addition, in October 2019 the FCA published its interim report on insurance pricing practices, which raised concerns with practices in the motor and home insurance markets. The FCA published the final report of its market study in September 2020 and is seeking views on its related proposals by 25 January 2021. The ultimate outcome of this exercise may impact our insurance pricing practices. See "Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Regulatory and Legislative Matters-We are subject to complex laws and regulations that could materially and adversely affect the cost, manner and feasibility of doing business".

Attracting new customers, cross-selling and up-selling

Our business depends on our ability to attract new customers, as well as to cross-sell and up-sell our range of products and services among our existing customer base. We rely on our brand, customer database, online presence and call centres to attract new customers through a range of marketing activities. Changes in customer responsiveness to our marketing activities, changes in customer purchasing patterns as well as our ability to respond to such changes or changes in our ability to convert customer leads into actual sales, impact the size of our customer base and our financial results. Additionally, the increasing prominence of PCWs is shifting customers away from our marketing channels and as a result can impact the effectiveness of various marketing channels over time.

We rely on cross-selling insurance services products to our Roadside personal members and similarly on cross-selling roadside assistance memberships to our insurance customers. In addition, we cross-sell products within our Insurance segment (for example, the sale of home insurance to a motor insurance customer) and up-sell products to our existing customers (for example, the sale of additional levels of roadside assistance cover to personal members). Our ability to successfully cross-sell and up-sell supports cost-effective growth in income per customer and per policy and impacts our results of operations. Our cross-sell rate into our Roadside business was 35% in the six month period ended 31 July 2020.

Roadside assistance breakdown volume

One of our key factors affecting results of operations in Roadside is the volume of breakdown calls that we service. Although call volume is relatively stable over time and we have developed sophisticated planning tools to match our resources to expected workload volumes, demand may fluctuate from period to period based on certain factors (see "-COVID-19 Pandemic" above), including the following:

Weather

We experience increased demand for roadside assistance during periods of adverse weather conditions. While both our personal member and business customer pricing models assume a reasonable number of bad weather days, extended periods of adverse weather conditions or extreme heat, cold or flooding have a negative impact on our operating margins as, in such circumstances, our operating costs increase. The increased costs are, however, offset in part by the associated increased revenue from business partners who pay for our roadside assistance services based on usage by business customers. We estimate that approximately 80% of our business partner revenue is derived from contracts that take into account the volume of breakdowns. Breakdowns resulting from adverse weather conditions in geographically remote areas may be incrementally more expensive to service but are less likely to occur in high volumes. In circumstances where we are required to rely on a contracted third-party garage network during peaks in demand, we incur additional incremental costs due to charges paid to these garages, which are partially offset by a corresponding increase in income from pay-for-use business customers. The impact of adverse weather conditions on our results of operations is mitigated by the economies of scale we have achieved across Roadside which help to make our incremental cost per breakdown relatively predictable, despite the occasional weather-related increase in our cost base.

Customer Usage and Change in Product Mix

Changes in driving preferences may affect our results of operations. In 2011, our roadside business experienced lower call volume during periods where fuel prices remained relatively high, which we believe was the result of personal members and business customers driving less frequently in order to use less fuel. By contrast, in periods of economic austerity, drivers may retain older vehicles for longer periods of time, potentially leading to increased breakdown call volumes since older vehicles tend to break down more frequently than new vehicles. New technological developments and changes in the market such as the increase in electric vehicles, autonomous vehicles and changes in ownership models could also impact on the type of breakdowns we attend. For example, electric vehicles have heavier wear and tear on tyres resulting in an increase in this type of call out while autonomous vehicles may exhibit faults mostly linked to their technology and outside the scope of our experience and capability. As a result of these emerging trends, we have invested in growing our connected car offering in order to bolster customer use and appeal to younger customer segments by moving from reacting to breakdowns to predicting and preventing them such as through our Smart Breakdown proposition. We have also started to expand our product offering, including in areas such as service, maintenance and repair ("SMR") through our AA Prestige platform (see "-Business Acquisitions and Disposals") and Smart Care proposition, and to enhance our claims and accident management capabilities so that we are able to deliver better customer outcomes, drive daily utility and as a result capture more of the car ownership value chain.

Cost structure

Cost of sales

Operational costs are predominantly attributable to "front line" costs (such as staff costs, vehicle, fuel, tooling and equipment costs, third-party garaging and parts costs). We can adjust resources to respond to increases in demand in the short-term through the use of third-party garages and in the medium-term through increases or decreases in patrol headcount. Historically, we have hedged fuel costs annually in advance of each upcoming financial year based on our 12-month usage forecast to mitigate the impact of diesel price volatility. We have hedged approximately 100% of our fuel forecast to 31 January 2022.

In addition, we incur staff and other costs in connection with the operation of service delivery call centres that answer roadside assistance calls and dispatch our patrols. Cost of sales also includes the direct costs of delivering our range of other services to personal members and business customers, and franchisee and training delivery costs which are part of our Driving Services business.

During the lockdown, we attended a lower volume of breakdowns which in turn meant that we incurred lower third-party garaging and patrol-related costs such as overtime.

Administrative and marketing expenses

We incur costs through the operation of our sales and customer service call centres for both Roadside and Insurance. Our primary costs are staff costs, with a proportion of staff costs relating to incentive payments made for achieving customer service benchmarks and sales and retention targets in compliance with regulatory requirements. The bulk of our other non-operational costs relate to staff costs incurred in connection with the management of our business segments or the provision of centralised functions, including technology systems, human resources, head office and other support functions.

Headcount costs also include ongoing pension contributions to the AA UK Pension Scheme, the levels of which are set as part of a triennial scheme valuation process. For more information see "Business-Employees and Pension Obligations".

In the year ended 31 January 2020, we invested £61 million in marketing, including advertising, in order to strengthen the AA brand. We use a variety of marketing techniques, including internet search engine advertising, direct mailings, press advertising campaigns, television and radio campaigns and payments to PCWs. Marketing costs per customer acquired are carefully monitored by sales channel to help ensure that appropriate returns are achieved, as compared against our internal measures of customer value.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

IFRS 9 - Financial instruments

On 1 February 2018, we adopted IFRS 9 "Financial Instruments" which replaced IAS 39 "Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement". The effect of adopting IFRS 9 on the carrying amount of financial liabilities at 1 February 2018 relates solely to new requirements relating to non-substantial modifications of borrowings and loans. As part of the refinancing of existing debt, in prior years we performed a modification of borrowings, which is treated as a non-substantial modification under IFRS which does not result in an extinguishment of debt. The existing borrowings and loans are not derecognised, but the carrying value is adjusted.

Under IAS 39, modifications were accounted for by discounting the remaining cash flows of the modified debt at a revised effective interest rate. Under IFRS 9, remaining cash flows should be discounted at the original effective interest rate, leading to an immediate gain or loss being recognised in the income statement.

On transition to IFRS 9, using the original effective interest rate, the new carrying value of the borrowings was £13 million lower than the old carrying value as a result of the lower interest rates on the refinanced debt. This gain was recognised as a decrease in the opening balance of borrowings and loans and an increase in opening retained earnings at 1 February 2018.

The adoption of IFRS 9 has resulted in a taxable gain of £13 million, less the associated £2 million of tax, being posted to reserves. As the restatement is taxable in the year of change the £2 million is represented in the reserves movement as a deferred tax charge.

IFRS 15 - Revenue from contracts with customers

On 1 February 2018, we adopted IFRS 15 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers". There have been no changes to the measurement of revenue as a result of this standard.

IFRS 16 - Leases

On 1 February 2019, we adopted IFRS 16 "Leases" which replaced IAS 17 "Leases".

On adoption of IFRS 16 we recognised lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified as operating leases under the principles of IAS 17. These liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee's incremental borrowing rate as at 1 February 2019. As a result, we recognised additional lease liabilities on 1 February 2019 of £25 million, bringing total lease liabilities to £86 million, of which £52 million were current lease liabilities and £34 million were non-current lease liabilities. As at 31 October 2020, we had total lease liabilities of £49 million as calculated in accordance with IFRS 16.

The associated right-of-use assets for property leases were measured on a retrospective basis as if the new rules had always applied. Other right-of-use assets were measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments relating to that lease recognised in the statement of financial position as at 31 January 2019. The change in accounting policy resulted in an increase in right-of-use assets recognised in the statement of financial position on 1 February 2019 of £88 million. In addition, the change in accounting policy affected the following items in the statement of financial position on 1 February 2019: (i) property, plant and equipment decreased by £66 million, (ii) lease incentive accrual decreased by £2 million, (iii) onerous lease provision decreased by £1 million and (iv) lease liabilities increased by £25 million. The net impact on retained earnings on 1 February 2019 was £0.

Trading EBITDA of the Holdco Group for the year ended 31 January 2020 increased by £3 million as a result of the adoption of IFRS 16 (this increase was recognised in the Roadside segment).

Strategic Initiatives

We have four primary strategic objectives, which were announced on 21 February 2018 as part of our strategy update:

· innovate and grow Roadside;

· accelerate the growth of Insurance;

· deliver operational and service excellence; and

· nurture a high performance culture.

The implementation of our primary strategic objectives is ongoing and we believe that good progress has been made in each of the areas described above. For further information see "Business-Our Strategic Objectives".

Business Acquisitions and Disposals

In recent years, we have undertaken several strategic acquisitions and disposals. These activities were aimed at realigning our business to focus on core offerings and also to invest in complementary businesses.

On 29 March 2019, we completed the sale of 51% of the share capital of AA Media Limited, which produces atlases, maps and travel guides and manages a hotels rating business and a merchandising portfolio, for cash consideration of £1 million to Enthuse Group as part of a joint venture partnership. AA Media Limited will continue to use the AA brand under a brand licensing agreement.

On 1 February 2019, we completed the purchase of the entire share capital of Prestige Motor Care Holdings Limited (together with its subsidiaries, "AA Prestige") and its three wholly owned subsidiaries (Prestige Fleet Servicing Limited, Prestige Car Servicing Limited and Prestige Motor Care Limited) for cash consideration of £11 million. AA Prestige is a technology-led supplier of SMR services to fleet and leasing companies. The acquisition allows us to build a presence in SMR services and is also expected to deliver synergies from the integration of our and AA Prestige's garaging networks.

On 1 March 2018, we completed the purchase of the entire share capital of Used Car Sites Limited ("AA Cars") for consideration in the form of a payment of £15 million to the former owners and £11 million deferred consideration. We had assumed control of AA Cars on 1 October 2017. AA Cars operates a used car listing site, which we believe positions us to expand our loan offering into the used car market.

In January 2018 we completed the sale of our home emergency services consumer book (which contains policies for emergency repairs to boilers, heating systems and other domestic installations) to HomeServe. The sale was conducted as part of our strategy to focus on the Roadside and Insurance businesses. We continue to provide home emergency services cover as add-ons to other home insurance policies with claims fulfilment services outsourced to AXA.

The Acquisition

On 25 November 2020, the AA announced that its board of directors had reached agreement on the terms of a recommended cash acquisition pursuant to which Bidco will acquire the entire issued and to be issued ordinary share capital of AA plc. Prior to this announcement, Bidco had been granted access to the AA's senior management for the purposes of due diligence. However, because of the nature of the public offer process, the restrictions on physical meetings due to COVID-19 and the evolving market and regulatory environment in which the AA operates, it was not possible for the AA plc Group to provide Bidco with sufficient access or detailed information at a business unit or key function level to enable Bidco to complete detailed plans or intentions regarding the impact of the Acquisition on the AA plc Group, its business, operations or employees. Furthermore, the impact of COVID-19 on the wider UK economy, and the continued uncertainty it has created for many UK businesses, including the AA's, has meant that, until there is further clarity on when national and regional lockdowns and other restrictions will end, finalising Bidco's strategic plans for the AA plc Group will need to take place over a longer period of time than would otherwise have been the case. Therefore, the ultimate impact of the Acquisition and Bidco's strategic plans on the Holdco Group's results of operations cannot be predicted.

Key Operating Measures

We use several key operating measures, including number of Roadside paid personal members, number of Roadside business customers, breakdowns attended, average income from paid personal members, average income from business customers and policy numbers in force, to track the financial and operating performance of our business. None of these terms are measures of financial performance under IFRS, nor have these measures been audited or reviewed by an auditor, consultant or expert. All these measures are derived from our internal operating and financial systems. As these terms are defined by our management, these terms may not be directly comparable to similar terms used by competitors or other companies.

As at and for the year ended 31 January

 

As at and for the twelve months ended 31 October

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

(in thousands, except as otherwise indicated)

Roadside

Paid personal members(1)

3,289

3,207

3,215

3,218

3,186

Business customers(2)

9,928

9,793

9,048

8,924

8,842

Breakdowns attended (millions)

3.7

3.7

3.4

2.5

2.2

Average income per paid personal member(3)

£157

£162

£165

£165

£164

Average income per business customer(4)

£20

£21

£22

£22

£23

Insurance

Policy numbers in force(5)

1,447

1,561

1,713

1,664

1,884

Average income per policy(6)

£74

£69

£68

£68

£63

_____________________

(1) Number of paid personal members represents the number of Roadside personal members (excluding free members) on the specified date.

(2) Number of business customers represents the number of Roadside business customers on the specified date.

(3) For each of the periods under review, average income from paid personal members represents the average income generated from a Roadside paid personal member, which is calculated by dividing (i) revenue generated over the prior 12 month period from the sale of memberships and revenue from the sale of parts and additional services to Roadside personal members by (ii) the total number of paid personal members on the specified date.

During the nine month period ended 31 October 2020, we implemented a new basis for calculating average income per paid personal member. The old basis presented average income per paid personal member as a proportion of closing paid personal membership holdings while the new basis presents the figure as a proportion of the average paid personal membership holdings over the relevant period. The figure presented for the twelve months ended 31 October 2020 is calculated on this new basis.

(4) Average income per business customer represents the average income generated from a Roadside business customer, which is calculated by dividing (i) revenue generated over the prior 12 month period from Roadside business customers by (ii) the total number of business customers on the specified date.

(5) Policy numbers in force represents the total number of motor and home insurance policies in force, sold by the Insurance Brokering business, for the prior 12 month period and excludes Financial Services. These figures were restated in the year ended 31 January 2018.

(6) Average income per insurance policy is calculated by dividing (i) revenue from motor and home insurance policies from the prior 12 month period by (ii) the total number of motor and home policies in force, on the specified date. These figures were restated at the end of the year ended 31 January 2018.

Roadside

Our Roadside customers comprise both personal members, who enter into membership agreements directly with us, and business customers, who receive cover indirectly as an "add-on" or a complementary service to the products and services (such as added value bank accounts) they purchase from our business partners.

Our number of Roadside paid personal members and business customers decreased by 29 thousand (or 0.9%) and by 206 thousand (or 2.3%), respectively, from 3,215 thousand paid personal members and 9,048 thousand business customers at 31 January 2020 to 3,186 thousand paid personal members and 8,842 thousand business customers at 31 October 2020. The number of new paid personal members decreased as compared to 31 January 2020, due to the early impact of the UK lockdown restrictions in March 2020 which limited driving on Britain's roads and led to an initial decline in new member volumes. Following the gradual lifting of the lockdown restrictions in June 2020 and our marketing campaign "That Feeling" which launched in July 2020, we have seen a steady pick-up in new member volumes. The number of business customers decreased primarily due to the significant reduction in demand for new cars caused by COVID-19, which, in turn led to a significant decline in new car registrations for Original Equipment Manufacturer ("OEMs"). The decline was also attributable to the anticipated decline in the number of Added Value Accounts ("AVAs") with our existing banking partners.

Average income per paid personal member decreased by £1 from £165 for the twelve months ended 31 October 2019 to £164 for the twelve months ended 31 October 2020, primarily due to a higher proportion of members from our cross-sell channels, in particular through our insurance business, which have a lower average income per member as well as reduced revenue from European breakdown cover due to the lockdown travel restrictions. Average income per business customer increased slightly from £22 in the twelve months ended 31 October 2019 to £23 in the twelve months ended 31 October 2020, principally due to lower customer holdings as well as the benefit of higher pay-for-use income and additional income generated from the broad range of technical services that we are able to provide during lockdown.

Our number of Roadside paid personal members and business customers increased by 8 thousand (or 0.2%) and decreased by 745 thousand (or 7.6%), respectively, from 3,207 thousand paid personal members and 9,793 thousand business customers at 31 January 2019 to 3,215 thousand paid personal members and 9,048 thousand business customers at 31 January 2020. The increase in paid personal members was principally due to the benefit of additional and sustained marketing spend, increased cross-sell rates from our Insurance and Driving Schools platform, as well as targeted investment in our differentiated proposition. The decline in business customers was principally due to our decision not to renew our contract with Groupe PSA as well as the decline in the number of AVAs with our banking partners and the reduction in new car registrations across the automotive sector.

The average income per paid personal member increased by 1.9% from the year ended 31 January 2019 to the year ended 31 January 2020, principally as a result of inflationary price increases, improved product mix and the increase in the proportion of new personal members taking up monthly subscriptions. Average income per business customer increased by 4.8% from the year ended 31 January 2019 to the year ended 31 January 2020. This increase was primarily due to our decision not to renew our contract with Groupe PSA.

Our number of Roadside Assistance paid personal members and business customers decreased by 82 thousand (or 2.5%) and 135 thousand (or 1.4%), respectively, from 3,289 thousand paid personal members and 9,928 thousand business customers at 31 January 2018 to 3,207 thousand paid personal members and 9,793 thousand business customers at 31 January 2019. The decline in paid personal members was principally due to a decline in retention rates to 80%, as well as the impact of regulatory pressures and continued competitor activity. The decrease in the number of business customers reflects the anticipated decline in the number of AVAs with our banking partners and the reduction in new car registrations across the automotive sector.

The average income per paid personal member increased by 3.2% from the year ended 31 January 2018 to the year ended 31 January 2019, principally as a result of the increase in the proportion of new personal members taking up monthly subscriptions and improved product mix. Average income per business customer increased by 5.0% from the year ended 31 January 2018 to the year ended 31 January 2019. This increase was due to new contract wins and the additional revenue recognised under our pay-for-use contracts.

Insurance

In Insurance, we offer motor, home and other insurance policies to both Roadside personal paid members and non-members. We act as a broker for insurers, selling policies to customers for the insurance underwriters on our panel. The AA plc Group launched its own insurance underwriter in January 2016 to complement the Holdco Group's existing broker operations. However, the information presented in this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" relates only to the Insurance Brokering activities of the Holdco Group.

Our number of motor and home insurance policies in force increased by 220 thousand policies, or 13.2%, from 1,664 thousand policies in force in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to 1,884 thousand policies in force in the nine months ended 31 October 2020. This increase was driven by the additional investment in marketing to new business customers, particularly in motor, supported by the growth of the AA plc's in-house underwriter as well as the benefit of ongoing investment in pricing systems to enhance the competitiveness of the Insurance Brokering business.

Our number of motor and home insurance policies in force increased by 152 thousand policies, or 9.7%, from 1,561 thousand policies in force in the year ended 31 January 2019 to 1,713 thousand policies in force in the year ended 31 January 2020. This increase was driven by growth of the AA plc Group's in-house underwriter as well as the benefit of ongoing investment in systems, including IHP for the Insurance Brokering business.

Our number of motor and home insurance policies in force increased by 114 thousand policies, or 7.9%, from 1,447 thousand policies in force in the year ended 31 January 2018 to 1,561 thousand policies in force in the year ended 31 January 2019. The increase was principally due to increased marketing spend in order to acquire new customers and the growth in the AA plc Group's in-house underwriter.

Key Profit and Loss Account Items

The following is a discussion of our key profit and loss account items. For additional information, see Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements as at and for the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020.

Revenue

Roadside revenue is primarily generated through the sale of roadside assistance memberships and related products to personal members and through payments for usage of our roadside service by business customers under multi-year contracts. We also generate revenue through our SMR proposition, which was increased by the AA Prestige acquisition in 2019 (see "-Business Acquisitions and Disposals"). Our Driving Services sub-division primarily derives revenue from the Driving Schools business via franchise fees paid by driving instructors and lesson fees paid by motorists and from the DriveTech business via fees for driver training and education courses and corporate fleet training services.

Insurance revenue is primarily generated through commissions earned on the sale and administration of motor insurance and home insurance policies and ancillary add-on products, as well as commissions received through our partnership with Bank of Ireland UK for the sale of savings accounts and loan products as well as marketing and product development services. For the nine months ended 31 October 2020 we report the results of the AA Cars business within the Insurance segment (having previously been included in the Roadside segment) and we will continue to report AA Cars results on this basis going forward. We also generate revenue from charging third-party garages access to our online used car platform provided by AA Cars.

We include certain adjusting operating items within revenue depending on the nature of the adjustment.

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration receivable less any discounts and excluding value added tax and other sales related taxes.

Roadside membership subscriptions and premiums receivable on underwritten insurance products are apportioned on a time basis over the period where the Holdco Group is liable for risk cover as the relevant performance obligations are settled over time. The unrecognised element of subscriptions and premiums receivable, relating to future periods, is held within liabilities as deferred income.

Commission income from insurers external to the Holdco Group is recognised at the commencement of the period of risk on a point in time basis.

Where customers choose to pay by instalments, the Holdco Group charges interest based on the principal outstanding and disclosed interest rate and recognises this income over the course of the loan.

For all other revenue, this income is recognised on a point in time basis at the point of delivery of goods or on the provision of service, or over time where the service is provided over more than one day. This includes work which has not yet been fully invoiced, provided that it is considered to be fully recoverable.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales includes the operational costs within Roadside, which includes patrol salaries, vehicle costs (including depreciation), garaging fees, fuel, parts costs, costs of answering and responding to roadside service related calls and the management of service delivery activities. Furthermore, cost of sales includes costs relating to our driving school vehicle fleet, driving school course instructor fees, preparing and providing our driving courses to corporate fleet customers as well as the cost of running our SMR garage network. We also include certain adjusting operating costs within cost of sales depending on the nature of the cost.

Administrative and marketing expenses

Administrative and marketing expenses includes our personnel costs relating to sales and service call centres, as well as back-office staff. Administrative and marketing expenses also include marketing costs such as internet search fees, mailshots, television campaigns and press advertising, along with head office costs. Other administrative and marketing expenses include adjusting operating items such as redundancy payments resulting from significant restructuring activities. Amortisation of software, property rental and facilities costs, the cost of the corporate insurance programme and other office costs such as stationery are also included in our administrative and marketing expenses.

Administrative expenses also include property costs as well as head office and back-office functions, such as finance, human resources, legal and IT support and development.

Share of profits in joint venture and associates

Share of profits in joint venture and associates consists of revenue generated by our investments in ARC Europe S.A. ("ARC"), Drvn Solutions Limited (formerly Intelematics Europe Limited), AA Law Limited and AA Media Limited. ARC provides roadside assistance to certain of our personal members and business customers while travelling in certain European countries. In turn, we provide reciprocal roadside assistance services to ARC customers while they are travelling within the UK. AA Law Limited is a joint venture with Lyons Davidson (an English law firm) providing advice relating to personal injury claims to customers. Drvn Solutions Limited is a joint venture which provides our connected car technology. AA Media Limited is a joint venture partnership with Enthuse Group and produces atlases, maps and travel guides and manages a hotels rating business and a merchandising portfolio. AA Media Limited uses the AA brand under a brand licensing agreement.

For more information regarding our joint ventures and associates, see Note 15 to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2020.

Finance costs

Finance costs consist primarily of interest on external borrowings and interest incurred on finance lease agreements. In addition, the unwinding of discounts on provisions (including pension provisions), amortisation of debt issue fees, foreign exchange differences, penalties on early repayment of debt and the transfer from the cash flow hedge reserve following the extinguishment of cash flow hedges are included within finance costs.

Finance income

Finance income consists primarily of interest income relating to general corporate cash balances and foreign exchange differences.

Tax expense

Taxation is the corporate tax charge for the year after taking any deferred tax into consideration. Our effective tax rate for the year ended 31 January 2020 was 18.8%.

Adjusting operating items

In assessing whether a cost is adjusting in nature, we consider, among other factors, its size, likelihood of recurrence and whether it is closely linked to our ongoing trading activities. Adjusting operating items are reflected in the line item that most closely reflects their nature. Administrative and marketing expense adjusting operating items have historically included: (i) pension past service cost and the closure of a pension scheme, (ii) impairment of intangible fixed assets, (iii) strategic review projects, (iv) conduct and regulatory costs, (v) legal disputes, (vi) impairment of investment in joint venture, (vii) gain on disposals on non-current assets, (viii) corporate transactions, (ix) customer compensation, (x) additional onerous property costs, and (xi) costs directly related to our response to COVID-19, including emergency IT expenditure relating to setting up home working, offset by any revenue received from the UK government's furlough scheme .

In the year ended 31 January 2017, we recognised a £10 million provision to cover potential refunds in respect of a limited number of customers who we identified as having duplicate levels of roadside assistance cover through both their personal membership and an added value account held with our banking partners. By 31 January 2018, we had utilised £8 million of this provision and released £1 million, and the remaining £1 million was utilised in the year ended 31 January 2019.

Prior to the year ended 31 January 2020, adjusting operating items were previously referred to as exceptional operating items. Costs that are directly attributable to the issue and repayment of loan notes are either included in finance costs or in borrowings as debt issue fees.

Trading EBITDA

Trading EBITDA, which we define as profit after tax as reported, adjusted for depreciation, amortisation, adjusting operating items, share-based payments, pension service charge adjustments, net finance costs, contingent consideration remeasurement and tax expense. The pension service charge adjustment relates to the difference between the cash contributions to the pension scheme for ongoing contributions and the calculated annual service cost. Share-based payments charges result from grants under the long-term incentive schemes for staff and management.

The table below sets forth the reconciliation of profit for the period to Trading EBITDA for the periods indicated.

Year ended 31 January

 

Nine months ended 31 October

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

 

Profit for the year or period

116

40

82

49

29

Tax expense

31

10

19

12

9

Profit before tax

147

50

101

61

38

Finance income

(1)

-

(1)

-

(2)

Finance costs

167

167

155

116

134

Operating profit

313

217

255

177

170

Adjusting operating items

(5)

40

4

3

4

Amortisation and depreciation

68

72

85

61

68

Contingent consideration remeasurement gain

-

(1)

(9)

-

-

Pension service charge adjustment

10

5

4

3

3

Share-based payments

7

4

4

2

2

Trading EBITDA

393

337

343

246

247

 

 

 

Consolidated Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended 31 October 2019 and 2020

Nine months ended 31 October

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

Revenue

724

703

Cost of sales

(284)

(267)

Gross Profit

440

436

Administrative and marketing expenses

(263)

(266)

Operating profit

177

170

Finance costs

(116)

(134)

Finance income

-

2

Profit before tax

61

38

Tax expense

(12)

(9)

Profit for the period

49

29

 

Nine months ended 31 October

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

Operating profit

177

170

Adjusting operating items

3

4

Amortisation and depreciation

61

68

Pension service charge adjustment

3

3

Share-based payments

2

2

Trading EBITDA

246

247

Revenue

Our revenue decreased by £21 million or 2.9% from £724 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to £703 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2020. The decrease in revenue was primarily due to the impact of COVID-19, which limited trading activity for a number of our smaller Roadside businesses (as discussed further below), though the Insurance segment continued to deliver resilient performance in the period.

The table below sets forth, for each of the periods indicated, our revenue by segment, both in pounds sterling and as a percentage of consolidated revenue.

Nine months ended 31 October

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

(% revenue)

(£ in millions)

(% revenue)

Roadside

619

85

598

85

Insurance

105

15

105

15

Revenue

724

100

703

100

Roadside. Roadside revenue decreased by £21 million, or 3.4%, from £619 million for the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to £598 million for the nine months ended 31 October 2020. This decrease was primarily due to the impact of COVID-19 on the smaller Roadside businesses, particularly the Driving Schools and DriveTech businesses, where, respectively, franchise fees were waived for 14 weeks to support instructors during the lockdown and fewer speed awareness courses were provided. There was a small decline in revenue generated by the B2C core Roadside business reflecting lower membership volumes.

Insurance. Insurance revenue remained flat at £105 million for the nine months ended 31 October 2020. This was driven by the strong performance of the new Accident Assist business which offset the anticipated decline in commissions due to ongoing investment in marketing and the decision to absorb certain administration fees to help customers during the lockdown as well as low trading activity in the AA Cars business.

See Note 2 to the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements for the nine months ended 31 October 2020 included elsewhere in this Supplemental Investor Report for further information regarding performance of the constituent Roadside and Insurance divisions.

Cost of sales

Our cost of sales decreased by £17 million, or 6.0%, from £284 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to £267 million for the nine months ended 31 October 2020. This decrease was primarily driven by lower breakdown volumes from reduced traffic during the lockdown period.

Administrative and marketing expenses

Our administrative and marketing expenses increased by £3 million, or 1.1%, from £263 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to £266 million for the nine months ended 31 October 2020. This increase was primarily driven by higher amortisation and depreciation from the increased IT capital expenditure in previous years, partially offset by reduced marketing expenses (particularly during the lockdown period).

Operating profit

Our operating profit decreased by £7 million, or 4.0%, from £177 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to £170 million for the nine months ended 31 October 2020. This decrease was primarily driven by decrease in gross profit resulting from the decreases in revenue and cost of sales noted above as well as £3 million increase in administrative and marketing expenses due largely to the increase in amortisation and depreciation costs.

Net finance costs

Our net finance costs increased by £16 million, or 13.8%, from £116 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to £132 million for the nine months ended 31 October 2020. This increase was principally due to £20 million of one-off adjusting finance costs relating to the refinancing of £325 million in principal amount of Sub-Class A5 Notes in February 2020 as well as the higher overall interest rate on the new borrowings, partially offset by a reduction in pension finance costs and lower amortisation of debt issue fees.

Tax expense

Our tax expense decreased by £3 million, or 25.0%, from £12 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to £9 million for the nine months ended 31 October 2020. This decrease was primarily driven by the lower profitability before tax in the period. The tax charge in the nine months ended 31 October 2020 consisted of a current tax charge of £5 million (nine months ended 31 October 2020: £9 million) and a deferred tax charge of £4 million (nine months ended 31 October 2020: £3 million).

Trading EBITDA

Our Trading EBITDA increased by £1 million, from £246 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to £247 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2020, primarily the result of the resilience of our Roadside segment.

The table below sets forth, for each of the periods indicated, our Trading EBITDA by segment, both in pounds sterling and as a percentage of consolidated Trading EBITDA.

Nine months ended 31 October

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

(% Trading EBITDA)

(£ in millions)

(% TradingEBITDA)

Roadside

205

83

213

86

Insurance

41

17

34

14

Trading EBITDA

246

100

247

100

Roadside. Roadside Trading EBITDA increased by £8 million, or 3.9%, from £205 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to £213 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2020. Roadside Trading EBITDA margin increased from 33.1% in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to 35.6% in the nine months ended 31 October 2020. The increase in Roadside Trading EBITDA and Trading EBITDA margin was primarily due to the operational resilience of our core Roadside businesses and our ability to act swiftly to protect profitability during the lockdown.

Insurance. Insurance Trading EBITDA decreased by £7 million, or 17.1%, from £41 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to £34 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2020. Insurance Trading EBITDA margin decreased from 39.0% in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 to 32.4% in the nine months ended 31 October 2020. The decrease in Insurance Trading EBITDA and Trading EBITDA margin was primarily due to our continued investment in accelerating the growth in policies, leveraging our strong brand and large distribution platform in an effort to deliver future value and Trading EBITDA growth.

Consolidated Results of Operations for the Years Ended 31 January 2019 and 2020

Year ended 31 January

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

Revenue

960

967

Cost of sales

(390)

(380)

Gross Profit

570

587

Administrative and marketing expenses

(353)

(332)

Operating profit

217

255

Finance costs

(167)

(155)

Finance income

-

1

Profit before tax

50

101

Tax expense

(10)

(19)

Profit for the year

40

82

 

Year ended 31 January

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

Operating profit

217

255

Adjusting operating items

40

4

Amortisation and depreciation

72

85

Pension service charge adjustment

5

4

Contingent consideration remeasurement gain

(1)

(9)

Share-based payments

4

4

Trading EBITDA

337

343

Revenue

Our revenue increased by £7 million, or 0.7%, from £960 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 to £967 million in the year ended 31 January 2020, reflecting the increase in Insurance segment revenue.

Year ended 31 January

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

(% revenue)

(£ in millions)

(% revenue)

Roadside

841

88

841

87

Insurance

119

12

126

13

Total Revenue

960

100

967

100

Roadside. Roadside revenue remained flat at £841 million, with the benefit of higher B2C revenue and the acquisition of AA Prestige offsetting the lower B2B revenue on pay-for-use contracts and the impact of the 51% disposal of AA Media Limited during the year ended 31 January 2020.

Insurance. Insurance revenue increased by £7 million, or 5.9%, from £119 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 to £126 million in the year ended 31 January 2020. This increase was primarily driven by growth in the motor and home insurance policy books, reflecting the benefit of ongoing investment in systems (including IHP for the Insurance Brokering business).

See Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2020 for further information regarding performance of the constituent Roadside and Insurance divisions.

Cost of sales

Our cost of sales decreased by £10 million, or 2.6%, from £390 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 to £380 million in the year ended 31 January 2020. This decrease was primarily driven by the lower workload from the decrease in breakdowns in the year ended 31 January 2020 as compared to the prior year, and therefore reduced third-party garaging costs, as well as the disposal of 51% of AA Media Limited during the year ended 31 January 2020.

Administrative and marketing expenses

Our administrative and marketing expenses decreased by £21 million, or 5.9%, from £353 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 to £332 million in the year ended 31 January 2020. This decrease was primarily driven by the adjusting pension past service cost of £22 million in the prior year relating to the guaranteed minimum pension equalisation, which following a UK High Court ruling in 2018 required all relevant UK pension schemes to make one-off adjustments to equalise benefit payments for males and females. Although this adjustment of the past service cost has been made, guaranteed minimum pension equalisation has yet to be implemented by the AA UK Pension Scheme.

Operating profit

Our operating profit increased by £38 million, or 17.5%, from £217 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 to £255 million in the year ended 31 January 2020. This increase was primarily driven by the decreases in administrative and marketing expenses and cost of sales and the increase in revenue.

For a discussion of the contingent consideration remeasurement gain and the other adjusting operating item costs, see Notes 20 and 5, respectively, to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2020.

Finance costs

Our finance costs decreased by £12 million, or 7.2%, from £167 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 to £155 million in the year ended 31 January 2020. This decrease was primarily driven by the one-off finance costs of £13 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 related to the prior year refinancing.

Finance income

Our finance income increased by £1 million from £0 in the year ended 31 January 2019 to £1 million in the year ended 31 January 2020. This increase was primarily driven by higher cash balances from the cash generation during the period.

Tax expense

Our tax expense increased by £9 million from £10 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 to £19 million in the year ended 31 January 2020. This was primarily driven by higher profitability. The tax charge in the year ended 31 January 2020 consisted of a current tax charge of £15 million (year ended 31 January 2019: £8 million) and a deferred tax charge of £4 million (year ended 31 January 2019: £2 million).

Trading EBITDA

Our Trading EBITDA increased by £6 million, or 1.8%, from £337 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 to £343 million in the year ended 31 January 2020. The increase was primarily driven by the Roadside segment, as discussed further below.

The table below sets forth, for each of the periods indicated, our Trading EBITDA by segment, both in pounds sterling and as a percentage of consolidated Trading EBITDA.

Year ended 31 January

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

(% tradingEBITDA)

(£ in millions)

(% tradingEBITDA)

Roadside

285

85

290

85

Insurance

52

15

53

15

Trading EBITDA

337

100

343

100

An analysis of our Trading EBITDA by segment is set forth below:

Roadside. Roadside Trading EBITDA increased by £5 million, or 1.8%, from £285 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 to £290 million in the year ended 31 January 2020. Our Roadside Trading EBITDA margin increased from 33.9% in the year ended 31 January 2019 to 34.5% in the year ended 31 January 2020. The increase in Roadside Trading EBITDA was primarily driven by the improved performance of our B2C business which delivered higher average income per paid member as well as lower spend on third-party garages and the additional £3 million benefit of the transition to IFRS 16 (see Note 1.3(w) to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2020. The increase in Roadside Trading EBITDA margin reflects the improvement in average income per paid member and garage spend during the year ended 31 January 2020.

Insurance. Insurance Trading EBITDA increased by £1 million, or 1.9%, from £52 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 to £53 million in the year ended 31 January 2020. Our Insurance Trading EBITDA margin decreased from 43.7% in the year ended 31 January 2019 to 42.1% in the year ended 31 January 2020. The increase in Trading EBITDA was primarily driven by increased Insurance segment revenue resulting from the increase in policy volumes as a result of the increased acquisition marketing spend over the two years to 31 January 2020. The decrease in Trading EBITDA margin was primarily driven by ongoing investment in marketing needed to position the business for long-term growth.

Consolidated Results of Operations for the Years Ended 31 January 2018 and 2019

Year ended 31 January

 

2018

 

2019

 

(£ in millions)

Revenue

947

960

Cost of sales

(356)

(390)

Gross Profit

591

570

Administrative and marketing expenses

(278)

(353)

Operating profit

313

217

Finance costs

(167)

(167)

Finance income

1

-

Profit before tax

147

50

Tax expense

(31)

(10)

Profit for the year

116

40

 

Year ended 31 January

 

2018

 

2019

 

(£ in millions)

Operating profit

313

217

Adjusting operating items

(5)

40

Amortisation and depreciation

68

72

Pension service charge adjustment

10

5

Contingent consideration remeasurement gain

-

(1)

Share-based payments

7

4

Trading EBITDA

393

337

Revenue

Our revenue increased by £13 million, or 1.4%, from £947 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £960 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. Revenue for the year ended 31 January 2018 includes the release of £1 million from the adjusting operating revenue provision relating to refunds to customers that may have had duplicate breakdown cover. Trading Revenue, which excludes revenue from adjusting operating revenue items, increased by £14 million, or 1.5%, from £946 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £960 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. The increase in both revenue and Trading Revenue was primarily driven by the strong performance of Roadside.

Year ended 31 January

 

2018

 

2019

 

(£ in millions)

(% revenue)

(£ in millions)

(% revenue)

Roadside

813

86

841

88

Insurance

133

14

119

12

Trading Revenue

946

100

960

100

Adjusting operating revenue items

1

-

Total Revenue

947

960

Roadside. Roadside Trading Revenue increased by £28 million, or 3.4%, from £813 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £841 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. This increase was primarily driven by additional pay-for-use revenue in the B2B category as a result of higher demand for services during the year due to adverse weather as well as the benefit of consolidating the results of AA Cars, which we acquired in March 2018.

Insurance. Insurance Trading Revenue decreased by £14 million, or 10.5%, from £133 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £119 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. This decrease was primarily driven by lower revenue from the home emergency services consumer business, which we sold in January 2018.

See Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2019 for further information regarding performance of the constituent Roadside and Insurance divisions.

Cost of sales

Our cost of sales increased by £34 million, or 9.6%, from £356 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £390 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. This increase was primarily driven by additional strategic operational investments in additional patrols and call centre agents and higher costs from the additional demand for services in the Roadside business due to adverse weather.

Administrative and marketing expenses

Our administrative and marketing expenses increased by £75 million, or 27.0%, from £278 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £353 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. This increase was primarily driven by the pension past service cost of £22 million relating to a one-off service cost associated with the guaranteed minimum pension equalisation required following a court ruling requiring all companies to equalise pensions for men and women, compared to the pension past service credit of £34 million in the prior year, arising from the benefit changes to the AA UK Pension Scheme.

Operating profit

Our operating profit decreased by £96 million, or 30.7%, from £313 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £217 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. This decrease was primarily driven by the increase in administrative and marketing expenses and the increase in cost of sales, as described above.

Finance costs

Our finance costs remained flat at £167 million for the year ended 31 January 2019 from £167 million for the year ended 31 January 2018, primarily driven by lower interest costs on external borrowings and finance expenses on defined benefit pension scheme being offset by higher amortisation of debt issue fees and debt repayment premium and penalties following the refinancing in the year ended 31 January 2019 where we partially repaid the Sub-Class A3 Notes and repaid amounts drawn under the Existing Senior Term Facility.

Finance income

Our finance income decreased by £1 million from £1 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £0 in the year ended 31 January 2019. This decrease was primarily driven by lower cash balances.

Tax expense

Our tax expense decreased by £21 million from £31 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £10 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. This was primarily driven by the decrease in profits before tax of £97 million which accounts for £19 million of tax at the effective rate of tax of 20.0%.

Trading EBITDA

Our Trading EBITDA decreased by £56 million, or 14.2%, from £393 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £337 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. The decrease, which was in line with management expectations, reflects the outcomes of the business strategy announced on 21 February 2018, in particular the strategic investments in our people, operations and systems to position the business for long-term growth as well as the impact of higher third-party garaging costs due to the higher demand for our roadside assistance service.

The table below sets forth, for each of the periods indicated, our Trading EBITDA by segment, both in pounds sterling and as a percentage of consolidated Trading EBITDA.

Year ended 31 January

 

2018

 

2019

 

(£ in millions)

(% tradingEBITDA)

(£ in millions)

(% tradingEBITDA)

Roadside

322

82

285

85

Insurance

71

18

52

15

Trading EBITDA

393

100

337

100

Roadside. Roadside Trading EBITDA decreased by £37 million, or 11.5%, from £322 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £285 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. Our Roadside Trading EBITDA margin decreased from 39.6% in the year ended 31 January 2018 to 33.9% in the year ended 31 January 2019. The decrease in Trading EBITDA and Trading EBITDA margin was driven by additional planned strategic operational expenditure investments including recruitment of additional patrols and call centre agents, as well as increased third-party garaging costs resulting from the higher demand for services during the year due to adverse weather.

Insurance. Insurance Trading EBITDA decreased by £19 million, or 26.8%, from £71 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £52 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. Our Insurance Trading EBITDA margin decreased from 53.4% in the year ended 31 January 2018 to 43.7% in the year ended 31 January 2019. The decrease in Trading EBITDA and Trading EBITDA margin was primarily driven by a planned increase in marketing spend in order to acquire new customers and the sale of the home emergency services consumer book in January 2018.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Net cash flows from operating activities before tax and adjusting operating items were £230 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2020 and £336 million in the year ended 31 January 2020. Our free cash flow (net cash flow before payment of dividends, bond buy-backs and refinancing costs) was £68 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2020.

The Holdco Group had a cash and cash equivalents balance of £156 million at 31 October 2020 and £94 million at 31 January 2020, invested in money market funds designated as low volatility net asset value or with investment grade-rated banks, giving overnight access and high liquidity.

Our primary sources of liquidity within the Holdco Group are currently cash from operations and the £60 million Existing Working Capital Facility. For a description of the material terms of our long-term financing arrangements, see "Description of Certain Financing Arrangements".

On 23 April 2020, we drew down in full our £200 million Existing Senior Term Facility. The proceeds from this were used to complete the refinancing of the remaining £200 million Sub-Class A3 Notes due on 31 July 2020. It is expected that on or prior to the Effective Date, the Existing Senior Term Facility will be refinanced with the £150,000,000 New Senior Term Facility, with the remaining £49,666,667 outstanding under the Existing Senior Term Facility being repaid from cash on hand at the Holdco Group. It is expected that the New Senior Term Facility will be on substantially the same terms as the Existing Senior Term Facility with the exception of certain commercial terms, including commitment, tenor, margin, commissions and fees, as further described in "Description of Certain Financing Arrangements-New Senior Term Facility Agreement".

On 5 February 2020, the Group issued £325 million of Sub-Class A8 Notes which are due in 2027 in exchange for £325 million of Sub-Class A5 Notes which were due in January 2022.

On 8 February 2019, we drew down £15 million of the Existing Working Capital Facility and repaid this amount on 22 March 2019. Our intention is to use the Existing Working Capital Facility or New Working Capital Facility (as applicable) only for short-term periods to manage short-term variations in cash flows. It is expected that on or prior to the Effective Date, the Existing Working Capital Facility will be refinanced with the up to £55.7 million New Working Capital Facility. See "Description of Certain Financing Arrangements-New Working Capital Facility Agreement".

The Holdco Group is required to hold segregated funds as "restricted cash" in order to satisfy regulatory requirements governing our run-off insurance underwriting entities. These restricted cash balances were £8 million as at 31 January 2020. In December 2019, the Holdco Group entered into a sale and purchase agreement to sell these entities, which were ultimately sold in May 2020 following receipt of regulatory approval. At completion, these companies had no live policies and were in run-off. See "Business-Our Products and Services-Insurance underwriting". In addition, at 31 January 2020, the Holdco Group had an additional restricted cash balance of £32 million held in a separate bank account due to a requirement under the terms of the Holdco Group's debt documents (July 2019: £0). The requirement is to deposit a calculated amount of "excess cash" at the period end when within an "accumulation period" (the twelve months before which any borrowings become due). This applied to the Sub-Class A3 Notes which were due on 31 July 2020. On 31 July 2020, we completed the refinancing of the £200 million outstanding Sub-Class A3 Notes using the £200 million proceeds from drawing down the Existing Senior Term Facility. Therefore, as it was no longer required, the excess cash was returned to available cash on 31 July 2020.

For further information on cash and cash equivalents, see Note 14 of our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements for the nine months ended 31 October 2020 and Note 18 of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2020. 

Cash flows

The following table sets forth the principal components of our cash flows for the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020 as well as for the nine months ended 31 October 2019 and 2020.

Year ended 31 January

 

Nine months ended 31 October

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

 

Net cash flows from operating activities before tax

338

266

327

257

226

Tax paid

(23)

(15)

(10)

(7)

(15)

Net cash flows from operating activities

315

251

317

250

211

Investing activities

Capital expenditure

(63)

(80)

(65)

(54)

(45)

Proceeds from sale of fixed assets(1)

18

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

Payment for acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

-

(13)

(8)

(8)

(1)

Dividends from/(investment in) joint ventures and associates(2)

1

1

-

-

(1)

Interest received

1

-

-

-

-

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries, net of cash sold

-

-

-

-

(1)

Net cash flows used in investing activities

(43)

(92)

(73)

(62)

(48)

Financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings

250

565

15

15

525

Issue costs on borrowings

(7)

(10)

-

-

(8)

Debt repayment premiums and penalties

(11)

(17)

-

-

(6)

Settlement of interest rate hedges

-

(7)

-

-

-

Repayment of borrowings

(328)

(565)

(18)

(15)

(525)

Refinancing transactions

(96)

(34)

(3)

-

(14)

Interest paid on borrowings

(136)

(129)

(130)

(67)

(74)

Payment of finance lease capital(1)

(41)

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

Lease capital repayments net of proceeds from sale of fixed assets(1)

n.a.

(22)

(25)

(16)

(18)

Payment of lease interest(1)

(5)

(4)

(4)

(3)

(3)

Dividends paid

(80)

-

-

-

-

Net cash flows from financing activities

(358)

(189)

(162)

(86)

(109)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

(86)

(30)

82

102

54

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

136

50

20

20

102

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

50

20

102

122

156

_____________________

(1) Starting with the year ended 31 January 2019, we decided to present lease capital repayments net of proceeds from sale of fixed assets in order to better reflect the commercial terms of leased assets. Therefore, the financial information presented for the year ended 31 January 2018 may not be comparable to the financial information presented for the years ended 31 January 2019 and 2020.

(2) In the year ended 31 January 2018, we presented this line item as acquisitions and disposals, net of cash acquired or disposed of.

Net cash flows from operating activities before tax

Net cash inflow from operating activities before tax was £257 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 compared to £226 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2020. This decrease was primarily due to the change in working capital (which in turn was partly caused by the impact of COVID-19 on cash receipts and also included a payment made in respect of the extension of our Financial Services contract with Bank of Ireland). Net cash inflow from operating activities before tax was £327 million in the year ended 31 January 2020 compared to £266 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. This was primarily due to a cash receipt from HMRC in settlement of historic partial exemption claims, a reclassification of provisions in the year ended 31 January 2020 compared to utilisation of provisions in the prior year and timing differences in payments and receipts. Net cash inflow from operating activities before tax decreased from £338 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 to £266 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. This was due to a decrease in profit before tax and negative working capital movements.

Tax paid

Cash outflows from tax paid was £15 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2020 compared to £7 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019 due to the change to the timing of corporation tax payments mandated by HMRC. Cash outflows from tax paid was £10 million in the year ended 31 January 2020 compared to £15 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 due to lower profitability in the year ended 31 January 2018 than in the year ended 31 January 2019, for which payments on account continued into the year ended 31 January 2020. Cash outflows from tax paid was £15 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 compared to £23 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 due to lower profit before tax in the year ended 31 January 2019.

Net cash flows used in investing activities

Net cash outflow used in investing activities was £48 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2020 compared to £62 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019. This decrease was primarily due to lower capital expenditure reflecting the timing of project spend, reduction in labour costs and the re-prioritisation of IT maintenance spend due to COVID-19. In addition, the prior period included a net cash outflow of £8 million relating to the acquisition of AA Prestige. Net cash outflow in investing activities was £73 million in the year ended 31 January 2020 compared to £92 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. This decrease was primarily due to lower capital expenditures the year ended 31 January 2020 and lower spend on acquisitions. Net cash outflow used in investing activities was £92 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 compared to £43 million in the year ended 31 January 2018. This increase was primarily due to higher capital expenditures and acquisitions, including the acquisition of AA Cars.

Refinancing transactions

Cash outflow from refinancing transactions in the nine months ended 31 October 2020 was £14 million compared to £0 for the nine months ended 31 October 2019. This increase was primarily due to the refinancing of £325 million in principal amount of Sub-Class A5 Notes in February 2020. Cash outflow from refinancing transactions was £3 million in the year ended 31 January 2020 compared to £34 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 due to a lower volume of refinancing transactions. Cash outflow from refinancing transactions was £34 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 compared to £96 million in the year ended 31 January 2018. This decrease was primarily due to lower net repayment of borrowings in the year ended 31 January 2019.

Interest paid on borrowings

Cash outflow from interest paid on borrowings was £74 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2020 compared to £67 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019. This increase was primarily due to the higher interest rate following the refinancing of £325 million in principal amount of Sub-Class A5 Notes in February 2020. Cash outflow from the interest paid on borrowings was £130 million in the year ended 31 January 2020 which was broadly flat compared to £129 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. Cash outflow from interest paid on borrowings was £129 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 compared to £136 million in the year ended 31 January 2018. The decrease was primarily due to the refinancings that took place in both financial years.

Payment of lease capital and interest net of proceeds from sale of fixed assets

Cash outflow from the payment of lease capital and interest net of proceeds from sale of fixed assets was £21 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2020 compared to £19 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019. This increase was primarily due to timing differences on payments. Cash outflow from the payment of lease capital and interest net of proceeds from sale of fixed assets was £29 million in the year ended 31 January 2020 compared to £26 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. The increase in cash outflows was primarily driven by the timing of vehicle lease disposals. Cash outflow from the payment of finance lease capital and interest, net of proceeds from sale of fixed assets, was £26 million in the year ended 31 January 2019 compared to £28 million in the year ended 31 January 2018. This decrease was primarily due to the timing of finance lease disposals and replacements and the timing of the associated end of lease termination payments.

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net cash outflow from financing activities was £109 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2020 compared to £86 million in the nine months ended 31 October 2019. This increase was primarily due to costs related to the refinancing of the £325 million in principal amount of Sub-Class A5 Notes in February 2020. Net cash outflow from financing activities in the year ended 31 January 2020 was £162 million compared to £189 million in the year ended 31 January 2019. This decrease was primarily due to no significant Class A refinancing transaction during the year ended 31 January 2020. In the year ended 31 January 2019, we issued the Class A7 Notes. Net cash outflow from financing activities in the year ended 31 January 2019 was £189 million and primarily related to interest paid on our borrowings, the payment of finance lease capital and costs arising as a result of refinancing transactions. Net cash outflow from financing activities was £358 million in the year ended 31 January 2018 and primarily related to interest paid on our borrowings, the payment of dividends, costs relating to refinancing transactions and cash used in the repayment of borrowings.

Capital expenditure

Our capital expenditures totalled £37 million, £74 million, £70 million, £63 million, £80 million, £65 million, £54 million and £45 million for the years ended 31 January 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and the nine month periods ended 31 October 2019 and 2020, respectively. Capital expenditure as a percentage of revenue for each of the same periods was 3.8%, 8.0%, 7.4%, 6.7%, 8.3%, 6.7%, 7.5% and 6.4%, respectively.

Our capital expenditures in the periods under review were primarily investments in the development and upgrade of our IT and communications systems to strengthen and grow our core Roadside and Insurance businesses.

Figures relating to capital expenditure are based on current estimates and assumptions and may ultimately be significantly lower or higher, depending on a range of factors.

Working capital

We have favourable working capital dynamics and free cash flow as the majority of our personal members pay for services in advance and the majority of our suppliers are paid after the provision of goods and services. Our cash growth rate and free cash flow depend on our ability to maintain this favourable working capital dynamic.

Cash generated in connection with our regulated run-off insurance entities must be segregated from the Holdco Group's accounts for regulatory reasons and it is therefore disclosed separately, although the amounts involved are small in relation to the rest of the Holdco Group. In December 2019, the Holdco Group entered into a sale and purchase agreement to sell these entities, which were ultimately sold in May 2020 following receipt of regulatory approval. At completion, these companies had no live policies and were in run-off.

Lease commitments

Holdco Group has lease contracts for property, plant, equipment and vehicles. Substantially all of our commercial vehicles, including patrol vehicles and driving school cars, are leased pursuant to Commercial Vehicle Master Contract Hire Agreements ("Vehicle Master Contracts") between the Holdco Group and our contractual counterparties. We currently replace both operational vehicles and vehicles provided to employees on a four year cycle, with driving school cars being replaced annually.

In addition, we have certain additional ordinary course of business contracts and commitments for the supply of goods, such as fuel contracts, which are not included in the discussion below.

The table below sets forth the future minimum lease payments under lease contracts together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments that we will be obligated to make under our leases as at 31 January 2019 and 2020.

At 31 January

 

2019

 

2020

 

Present value of payments

Minimum payments

Present value of payments

Minimum payments

(£ in millions)

Within one year

49

51

23

25

Between one and five years

12

13

26

30

After five years

-

-

14

24

Total minimum lease payments

61

64

63

79

Less amounts representing finance charge

-

(3)

-

(16)

Present value of minimum lease payments

61

61

63

63

Add: discounted lease liability for leases classified as operating leases in the prior year

25

25

Lease liability recognised at 1 February 2019

86

86

 

Debt financing arrangements

In July 2013, we raised approximately £3 billion of debt in the bank and capital markets (including a senior term facility agreement dated 2 July 2013 (the "Initial Senior Term Facility Agreement"), a working capital facility agreement dated 2 July 2013 (the "Initial Working Capital Facility Agreement"), £300 million of Sub-Class A1 Notes and £325 million of Sub-Class A2 Notes as well as the Initial Liquidity Facility Agreement) pursuant to an investment grade secured corporate financing commonly referred to as a "whole business securitisation" ("WBS").

Concurrently with our investment grade WBS financing in July 2013, we completed a high yield bond offering of £655 million of Original Class B Notes similarly involving AA Mid Co Limited (the immediate holding company of Holdco) and the Holdco Group. The Original Class B Notes were due in 2043, with an expected maturity date of 31 July 2019, and had an interest rate of 9.50% per annum.

On 27 August 2013, we issued an additional £175 million of Sub-Class A1 Notes and £500 million of Sub-Class A2 Notes and, on 28 November 2013, we issued £500 million of Sub-Class A3 Notes.

On 23 April 2014, we entered into the 2014 Senior Term Facility of £663 million, drawings under which, together with the proceeds of the issuance of £250 million in principal amount of Sub-Class A4 Notes were used, on 2 May 2014, to repay all amounts outstanding under the Initial Senior Term Facility. We also entered into the 2014 Working Capital Facility, which replaced the existing commitments under the Initial Working Capital Facility. It is a feature of the WBS that all bank and bond debt raised (including in the future) by our subsidiaries participating in our investment grade financing is substantially on common terms.

As part of the refinancing announced in March 2015, we issued £735 million of 5.5% Class B2 Notes due 2043 (the "Class B2 Notes"). The Class B2 Notes were issued by the Issuer. The proceeds from the Class B2 Notes were used to redeem the Original Class B Notes. The Class B2 Notes are contractually subordinated to the Senior Finance Documents under the WBS, including the Class A Notes, the Existing Senior Term Facility, the Existing Working Capital Facility, the Liquidity Facility and certain hedging arrangements. The Class B2 Notes share a common security package with the WBS and in addition, are secured by a grant by Topco of first-ranking security in respect of all of its shares in Holdco and certain intercompany receivables, together with a first-ranking floating charge in respect of all of Topco's other property, assets and undertaking. The Class B2 Notes are also guaranteed by all of the guarantors of the WBS, as well as by Topco.

Following the sale of the Irish business, part of the sale proceeds was used to repay £106 million of the 2014 Senior Term Facility on 31 August 2016. Under the terms of our borrowings, we held back £24 million from the net proceeds in ring-fenced available cash to be used for potential future acquisitions or repayment of debt. Any amounts not committed to an acquisition within twelve months from the AA Ireland completion date had to be used to repay either Class A Notes or the Existing Senior Term Facility. On 6 December 2016, we issued £700 million Sub-Class A5 Notes at an interest rate of 2.88%. Holders of £300 million of the Sub-Class A1 Notes and £195 million of the Sub-Class A4 Notes exchanged their Class A Notes for the new Sub-Class A5 Notes. From the remaining proceeds, we tendered £165 million of the outstanding Sub-Class B2 Notes. The refinancing was completed at a premium of £30 million and with issue costs of £8 million. In line with our accounting policy, £37 million of costs associated with the Sub-Class A1 Notes and the Sub-Class A4 Notes were capitalised. This consisted of £28 million of the premium, £7 million of new issue fees and £2 million of unamortised issue costs relating to the Sub-Class A1 Notes and Sub-Class A4 Notes that were exchanged. Costs associated with the Sub-Class B2 Notes have been written off. This consisted of £2 million of the premium, £1 million of new issue costs and £3 million of unamortised issue costs relating to the Sub-Class B2 Notes that were tendered.

On 13 July 2017 the £24 million, which is referred to above as having been held back, was used as part of a repayment of £98 million of the 2014 Senior Term Facility. This was treated as an extinguishment of debt and therefore the issue costs of just under £1 million associated with the repayment were written off.

On 5 July 2017 we entered into the 2017 Senior Term Facility Agreement and the 2017 Working Capital Facility Agreement. On 13 July 2017, we cancelled the 2014 Working Capital Facility Agreement and repaid all amounts outstanding under the 2014 Senior Term Facility Agreement. The balance of the 2014 Senior Term Facility was renegotiated and its maturity extended to 31 July 2021. This was treated as a modification and therefore the fees associated with this, which were under £1 million, were capitalised. On this same date we also issued £250 million of Sub-Class A6 Notes at an interest rate of 2.75%. £4 million of costs associated with the issue of the Sub-Class A6 Notes were capitalised. This consisted of £1 million of premium and £3 million of new issue fees.

From the proceeds of the Sub-Class A6 Notes, we repaid the remaining £175 million outstanding on the Sub-Class A1 Notes incurring an interest penalty of £7 million and £55 million of the principal amount of the Sub-Class A4 Notes incurring an interest penalty of £3 million. In line with our accounting policy, this was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt and therefore issue costs associated with the Sub-Class A1 Notes and the Sub-Class A4 Notes have been written off but totalled under £1 million.

On 17 July 2018, we issued £550 million 4.875% Sub-Class A7 Notes due 31 July 2024 and used a part of the proceeds of this issue to purchase £300 million aggregate principal amount of the Sub-Class A3 Notes pursuant to a tender offer. £8 million of costs associated with the issue of the Sub-Class A7 Notes were capitalised. This consisted of £2 million of premium and £6 million of new issue fees.

On 5 February 2020, we issued £325 million of Sub-Class A8 Notes due 31 July 2027 in exchange for £325 million of Sub-Class A5 Notes. Costs of £20 million associated with the issue of the Sub-Class A8 Notes and the cancellation of the Sub-Class A5 Notes were written off, consisting of £6 million of exchange premium, £5 million of transaction fees and £9 million of unamortised issue costs associated with the Sub-Class A5 Notes.

On 31 July 2020, we repaid the full outstanding principal balance of the Sub-Class A3 Notes using funds drawn down from the Existing Senior Term Facility.

Senior term facility and working capital facility

On 2 July 2018 we entered into the Existing Senior Term Facility and the Existing Working Capital Facility. On 17 July 2018, we cancelled the 2017 Working Capital Facility Agreement and repaid all amounts outstanding under the 2017 Senior Term Facility Agreement.

The fees associated with this were £3 million and were written off, as both the 2017 Working Capital Facility Agreement and 2017 Senior Term Facility Agreement were undrawn.

On 23 April 2020, we drew down the Existing Senior Term Facility in full in order to repay the Sub-Class A3 Notes and deposited the funds in escrow. These funds were then used to repay the Sub-Class A3 Notes in full on 31 July 2020.

As at the date of this Supplemental Investor Report, the Existing Senior Term Facility was fully drawn with £199,666,667 outstanding.

As at the date of this Supplemental Investor Report, the WBS principally comprises the Existing Senior Term Facility and the Existing Working Capital Facility, both of which are due in July 2023 and certain Class A Notes as set out below. The margin applied to interest payable on drawings under the Existing Senior Term Facility Agreement and Existing Working Capital Facility is 1.75% above LIBOR. On 17 July 2018 we entered into a forward starting interest rate swap in relation to the Existing Senior Term Facility as a result of which the rate of LIBOR payable in respect thereof is fixed at 0.97% between 31 July 2020 and 31 July 2021, such that the maximum rate of interest payable during that period is 2.72%. The Sub-Class A2 Notes, Sub-Class A5 Notes, Sub-Class A6 Notes, Sub-Class A7 Notes and Sub-Class A8 Notes in issuance have interest rates of 6.27%, 2.88%, 2.75%, 4.88% and 5.50% per annum respectively and expected maturity dates of 31 July 2025, 31 January 2022, 31 July 2023, 31 July 2024 and 31 July 2027, respectively. The Class B2 Notes have an interest rate of 5.5% per annum, and an expected maturity date of 31 July 2022.

Taken together, the overall weighted average interest rate on our borrowings as at 31 October 2020 for the Existing Senior Term Facility, the Class A Notes and the Sub-Class B2 Notes was 4.71% per annum.

The following table sets out the borrowings of the Holdco Group, excluding finance leases, as at 31 October 2020:

 

Finalmaturity date

 

Expectedmaturity date

 

Interestrate

 

Principal

(£ in millions)

 

 

Existing Senior Term Facility

31 July 2023

N/A

2.72%

200

 

Sub-Class A2 Notes

2 July 2043

31 July 2025

6.27%

500

 

Sub-Class A5 Notes

31 July 2043

31 January 2022

2.88%

372

Sub-Class A6 Notes

31 July 2043

31 July 2023

2.75%

250

Sub-Class A7 Notes

31 July 2043

31 July 2024

4.88%

550

 

Sub-Class A8 Notes

31 July 2050

31 July 2027

5.50%

325

 

Sub-Class B2 Notes

31 July 2043

31 July 2022

5.50%

567

 

Total Borrowings

4.71%

2,767

 

Cash and cash equivalents as at 31 October 2020

(156)

 

Net Borrowings

2,611

 

Further details of our financing arrangements, including information in respect of prepayment provisions, are set out in "Description of Certain Financing Arrangements".

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Financial Risk

To the extent we believe these risks are material, they are discussed below. For additional information, see Notes 26 and 29 to our audited consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended 31 January 2020 and Notes 25 and 28 to our audited consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended 31 January 2019 and 31 January 2018.

Liquidity risk

Our liquidity risk primarily concerns our ability to meet our obligations to pay our employees and suppliers and to service our debts. We prepare both monthly cash flow forecasts and a rolling three month weekly cash flow forecast, which are subject to regular review to ensure that we have sufficient headroom at all times. Our low working capital dynamics have a positive effect on our liquidity.

We manage our liquidity risk by evaluating current and expected liquidity requirements to ensure that we maintain sufficient reserves of cash and headroom on our working capital facilities. The table below analyses the maturity of our financial liabilities on a contractual undiscounted cash flow basis and includes associated debt service costs. The analysis of non-derivative financial liabilities is based upon the remaining period at the reporting date to the contractual maturity date.

At 31 January 2020

Less than 1 year

 

1 to 2 years

 

2 to 5 years

 

Over 5 years

 

Total

 

(£ in millions)

Loans and borrowings

324

815

1,558

516

3,213

Lease liabilities

25

15

15

24

79

Other payables and accruals

74

-

-

-

74

Deferred consideration

1

-

-

-

1

Trade payables

98

-

-

-

98

Total

522

830

1,573

540

3,465

Our primary sources of liquidity within the Holdco Group are currently cash from operations and the £60 million Existing Working Capital Facility. For a description of the material terms of our long-term financing arrangements, see "Description of Certain Financing Arrangements".

Interest rate risks

Our interest rate risk is mainly affected by our overall financing arrangements, which as at 31 January 2020, all borrowings have fixed interest rates. On 23 April 2020, we drew down £200 million from our Existing Senior Term Facility (in order to repay £200 million of Sub-Class A3 Notes) which is subject to an interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 1.75%. Interest fixing periods are a significant factor influencing interest risk. Longer interest fixing periods primarily affect price risk, while shorter interest fixing periods affect cash flow risk. We use interest rate swaps to manage our exposure to interest rate risk.

We do not account for any fixed rate assets or liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, and do not use derivative instruments in fair value hedges. Consequently, with respect to our fixed rate financial liabilities, a change in market interest rates at the reporting date would not affect profit or loss.

The interest rate profile of the Holdco Group's interest bearing financial instruments is as follows:

At 31 January

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

Fixed rate instruments

Financial assets

-

4

Financial liabilities

(2,786)

(2,798)

Net exposure to fixed rate instruments

(2,786)

(2,794)

Net exposure to variable rate instruments

-

-

Pension risks

Pension risk is the risk that our cash flow is negatively affected by additional cash contributions required to fund shortfalls in the funding arrangements for our pension schemes. We operate two funded defined benefit pension schemes: (i) the AA UK Pension Scheme and (ii) the AA Ireland Pension Scheme, which are not open to new entrants or future benefit accrual. In addition, we operate the AAPMP, which is not open to new entrants. In November 2013, in conjunction with agreeing the 2013 Valuation, we implemented the ABF with the AA UK Pension Trustee. The ABF provides the AA UK Pension Scheme with an inflation-linked income stream over 25 years and the aggregate total of the monthly payments due from the ABF to the AA UK Pension Scheme in the first year was £12.2 million.

We estimate that as at 31 October 2020, the defined benefit scheme liability was £81 million with respect to the AA UK Pension Scheme, £19 million with respect to the AA Ireland Pension Scheme and £45 million with respect to AAPMP, for a total of £145 million.

Gilt yields and investment returns are significant factors impacting pension risk. Our pension liabilities are discounted based on gilt yields over the duration of the liabilities. If gilt yields do not increase in line as the market expected or reduce by more than the market expected at the previous scheme valuation, the liabilities, the deficit and annual payments thereunder may materially increase. We are required to fund any deficit over a number of years. If gilt yields increase then the pension scheme liabilities reduce and the likelihood of a scheme surplus emerging increases. This surplus will only be released to us over a number of years. In addition to changes in the discount rate, reasonably possible changes at the reporting date to one of the relevant actuarial assumptions, holding other assumptions constant, would have affected the defined benefit liability by the amounts shown below:

For the nine months ended 31 October 2020

AA UK Pension Scheme

AA Ireland Pension Scheme

 

AAPMP

 

(£ in millions)

Increase of 0.25% in discount rate

130

4

2

Increase of 0.25% in RPI

(121)

(2)

-

Increase of 1% in medical claims inflation

-

-

(8)

Increase of one year of life expectancy

(107)

(3)

-

An equivalent decrease in the assumptions at 31 October 2020 would have had a broadly equal but opposite effect on the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant. The amounts shown above are the effects of changing the assumptions on the gross defined benefit liability, rather than on the net deficit. The de-risked investment strategy and high levels of hedging reduce the sensitivities of changing these assumptions on the net deficit considerably.

Our pension schemes invest contributions in a number of different asset classes, the returns from which are used to reduce our contribution rates. If these investments do not perform as expected the required funding rate may change significantly.

Commodity risk

Our principal risk with respect to commodity prices is with respect to the cost of vehicle fuel. Total fuel costs are approximately £17.4 million per annum, of which approximately £6 million relates to the underlying fuel costs before duty, VAT and distribution costs. As at 31 October 2020, we currently have swaps for 16.1 million litres of diesel for the fuel year ending 31 January 2021, with a diesel swap price of 37.5 and 37.65 pence per litre (each price for 50% of the volume) and 13.5 million litres of diesel for the year ending 31 January 2022, with a diesel swap price of 36.39 pence per litre.

Credit risk

Our exposure to credit risk is limited because the substantial majority of our income is generated from individual personal members paying small amounts in advance of receiving services. As such, if a personal member does not pay, we do not provide services. Credit risk associated with customers is managed through our professional team of debt collectors, who target recovering all significant balances, in line with our credit terms.

The ageing analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

At 31 January

Total

 

Neither past due nor impaired

 

< 30 days

 

30-60 days

 

60+ days

 

(£ in millions)

2020

142

128

9

2

3

2019

141

137

3

-

1

 

The movements in the provision for the collective impairment of receivables are as follows:

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions)

At 1 February

3

2

Chart for the year

2

1

Utilised

(3)

(1)

At 31 January

2

2

 

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements

Our financial information has been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The preparation of this financial information requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities. Management continually evaluates its estimates and assumptions and bases its estimates and assumptions on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and such differences may be material. The principal estimates and assumptions that have a risk of causing an adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial period are discussed below. For a description of Holdco Group's critical accounting estimates and judgements see Note 1.3(u), Note 1.3(u) and Note 1.3(v) of Holdco Group's audited consolidated financial statements as at and for each of the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The principal estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below:

Retirement benefit obligation

The Holdco Group's retirement benefit obligation, which is actuarially assessed each period, is based on key assumptions including return on plan assets, discount rates, mortality rates, inflation, future salary and pension costs. These assumptions may be different to the actual outcome. See "-Pension Obligations".

The following are other principal estimates and assumptions made by the Group, but which management believe do not have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year:

Goodwill

The Holdco Group tests goodwill for impairment annually. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units have been determined based on value in use calculations which require the use of estimates. Management has prepared discounted cash flows based on the latest strategic plan.

Intangibles

The Holdco Group has significant software development programmes and there is judgement in relation to which programmes and costs to capitalise under IAS 38. Additionally, there is an estimate in respect of the future usage period of software on which the Holdco Group bases the useful economic life of related assets.

Share-based payments

The Holdco Group has issued a number of share-based payment awards to employees which are measured at fair value. Calculating the share-based payment charge for a given year involves estimating the number of awards expected to vest, which in turn involves estimating the number of expected leavers over the vesting period and the extent to which non-market-based performance conditions will be met. Determining the fair value of an award with a market-based performance condition also involves factoring in the impact of the expected volatility of the share price.

Contingent consideration

The Holdco Group calculates contingent consideration based on the probability-weighted payout approach. This approach involves estimating future cash flow scenarios and using management judgement to assess the likelihood of each scenario.

Leases

As described further in Note 1.3(w) to the Holdco Group's audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2020, on adoption of IFRS 16 the Holdco Group recognised lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified as "operating leases" under the principles of IAS 17 "Leases". These liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the Holdco Group's incremental borrowing rate as of 1 February 2019. Management's approach to determining the Holdco Group's incremental borrowing rate for a right-of-use asset involves using data provided by the Holdco Group's external advisors on the rate of interest that the Holdco Group would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the relevant right-of use asset.

 

INDUSTRY

 

Unless otherwise indicated, in this section titled "Industry", "we", "our", "us", or the "Holdco Group", and other similar terms, are generally used to refer to the business of Holdco and its subsidiaries as a whole, and the terms the "AA" or "AA plc Group" refer to AA plc and its subsidiaries as a whole.

UK Roadside Assistance Market

Overview

The majority of roadside assistance services in the UK are provided through two principal channels:

· the "consumer or B2C market", being the market in the UK in which customers subscribe for roadside assistance cover directly through a membership agreement with the applicable roadside assistance provider (these customers being "personal members"); and

· the "business or B2B market", being the market in the UK in which customers receive roadside assistance cover indirectly as an "add-on" or a complementary service to the products and services they purchase from another business (these customers being "business customers").

The roadside assistance market has demonstrated resilience through downturns in the economic cycle, as roadside assistance is typically prioritised over more discretionary household expenses. The market for ad-hoc, pay-as-you-use customers is much smaller and covered by independent garages, which are contracted at the point of breakdown. There are approximately 40,000 vehicle service locations in the UK.

Operating model

The three largest roadside assistance providers in the UK, based on market share, are the AA, the RAC and Green Flag, as at September 2020. Like the AA, the RAC primarily operate a nationwide branded patrol network or "branded model", typically restricting use of third-party garage networks to peak times and in remote areas. In contrast to the contractor-based model, which is used by Green Flag and smaller providers, the branded model provides for direct interaction with the customer through roadside assistance mechanics, who act as the "face of the brand". This creates the opportunity to reinforce a perception of the brand based on quality, speed of service, responsiveness and reliability.

Types of policies and coverage levels

Roadside assistance policies can either cover vehicles or individuals. Vehicle policies cover a single vehicle or, in some cases, multiple vehicles, while personal policies cover one or more individuals, including families, regardless of the vehicle they are driving. Typically, entry level roadside service includes roadside assistance for repair or for towing broken-down vehicles to a local garage if roadside repair is not possible. This service can be complemented by any of the following additional services:

· Recovery service: Recovery service provides members with the ability to transport a broken-down vehicle to a destination of the member's choice.

· Home service: Home service provides members with a call-out service for breakdowns while their vehicle is either parked at, or within a certain distance of, their home.

· Replacement vehicle / transfer / accommodation service: Replacement vehicle / transfer / accommodation service provides members with a temporary replacement vehicle, a transfer service to a destination of their choice or overnight accommodation if their vehicle cannot be repaired.

Competition

We believe that the overall size of the competitive landscape in the roadside assistance market is relatively stable with competition based on quality of service, as well as price. We, the RAC and Green Flag are the only sizeable roadside assistance providers in the UK, accounting for approximately 32%, 20% and 15%, respectively, of roadside assistance customers as at September 2020. The remaining share is covered by smaller roadside assistance providers, a number of which are subsidiaries of larger insurance groups, including Call Assist, AXA Assurance and LV=/Britannia. While the overall size of the market has been relatively stable, low margin operators have grown market share through a discounted value proposition which is reliant on third-party service which we believe deliver a lower level of service overall than the AA can offer. The investment required to build a trusted, nationwide brand and a branded fleet of qualified patrols with competitive technical ability, along with the sophisticated deployment processes required, makes the business models of existing participants difficult to replicate. No competitor has entered the market and achieved a level of scale comparable to ours since the 1970s.

Consumer market

In the consumer market, individuals subscribe for a personal membership with the applicable roadside assistance provider, such as us, RAC or Green Flag. In addition to generating fees for the provision of breakdown coverage, these policies provide roadside assistance providers with opportunities to cross-sell and up-sell additional products and services, including cover for repair following a breakdown, European coverage and other insurance products. Revenue in the consumer market is driven by membership numbers, type of coverage and price.

 Distribution channels

Consumers can purchase cover for roadside assistance in a number of ways. The majority of customers initially contact a roadside assistance provider over the internet or by telephone, typically in response to marketing activity. Face-to-face sales at the point of breakdown and the sale of roadside assistance cover through motor insurance products, including in our case through our Insurance, Driving Schools and AA Cars businesses, are also important channels of distribution.

Competition

As of September 2020, we were the market leader in the consumer market with a market share of approximately 41%, followed by the RAC and Green Flag with market shares of approximately 19% and 19%, respectively. Despite the continued price competition for the entry level roadside assistance products, our roadside assistance business has managed to maintain a broadly flat market share over the last four years. According to a third-party industry source, as of September 2020 the value of the consumer market is expected to grow at an expected CAGR of 4.1% from an estimated £1.64 billion in 2020 to an expected £2.01 billion by 2025.

Market volume

The consumer market volume in the UK is primarily driven by the size and age of the UK car parc (i.e. an aggregate measure of vehicles in the UK). According to the Department for Transport, the UK car parc has grown steadily from approximately 21.0 million in 1994 to 31.9 million as at September 2020. Despite a decline in new car registrations, the size of the UK car parc has continued to grow with the average age of the UK car parc continuing to rise and is currently at 8.3 years (as at 31 December 2019).

Pricing

The consumer market uses two principal pricing models. Under the "membership pricing model", members are charged a subscription either on a monthly or annual basis, for roadside assistance coverage, plus additional flat fees for higher cover levels. Alternatively, under the "risk-based pricing model", members are charged on a case-by-case basis based on the likelihood of their vehicle breaking down and the customer's propensity to renew their membership. Along with the RAC, we apply the membership pricing model for new personal members and the risk-based pricing model for renewing members. Green Flag and smaller participants predominantly rely upon the risk-based pricing model. The FCA engaged in a market study regarding general insurance pricing practices and published its final report in September 2020. The FCA is seeking views on its related proposals by January 2021 and the ultimate outcome of this exercise may impact motor and home insurance pricing practices and in turn influence the pricing principles applied to our Roadside business (see "Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Regulatory and Legislative Matters-We are subject to complex laws and regulations that could materially and adversely affect the cost, manner and feasibility of doing business").

Business market

In the business market, the AA, RAC and Green Flag engage with partners, who in turn offer roadside assistance as an add-on or complementary service to the products they offer to their customers. Usage rates are typically lower for business customers than for personal members. To the extent that roadside assistance coverage is bundled with other products, business customers are also less likely to call for service.

Distribution channels

Business customers can acquire roadside assistance through four primary channels:

· Added value accounts: AVAs are bank accounts that provide their holders with roadside assistance coverage, among other offerings, in connection with their account. Lloyds Banking Group, Barclays, RBS, HSBC and Nationwide Building Society each offer AVAs that provide third-party roadside assistance coverage.

· Car manufacturers: The majority of car manufacturers offer roadside assistance coverage (typically for one year) to purchasers of new or used vehicles through a franchised or approved dealer.

· Fleet and leasing companies: Several fleet and leasing companies provide indirect coverage to customers who rent their vehicles. Rental car companies (such as Europcar, Avis and Enterprise), commercial fleet rental companies (such as Hitachi and Rivus Fleet) and fleet managers (such as LeasePlan and Lex Autolease) utilise third-party roadside assistance providers for their vehicles.

· Insurance: Insurance companies, including Admiral Group which the AA is partnered with, offer third-party roadside assistance coverage as part of their motor insurance policy offerings, either as an add-on service or included with their policy.

Competition

The competitive environment for business customers varies significantly by distribution channel. In the AVA coverage market, the AA has a relationship with Lloyds Banking Group while the RAC serves a number of market participants including Barclays and the Co-operative Bank. The AA and the RAC hold a significant majority of the fleet coverage market and both compete with Allianz Global Assistance in the car manufacturer coverage market. A significant proportion of the insurance market is served by RAC, while insurers that are owned by the same group as a roadside assistance provider (such as Green Flag, which is part of Direct Line Group) only source roadside assistance on an intragroup basis.

Market volume

Volumes in the business market vary by distribution channel. For our business partners who are car manufacturers, volumes depend principally on new car sales. In the AVA coverage market, volumes depend on the number of AVA clients our banking partners have as well as the number of vehicles owned by those clients. In the fleet coverage market, volumes tend to depend on the internal business growth of our fleet partners.

Pricing

Prices in the business market are typically set on either a per breakdown basis or on a per vehicle insured basis. Pricing within the business market tends to be more competitive than in the market for personal members, as business partners regularly offer their contracts to several providers for competitive tender at the time of renewal. As a result, income per business customer tends to be lower than income per personal member. In this regard the largest breakdown providers tend to hold an advantage over smaller providers, due to their economies of scale.

UK Driving Services Market

The driving services market comprises driving schools as well as training for occupational drivers and drivers who have committed certain driving offences. In terms of share of pupils, the AA Driving School and BSM are the market leaders with a 6.2% combined market share for the twelve month period ended 31 October 2020, while RED, LDC, Bill Plant and smaller, independent providers share the remaining market share.

Driving schools

The UK driving schools market is highly fragmented. According to industry sources, the AA Driving School and BSM are, together, the largest driving schools in the country with almost 2,200 franchised instructors as at 31 October 2020. Given the fragmented market we also compete against local participants and a large number of independent, non-affiliated driving instructors. Branded driving schools tend to operate a franchise model where franchised driving instructors receive a car and support from the brand in return for a regular fee.

Driver training and re-education

The market for driver training schemes through contracts with police forces is highly concentrated, with two participants (including our DriveTech brand) accounting for approximately 56% of police contracts as at October 2020. As at 31 October 2020, we had contracts for the provision of speed awareness courses with 12 of the 45 territorial police forces in the UK, which includes contracts with Transport for London and British Transport Police for level crossing courses.

Our DriveTech brand also operates in the fleet training market, providing driver training for corporations and other organisations under long-term service contracts. In the fleet training market, we believe we are the market leader followed by a range of smaller competitors. The key customers for occupational driver training are companies with significant logistics operations in the UK and Europe. Demand for occupational driver training is affected by economic confidence as companies' fleets grow or contract.

UK Insurance Broker Market

Insurance broker model

An insurance broker acts as an intermediary between individuals seeking an insurance policy and insurance underwriters, who underwrite insurance policies and provide coverage for losses claimed under those policies. Insurance brokers administer policies and earn commissions based on a percentage of the premium paid by policy holders, without assuming any underwriting risk. Brokers typically generate increased customer value through the sale of ancillary products, including legal coverage, accident plans, car hire, excess coverage and breakdown and key coverage. More sophisticated brokers will also add value to their underwriters' policy offerings by enhancing the risk data available at the point of quote. The insurance brokerage sector is led by a small number of large brokers who design policies and maintain a panel of underwriters who quote competitively for individuals' risks. There are over 1,000 insurance brokers in the UK, and most insurance brokers offer a range of insurance products, including motor and home insurance.

Motor insurance

Motor insurance is a legal requirement for drivers in the UK and therefore a non-discretionary product. As a consequence, demand for motor insurance is influenced by the number of vehicles on the road, the number of licensed drivers and the overall cost of driving. Apart from brand, pricing is a key consideration for customers when choosing motor insurance. The motor insurance market is relatively fragmented with a large number of participants. In 2019 it is estimated that the industry wrote around £10.8 billion of motor insurance premiums and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020 we had approximately a 5.2% new business market share (brokerage) by volume.

Insurance brokers, including Budget Group and Swinton Insurance, compete against other brokers and direct insurers through a range of channels, of which PCWs have become the largest. On PCWs, including Moneysupermarket.com, Gocompare.com, Confused.com and Comparethemarket.com, customers can compare multiple prices on the same website, leading to price competition and margin pressure for brokers. PCWs had approximately 85% of the new business market for motor insurance in the UK for the nine months ended 31 October 2020.

In addition to PCWs, brokers solicit new customers through online and offline marketing activities and seek to upsell and cross-sell products through more customer interaction.

Home insurance

The development of the home insurance market is largely driven by residential property transactions as consumers typically purchase home insurance when purchasing property. In order to increase customer value, home insurance providers offer a range of related products. These include home emergency services as well as maintenance and repair coverage for boiler breakdown, blocked pipes, roof damage, nest removal and other property-related matters, such as home legal expenses cover. In 2019 it is estimated that the industry wrote around £4.0 billion of home insurance premiums and for the nine months ended 31 October 2020, we had approximately a 4.1% new business market share (brokerage) by volume. The key factors that drive growth in the home insurance market are mortgage lending, house prices and the number of new houses being built. PCWs had approximately 72% of the new business market for home insurance in the UK for the nine months ended 31 October 2020.

The home insurance market is relatively fragmented, albeit with greater participation from retail banks and mortgage providers, and it is distributed across a broader range of channels than motor insurance. The number of PCWs has increased in the home insurance market; however, their presence is less prevalent compared to motor insurance. This is, in part, due to the relative prominence in the market for home insurance of banks and building societies, which are an important sales channel because home insurance is often required when purchasing a home with mortgage financing. Lower average premiums and higher retention rates compared to the motor insurance market, combined with individual property specifications (flood locations, home size and building materials), which are used in the underwriting process, have limited the market share of PCWs.

Competition

The UK motor and home insurance markets are highly competitive and we face ongoing competition from both established and new competitors. The large number of companies active in these markets and the increasingly wide availability of distribution platforms also contribute to the competitive nature of this market. We have historically faced competition from other insurance brokers (whether store-based, telephone-based or online), including Swinton, Budget, Tesco, Hastings, RIAS, Kwik Fit, Endsleigh and A-Plan. In addition, a number of insurance brokers have developed or are developing their own in-house underwriting capabilities. There is also competition from direct insurers, which include Direct Line Group, Admiral Group, Aviva, LV, AXA, RSA, Ageas, Co-op and eSure.

A number of these businesses have been sold or have conducted initial public offerings in the past few years, resulting in an increased level of competition as competitors build their insurance books through aggressive pricing behaviour. See "Risk Factors-Risks relating to our Business and Industry-Our insurance broking business faces significant competition from competitors who may be larger and have access to greater financial or other resources, including global, national and local insurance companies".

The development of PCWs in recent years has increased the level of competition for our business, as they provide customers with quick and easy access to different policies from a range of different insurers. Moneysupermarket.com, Gocompare.com, Confused.com and Comparethemarket.com are the main participants in this market. As the market penetration of PCWs has matured, these websites have become an important distribution channel for our Insurance Brokering business. See "Risk Factors-Risks relating to our Business and Industry-We are exposed to further changes in the competitive landscape within the insurance industry, including increased competition from other distribution channels (particularly price comparison websites), the long-term implications of which are not yet fully understood".

Non-insurance financial services

Non-insurance financial services products include savings accounts, unsecured loans, credit cards, currency cards, mortgages and life insurance. There is significant competition in all these product lines from both major UK banks and international banks active in the UK (for example, Lloyds Banking Group, RBS, Barclays, HSBC, Santander), insurance companies (for example, RSA, AXA, Aviva) and non-bank financial services companies (for example, Nationwide, Tesco Bank, Sainsbury's Bank, Virgin Money, M&S Money, Post Office). Key considerations for customers are brand and price.

Underwriting Services

The London market is the largest international underwriting market for international insurance business. Both it and the broader UK underwriting market are characterised by intense competition. Prices have remained low in recent years due to competition and the high availability of capital, however, with underlying claims inflation increasing, prices have started to trend upwards.

In recent years some brokers operating in the motor and home insurance markets have set up or acquired their own in-house underwriters. Despite the price competition in the underwriting market, access to internal datasets and refined use of external data sources can enable in-house insurance underwriters to price risk effectively and compete with the larger general insurers. The AA plc Group has established its own in-house underwriter which participates on our broker's insurance panel, competing with third-party underwriters for the underwriting risk. AA has substantial member data which has proved particularly beneficial to its insurer's pricing, notably at the outset of its trading. AA's insurer does moderate the AA plc Group's potential exposure to risk with extensive reinsurance and coinsurance arrangements.

BUSINESS

In this section titled "Business", the terms "we", "our", "us", the "AA", or the "AA plc Group" refer to AA plc and its subsidiaries as a whole (the "AA plc Group") as we manage our business operations by reference to the AA plc Group as a whole and not just the Holdco Group. See "Presentation of Financial Information".

Overview

The AA is the largest roadside assistance provider in the UK, representing approximately 41% of the consumer market as of September 2020, approximately 51% of the manufacturer segment as of October 2020, approximately 58% of the UK's fleet and leasing companies as of November 2020, approximately 47% of the Added Value Account segment as of October 2020, approximately 10% of breakdown assistance provided through insurance policies, as of September 2020 and a greater share of the high value market than all other providers combined. During the year ended 31 January 2020, the AA responded to an average of approximately 9,400 breakdowns a day. With more than 115 years of operating history, the AA is one of the most widely recognised and trusted brands in the UK. In addition, we have successfully leveraged this brand to become a leading provider of insurance broking services and driving services.

We have a strong and diversified customer base, including approximately 12.0 million paid personal members and business customers as at 31 October 2020, which we estimate to mean that approximately 46% of UK households subscribed to at least one AA product.

On 21 February 2018, the AA announced its new business strategy to invigorate the AA by putting service, innovation and data at its heart. The new business strategy is intended to deliver targeted investment in our people, our products, our systems and our operations as we build on the solid foundation that our investments since the IPO have created and address the challenges we face. The objectives are: (i) innovate and grow Roadside; (ii) accelerate growth in Insurance; (iii) deliver operational and service excellence; and (iv) nurture a high-performance culture. For further details, see "-Our Strategic Objectives", below. In line with the focus of our strategy announced in February 2018, our products and services are split into two core segments, Roadside and Insurance. The Roadside segment consists of our B2C, B2B and Driving Services divisions. The Insurance segment consists of AA Cars and the Insurance Broker and Financial Services partnership with the Bank of Ireland.

The results for the twelve months ended 31 October 2020 and for the year ended 31 January 2020 reflect the outcomes of the business strategy update.

In the twelve months ended 31 October 2020, the Holdco Group generated revenue of £946 million and Trading EBITDA of £344 million, representing a Trading EBITDA margin of 36.3%. (compared to £967 million and £343 million, respectively, in the year ended 31 January 2020, which represented a Trading EBITDA margin of 35.4%).

 

Our Strengths

Highly resilient and recurring revenues with strong cash flow generation

The performance over the last three years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020 and the nine months ended 31 October 2020, demonstrates the resilience of the business despite the uncertain economic outlook and reflects the investments that have been made to support our long-term growth. The below table sets out the performance of the Holdco Group for each of the years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020 and the nine months ended 31 October 2019 and 2020.

Year ended 31 January

 

Nine months ended 31 October

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

(£ in millions, except where otherwise indicated)

Revenue

946(1)

960

967

724

703

Trading EBITDA(2)

393

337

343

246

247

Net cash flow from operating activities before tax and exceptional operating items(3)

367

289

336

262

230

Free cash flow(4)

90

4

85

102

68

Cash conversion(5)

64%

51%

73%

80%

67%

_____________________

(1) This reflects reported revenue of £947 million less £1 million of exceptional revenue (for more information see Note 5 to our historical financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2018).

(2) Trading EBITDA is stated as reported in our historical financial statements.

(3) Excludes discontinued operations, businesses disposed of and exceptional items.

(4) Free cash flow is defined as net cash before payment of dividends, bond buy-backs and refinancing costs.

(5) Cash conversion is defined as net cash flow from operating activities less capital expenditure, as a percentage of Trading EBITDA.

A large proportion of our revenue comes from repeat business, including renewing personal members, multi-year business roadside assistance contracts, insurance policy holders, contracts for driver training and education programmes and driving school franchisees. This high level of recurring revenue provides us with predictable cash generation that supports investment in the business and ongoing deleveraging. Further, in spite of volatility in new car registrations, the UK car parc has demonstrated resilient growth through various economic cycles, growing at CAGR 1.7% over the period 1994-2019, which supports a stable membership base.

The Holdco Group has consistently delivered positive free cash flow in the three years ended 31 January 2018, 2019 and 2020 and the nine months ended 31 October 2020. This results from the majority of our personal members paying for services in advance while the majority of our suppliers are paid after the provision of goods and services.

One of the most highly regarded and trusted consumer brands in the UK

The AA is one of the most widely recognised and trusted consumer brands in the UK. With approximately 2,700 branded patrol vehicles on the road (as at 31 January 2020) and with further visibility generated by our Driving School business and AA Signs, the AA brand is highly visible and regarded, with stronger performance than our competitors on all key brand metrics, according to a third-party industry source.

Customer engagement with our roadside assistance patrols is high given personal members on average use the AA once every two years. Our reputation for service excellence is evident through the high levels of satisfaction indicated by independent surveys. In June 2020, we were awarded top of the table as a "Which? Recommended Provider" for our third party breakdown cover for the third year running and we were the breakdown service provider for the top six manufacturer brands for the second year running. In November 2019, we were named as the UK's most reliable breakdown cover provider by What Car? for 2019, our second successive award by What Car? The awards are a strong validation of our business model and the outstanding customer service we consistently provide to our personal members and business customers.

We are the leader in the stable UK roadside assistance market

We are the largest roadside assistance provider in the UK with 3.2 million paid personal members and 8.8 million business customers as at 31 October 2020, covering approximately 32 million UK drivers. This represented approximately 41% of the consumer roadside assistance market as at 31 October 2020, a significantly larger share than the next largest roadside assistance provider, the RAC. We have approximately 2,700 patrols providing roadside assistance - significantly larger than the next largest road assistance provider, the RAC, which has 1,600 patrols. This market demonstrated resilience throughout the 2008 financial crisis and is presently demonstrating the same resilience in the current recessionary environment resulting from the outbreak of COVID-19 as customers recognise and value the benefit of roadside assistance cover.

High levels of retention and loyalty in our personal membership base

Average personal member retention (defined by reference to the number of customers renewing at the point of invitation) has been broadly stable at 80% for the past five years. Personal members demonstrate loyalty to the brand with an average tenure of approximately 12 years and retention rates increase with membership tenure. Approximately 38% of our annual paid personal members have been with the AA for more than 10 years, of which approximately 62% have been paid personal members for more than 20 years. Our customer loyalty and retention has led to consideration of staying with the AA and purchasing our products staying high.

Difficult to replicate business in the mature and concentrated roadside assistance market

The roadside assistance market in the UK is a mature and concentrated market. The three primary market participants are the AA, the RAC and Green Flag, which together accounted for approximately 79% of the combined consumer market as at September 2020. We believe that the substantial resources and scale required to operate an efficient national roadside service with competitive technical ability, combined with high start-up costs for new market entrants, makes our business model difficult to replicate. The following factors strengthen our position in that market:

· the strength of the AA brand established over a 115-year operating history has fostered high levels of loyalty among our customer base and has contributed to our high customer retention rates and leading market share;

· our national coverage and the economies of scale which we achieve through approximately 2,700 patrols, as at 31 January 2020, allow us to reach our customers quickly and to provide a high quality, award-winning service;

· our sophisticated deployment processes and delivery systems have been specifically developed by the AA over years of operational experience and would be difficult and expensive to replicate;

· our proprietary customer relationship management ("CRM") database is extensive and provides us with a unique platform to cross-sell our complementary products and services and has been a key enabler of motor and home policy growth for our Insurance business;

· being a business partner of choice for roadside assistance with leading market share who focuses on nurturing long-term relationships and developing new strategic partnerships while utilising our proprietary data, scale, service excellence and technical expertise; and

· innovative digital capabilities enabling delivery of excellent customer experience and improving operational efficiency.

Experienced and dedicated workforce and strong management team

We have a highly skilled and experienced workforce and the average tenure of our roadside assistance patrols is approximately 12 years. We are selective in hiring automotive technicians who, once appointed as patrols, receive additional training and support and are subject to ongoing evaluation. We believe that the excellent quality of our workforce contributes to our high roadside repair rates, which in turn contribute to customer retention.

We have a highly effective management team with decades of collective experience at the AA. We believe that the Acquisition will further enhance our management capabilities by enabling our management team to leverage the deep wealth of experience that TowerBrook and Warburg Pincus have in partnering with management teams to drive and sustain value. TowerBrook and Warburg Pincus have stated that they intend to provide the AA's management team with the operational freedom to drive our business forward and capitalise on our strengths.

Our Strategic Objectives

On 21 February 2018, the AA announced its new business strategy to invigorate the AA by putting service, innovation and data at its heart. The key focus of the strategy is to develop a range of products and services to support driver needs and to make these available to customers through simple, intuitive digital channels. We aim to make these services available to all UK drivers as we move towards our vision - making Britain's driving life simpler and smarter. This will enable us to innovate and grow our Roadside business and accelerate growth in our Insurance business.

The new business strategy is intended to deliver targeted investment in our people, our products, our systems and our operations as we build on the solid foundation that our investments since the IPO have created and address the challenges we face. The objectives of our strategy are to: (i) innovate and grow Roadside; (ii) accelerate growth in Insurance; (iii) further optimise our operations to deliver operational and service excellence; and (iv) nurture a high-performance culture.

Our aim is to deliver significant benefits for our customers, while creating long-term sustainable value for our stakeholders by:

1. Increasing our addressable market: As we expand our product and service offering, we see our addressable market grow to cover all of Britain's drivers.

2. Expanding the awareness of our products: Our marketing strategy will be centred on making Britain's driving life better and will increasingly span the breadth of our product and service offering.

3. Keeping customers for longer: Through our user-friendly digital interface, we will be able to engage more regularly and effectively with customers while offering a better overall experience.

4. Reducing our cost of customer acquisition: As customers buy more products from us, our acquisition costs will go down thereby helping us to deliver significant operational and cost efficiencies.

5. Optimising the cost to service our customers: End-to-end digital journeys and self-service options will reduce costs for us and deliver better experiences for our customers.

We believe that the Acquisition by TowerBrook and Warburg Pincus will first and foremost enable significant deleveraging to occur, rebalancing our capital structure towards long-term sustainable leverage levels and thereby reducing the risk and cost of future refinancing. Furthermore, by leveraging the Consortium's extensive investment and operational expertise, the expected cash savings that this will generate will enable us to accelerate our plans for long term growth.

We believe that we are making significant progress on our strategic plan and are building operational momentum across the AA, through strategic partnerships, the development of technology-led innovations such as Smart Breakdown, Smart Care, Accident Assist and young driver telematic-enabled insurance, and improvements in our digital reporting and diagnostic capabilities. We believe these efforts will differentiate the AA, help our customers in their daily driving lives, improve our operational efficiency and generate additional revenue streams from both within and outside our current core membership base.

The IT investments that we have made over the years, have strengthened and modernised our core foundations across a number of areas including our administration platforms, dispatch system for patrols, our membership system, CATHIE and insurance pricing systems investment for the broker and in-house underwriter. While further investments are needed to maintain and grow our IT estate, we are well positioned to pivot away from a business that is capable of delivering a series of individual products and services, to a business that can promote greater cross-sell of products and services that puts UK drivers at the heart of it all.

Innovate and grow Roadside

Our strategy builds on the strong foundation of our Roadside business, in particular our strong service ethos and commitment to delivering outstanding customer service for our members and customers 24/7, 365 days a year. Recognising the changes facing the automotive sector including forms of car ownership, we have adopted a multi-faceted approach to innovating and growing our roadside business which will help to build on our market leading position and establish clear water from our competitors.

Roadside initiatives

1. Transform our breakdown service to be fully connected

We are uniquely positioned to play a central role in shaping the way the market reacts to emerging trends, such as connected car, electric and hybrid vehicle growth and changing ownership models. We believe these trends present opportunities for the AA, and we are already advanced in our connected car development. Our implementation strategy will mean that we are not simply layering digital propositions onto our organisation, but actively embedding it deeply into our product set and operations. Connected car is expected to transform our Roadside offering by providing real benefits for customers as well as reducing costs. The AA's prognostic expertise and new products is expected to enable us to move from reacting to breakdowns to predicting, preventing and protecting customers against them.

In October 2019, we launched Smart Breakdown, a new premium offering that is expected to transform our breakdown service using connected technology to enable early identification of faults, prevent breakdowns and get our members back on the road faster. As of 31 October 2020, over 10,000 new and existing members currently have Smart Breakdown, and we are encouraged by the take up rates in our digital channels. Looking ahead, we will continue to build the base of new and existing customers who are connected through Smart Breakdown, whilst continually refining and optimising the customer experience. The data from our connected technology is also being used to broaden our insurance footprint through our young driver insurance proposition which we launched late in the year ended 31 January 2020. Our connected car strategy will be multi-faceted and will involve direct outreach to B2C customers through our Smart Breakdown proposition, as well as through strategic partnerships with OEMs which either leverage our technology or utilise OEMs' existing capabilities. Where our customers give us their permission we will be able to use the data from our connected car technology to continue to build our telematic insurance capabilities.

2. Ongoing innovation to strengthen our brand and differentiate our products and services

In February 2019, we announced the acquisition of Prestige Fleet Servicing (now referred to as AA Prestige), a profitable and growing technology-led supplier of service, maintenance and repair ("SMR") services to fleet and leasing companies. The SMR market plays a key role in addressing a driver's planned and unplanned needs and represents a significant opportunity for the AA to grow new revenue streams without incurring significant capital expenditure. As part of our rollout plan, we announced a new partnership with Uber in September 2019, through which we have successfully integrated our SMR platform, as well as the ability to request AA roadside assistance, into Uber's driver app. We have also recently launched this service to all UK drivers through our Smart Care offering, which enables motorists to book Ministry of Transport ("MOT") tests as well as SMR services online at garages that are AA certified. Looking ahead, we will continue with our rollout plan targeting both our B2B as well as B2C channels. We will also look to further improve our customer proposition and expand our network of garages to which we are affiliated so as to offer a truly unique and differentiated service in the market.

The ability to report a breakdown digitally, via either our website or mobile app, helps to improve the experience for our members by giving them greater choice of how they communicate with us, saving them time, making our service even more accessible and helping us to improve our operational efficiency.

We will continue to invest in innovating and developing our pipeline of differentiated products and services to meet customer needs while maintaining a firm focus on cost management and meeting our internal rates of return.

3. Growing our base with new segments

In addition to our traditional 50-year old plus personal member demographic, we continue to look to diversify our member base to new segments including younger audiences who, while heavily car reliant, are less aware of the importance and value of high quality breakdown cover and the range of products and services that the AA can provide in supporting a broad range of driver needs.

The AA is a long-standing and purposeful British brand and our response at the start of the COVID-19 outbreak was to act in the way that a true market leader acts - step up at a time when the UK needed us most. Under the internal mantra of #ProudToKeepBritainMoving, we were one of a handful of advertisers to get behind the very first Channel 4 #ClapForOurCarers ad-break, supported ambulance services across the UK, gave NHS staff free breakdown cover and waived driving instructor fees, among other things.

As the lockdown restrictions gradually began to lift in July 2020, and more of the British public began thinking about local journeys and "staycations", we launched a new marketing campaign called "That Feeling", tapping into the mood of the nation and a universal desire to return to the freedom of driving. The campaign has received a positive response and provides a stepping stone to allow us to act more confidently in our communications whilst broadening our approach as we take the business forward with multiple product offerings amidst an ever-changing UK audience.

4. Digital adoption and innovation to drive broader member engagement

During the six months ended 31 July 2020, 16% of all breakdowns (both personal and business) were reported fully through our digital channels with no call handling intervention. This is up from 11% as at 31 January 2020 as a result of the introduction of a digital reporting service for Lloyds Bank customers via the mobile app and website. Customers are able to track and cancel their breakdowns online, with 44% of all national breakdowns during the six months ended 31 July 2020 touching our digital channels in some way.

Our mobile app remains central to our future plans. Approximately 753,000 unique users accessed the mobile app on a monthly basis during the six months ended 31 July 2020, of which around 62% were returning users and 38% were new. This is an increase of 7% from the six months ended 31 July 2019. Approximately 62% of members have registered for the mobile app as at 31 July 2020, up from 60% as at 31 January 2020. The key enhancement this year was the successful integration of Smart Breakdown functionality in our mobile app, which is currently available to all Smart Breakdown users.

Looking ahead, we intend to add in several new features into the app to drive further engagement, improve cross-sell rates and increase retention.

5. Targeted investments in our membership systems investment to drive retention

We are making steady progress building our fit for the future tech estate, including continuing to build out CATHIE, our membership system. We have made significant improvements to our capability during the year ended 31 January 2020 with over 70% of new policies sold through CATHIE. We plan to continue with the migration of existing policies, with an implementation programme that minimises the risk of this transition to our members and business. The investments we have made and will continue to make in marketing and pricing capabilities, as well as our online offerings including our app will give us important capabilities to improve retention performance, grow our membership base as well as drive cost reduction and enable new and bundled propositions, such as Smart Breakdown.

Accelerate growth in Insurance

The AA's Insurance business is at the core of the membership proposition we are developing, and we have a significant opportunity to continue to accelerate growth of this business. We believe that with further investment in both our broker's pricing agility and the AA plc Group's in-house underwriter, we can accelerate that growth further. The initiatives in place to achieve this are as follows:

· Broaden footprint by targeting new customers who have never been members of the AA and younger drivers;

· Develop more competitive pricing through greater agility from investment in IHP and improved customer analytics; and

· Integrate digital and connected car products and data across businesses to provide a leading customer offering through its simplicity and as a one-stop-shop for motoring needs.

The ongoing improvements in our customer journey are helping to deliver consistent and healthy cross-sell conversions into our Roadside business with 35% of new insurance customers also buying a Roadside membership as at 31 July 2020, up from 30% as at 31 July 2019 and 33% as at 31 January 2020. In addition, we believe there is a strong potential for further growing our membership base via under-penetrated age groups. For example, we are looking to insure younger drivers, a demographic we do not currently target, by utilising our Smart Breakdown technology. We believe our driving schools, which provided lessons to approximately 60,000 pupils for the twelve month period ended 31 October 2020, provide us with strong positioning in younger driver segments. We intend to build on our brand consideration, which is the highest in motor insurance and to improve pricing agility through growing and improving the valuable data and analytics collected through Smart Breakdown technology.

During the year ended 31 January 2019, our in-house underwriter commenced underwriting motor insurance to non-members supported by a new reinsurance relationship with Munich Re, which resulted in 260,000 non-members being sold motor insurance policies in the twelve months ended 31 October 2020 and achieving overall loss ratios in line with expectations. We intend to further grow our in-house underwriting activities by utilising our reinsurance relationships as well as through allocated solvency capital which will continue to be funded with cash generated from the AA plc Group's underwriting business without requiring capital from the wider AA plc Group. Investors should note that the insurance underwriting business described above does not form part of the Holdco Group but is discussed as we believe the underwriting business complements the insurance brokerage business that sits within the Holdco Group. The Holdco Group's two authorised insurance underwriting companies in the UK, AAUSL and AAUL, were sold in May 2020 following receipt of regulatory approval. At completion, these companies had no live policies and were in run-off. See "Business-Our Products and Services-Insurance underwriting".

Accident Assist, our recently launched in-house claims management proposition, is performing well, and, following the implementation of a new claims handling platform from ICE InsureTech and the consolidation of all our claims operations into Royal Tunbridge Wells during the first half of the year, we are starting to see positive momentum building. We successfully completed the roll-out of this new capability across our motor insurance panel members ahead of schedule and in December we were pleased to expand this service to our Roadside members which is a key differentiator for our roadside business and a great opportunity in our ambitious plan to become the natural 'first call' after an accident.

Further optimise our operations to deliver operational and service excellence

Our ability to deliver best-in-class customer service is dependent on our operational efficiency and the resilience of our operational base. The targeted investments that we have made in our people and technology since 2018 have enabled the business to build a solid foundation from which to deliver consistently high levels of customer service. This in turn helps to nurture brand loyalty and provides us with a platform from which we can continue to grow our customer base. In June 2020, we were pleased to have achieved the top place for third party breakdown cover in an assessment by independent consumer champion Which?. This was the third year running where we were top of the table. We were also the breakdown service provider for the top six manufacturer brands for the second year running. This is a strong validation of our business model and the outstanding customer service delivery we provide to all our personal members and business customers.

To ensure we strike the optimal balance between the right level of front-line resourcing and flexibility in our cost base to redeploy resources during quieter periods, we have introduced more flexible working arrangements for our roadside assistance patrols. New initiatives have included looking to utilise our patrols' experience to broaden our technical services business by working on new revenue channels, such as on vehicle recalls for OEMs and supporting the London Ambulance Services during the COVID-19 pandemic.

We have also made several key senior hires while reorganising and simplifying our management structure and reporting lines across our operational base, to promote greater transparency and collaboration. We have implemented several operational initiatives while maintaining strict cost discipline, including improvements to our business and planning process to drive greater focus on value creation and cost structure. In order to mitigate the impact of COVID-19, we executed a number of short-term measures to defer and reduce our operating costs so as to preserve cash flow and protect profitability, while delivering the operational and service excellence our customers expect from us. Looking toward the longer term, we expect that the growth of our digital reporting capabilities, increased mobile app penetration and our Smart Breakdown proposition will help deliver further operational cost efficiencies across our business and drive further improvement in our service delivery levels.

Nurture a high-performance culture

Our people are key to delivering for our customers and to achieving business success. Our aim is to ensure that all our employees are motivated and engaged, with clear focus and purpose, and have the support they need to do their jobs.

We ran our most recent employee engagement survey in November and December 2020 with an increase of 21 points in employee response rate from the previous survey in May 2020 and an increase of one point in overall employee engagement results. We will continue to work collaboratively across the AA to build on this further.

As at the date of this Supplemental Investor Report, women represented 25% of our Executive Committee and 33% of our Board. Additionally, in our most recent gender pay gap report, 35% of our senior leadership team were women. We recognise that there is a higher proportion of men in technical roles in the automotive sector, which is reflected in the AA's gender pay gap report. To address this, we have been actively promoting and hiring women to our patrol apprentice programme. 47% of our apprentices across our business are women.

We are now focussing on cross-team working, involving all our employees and sharing their ideas to help improve our business. We are working hard to increase opportunities for development and career progression across the AA and ensuring that we promote a culture of recognition and support, especially for our customer-facing teams.

Our History

The AA was formed in 1905 by a group of motoring enthusiasts in London. The official duties of the first AA patrols were to indicate dangers on the road and help motorists who had broken down.

By 1909 the patrols, who by that time had begun to wear uniforms, were recognised across England and Scotland. In the early years, agents and repairers, appointed by the AA, assisted drivers in identifying journey routes and began inspecting and classifying hotels. Following the First World War, the patrol service began to use motorcycles equipped with tools, spare parts and fuel in making roadside repairs.

By 1939, the AA had 725,000 policyholders ("personal members") who subscribed for roadside assistance cover through membership agreements; this was equivalent to 35% of the two million cars then on the road. By 1950, the AA had reached the milestone of one million personal members.

The AA launched its Insurance Services business in 1967, enabling motorists to take insurance cover from an organisation with which they were familiar and that they could trust.

During the 1970s and 1980s, the AA introduced four-wheeled patrol vehicles and guaranteed transport of broken-down vehicles and their drivers to their final destination. It also began to develop business-to-business relationships, whereby its roadside assistance service would be offered to the customers of car manufacturers, fleet and leasing companies and financial service providers as a complementary service.

The AA began offering its own non-insurance, financial services products in 1980. These were extended to include savings accounts, unsecured loans, credit cards and life insurance policies.

The AA driving school was launched in 1992.

In 1999, AA members voted to demutualise and join the Centrica Group.

In October 2004, the AA was acquired from Centrica by the private equity groups CVC and the Permira Funds. In 2007 it was brought under common ownership with Saga (which was owned by private equity group Charterhouse) through the Acromas Group. Until June 2014, the AA operated as a subsidiary of the parent company Acromas.

The AA launched its Home Emergency Services operations in 2010. On 29 November 2017, the AA announced the sale of its Home Emergency Services consumer policy book to HomeServe, which remains in line with the AA's strategic focus on Roadside and Insurance announced in February 2018.

On 26 June 2014, the ordinary share capital of AA plc was admitted to the standard listing segment of the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and to trading on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange (the "IPO"). On 28 January 2015, the listing category of all of AA plc's ordinary shares was transferred from the standard listing segment to the premium listing segment of the Official List of the UK Listing Authority.

In July 2015, we relaunched our Financial Services business in partnership with the Bank of Ireland and in January 2016, the AA plc Group launched its own in-house insurance underwriter.

On 11 August 2016, we completed the sale of AA Ireland, our Irish business.

On 1 October 2017, the company assumed control of AA Cars, an online used car sales platform, for a consideration of £26 million. On 1 March 2018, the AA completed the purchase of the entire share capital of AA Cars.

On 29 November 2017, the AA announced the sale of its Home Emergency Services consumer policy book to HomeServe. The sale was completed in January 2018.

On 21 February 2018, we announced our new strategy. See "-Our Strategic Objectives".

On 1 February 2019, we completed the purchase of the entire share capital of AA Prestige, a technology-led supplier of service, maintenance and repair services to fleet and leasing companies.

On 29 March 2019, we completed the sale of 51% of the share capital of AA Media Limited, which produces atlases, maps and travel guides and manages a hotels rating business and a merchandising portfolio, to Enthuse Group as part of a joint venture partnership. AA Media Limited will continue to use the AA brand under a brand licensing agreement.

On 21 May 2020, we completed the sale of 100% of the share capital of AA Underwriting Limited and Automobile Association Underwriting Services Limited, which were our two authorised insurance underwriting companies in the UK. At the time of sale, these companies had no live policies and were in run-off.

The Acquisition

On 25 November 2020, we announced that our board of directors had reached agreement on the terms of a recommended cash acquisition pursuant to which Bidco will acquire the entire issued and to be issued ordinary share capital of AA plc. Due to the nature of the public offer process and the restrictions on physical meetings due to COVID-19, Bidco has not yet finalised detailed plans or intentions regarding the impact of the Acquisition on the AA plc Group, our business, operations or employees. We understand that Bidco intends to work with our management to complete its evaluation of the business and establish its strategic plans going forward. While the parameters of the review have not yet been finalised, Bidco has indicated that it will involve a thorough evaluation of the strategy, operations and organisational structure of the AA, considering both the short-term and long-term objectives of the business. This evaluation, which is expected to last up to twelve months after the Effective Date, is expected to focus on:

· reviewing the strategy of the AA plc Group and each of our business units, markets, customers and product offerings, particularly in light of an evolving regulatory landscape in which we operate;

· identifying existing and new growth and development opportunities to drive additional profitable growth;

· a full evaluation of the ongoing digital and technological transformation of our business, and the significant technology platform migrations that we have been pursuing over the past few years; and

· considering initiatives across our different business units to optimise operational efficiency, cash flow generation and return on capital invested.

As part of the comprehensive evaluation referred to above, Bidco is expected to carry out an assessment of potential alterations to our management and organisational structure. This review will focus on possible cost efficiencies across the whole of our business, in particular those that could be enabled by our ongoing digital and technological transformation.

Our Products and Services

We have built a market-leading consumer and business roadside assistance service with approximately 41% of the consumer market as of September 2020, approximately 51% of the manufacturer segment as of October 2020, approximately 58% of the UK's fleet and leasing companies as of November 2020, approximately 47% of the Added Value Account segment as of October 2020 and approximately 10% of breakdown assistance provided through insurance policies, as of September 2020. In line with the focus of our strategy announced in February 2018, our products and services are split into two core segments, Roadside and Insurance. The Roadside segment consists of our B2C, B2B and Driving Services divisions. The Insurance segment consists of AA Cars and the Insurance Broker and Financial Services partnership with the Bank of Ireland. In addition, the AA plc Group offers insurance underwriting, which complements the Holdco Group's insurance broking business. For the purposes of the discussion below, we include some discussion of AA plc's in-house underwriter (although the in-house underwriter does not form part of the Holdco Group).

Roadside

Our Roadside segment generated revenue of £598 million, or 85% of total Holdco Group revenue, and Trading EBITDA of £213 million or 86% of total Holdco Group Trading EBITDA for the nine months ended 31 October 2020. Our Roadside segment generated revenue of £841 million, or 87% of total Holdco Group revenue, and Trading EBITDA of £290 million or 85% of total Holdco Group Trading EBITDA for the year ended 31 January 2020.

Roadside Assistance

As at 31 October 2020, we had approximately 12.0 million Roadside customers, consisting of approximately 3.2 million paid personal members and approximately 8.8 million business customers.

We are the leading provider of roadside assistance across the UK based on our estimated share of the markets in which we operate, with approximately 2,700 dedicated patrols reaching an average of 9,400 breakdowns each day during the year ended 31 January 2020. Our patrols are trained to assess and repair a multitude of vehicle malfunctions at the roadside. In the nine month period ended 31 October 2020, our patrols successfully repaired approximately 79% of member breakdowns at the roadside.

Our roadside assistance service offers 24-hours a day cover for cars, motorbikes, caravans, and vans. As at 31 January 2020, our national network of AA-branded patrols attends almost 90% of breakdowns directly. A network of third-party garages provides us with flexibility during peak demand and serves the remaining proportion of breakdowns. Our patrols respond to a variety of issues on the roadside. In the nine months to 31 October 2020, we responded to 2.2 million breakdowns, of which approximately 25% were caused by faulty batteries and 12% were related to tyres. Overall, a significant number of breakdowns arose from errors on the part of drivers, for example, using the wrong fuel or losing keys, and less than 15% arose from engine failure. 16% of all breakdowns were reported fully through digital channels in the six month period ended 31 July 2020, an increase from 11% in the year ended 31 January 2020. Our time to arrive for roadside assistance was under 45 minutes during the six month period ended 31 July 2020, an improvement from 46.5 minutes in the year ended 31 January 2020 and approximately 50 minutes in the year ended 31 January 2018. Our time to fix was 29.5 minutes in the year ended 31 January 2020, an improvement from 30.1 minutes in the year ended 31 January 2019.

Our roadside assistance business partners on our flexible partner platform include car manufacturers, such as Jaguar Land Rover, Ford, Volkswagen Group (including the Volkswagen, Audi, SEAT and Skoda brands), Bentley, Honda, Hyundai, Suzuki, Porsche, MacLaren and Toyota, fleet and vehicle rental companies, such as Lex Autolease, Rivus Fleet Solutions (formerly BT Fleet), LeasePlan, Arval, Northgate and Enterprise, and financial institutions and partnerships, specifically, members of the Lloyds Banking Group, TSB, DAS and Admiral Group, that offer our products as services to their own customers as complementary "add-ons" or as part of a packaged bank account.

Personal members

We had approximately 3.2 million personal members as at 31 October 2020. Our B2C business operates a membership-based pricing model in which personal members are charged either a fixed annual fee or monthly fee for roadside assistance. Our personal members can then choose to increase their levels of cover to include At Home (home service), National Recovery (recovery service), Onward Travel (alternative travel arrangements), parts and garage cover and Smart Breakdown (connected car solution). In addition, we recognise tenure through our Silver and Gold tiers, offering further and additional benefits to more loyal members.

Our personal membership base has historically featured relatively high renewal rates, which typically increase with the tenure of membership, reflecting the quality of our service and the trust in the AA brand. The current average tenure of our paid personal membership base is approximately 12 years and approximately 37% of our annual paid personal members have maintained their roadside assistance cover for over 10 years.

On average, our personal members require assistance for a vehicle breakdown once every two years, benefitting from their membership on a regular basis.

Business customers

We had approximately 8.8 million business, or B2B, customers as at 31 October 2020, which are split across four categories:

· Added Value Accounts: The AA provides breakdown cover to Lloyds Banking Group and TSB customers as part of the package of benefits associated with their premium accounts. We have a strong relationship with the Lloyds Banking Group, which is one of the largest UK-based banking groups, covering Lloyds, Halifax and the Bank of Scotland. We provide cover to around half of the Added Value Account and banking markets.

· Car manufacturers: Car manufacturers provide breakdown cover to their customers as part of new or used car warranties sold by franchised dealers. We have relationships with 15 of the leading car manufacturers (some of which are members of the same car manufacturing groups) operating in the UK market, many of which are longstanding relationships. Our well-established relationships with these car manufacturers are founded on our ability to provide them with statistical data on vehicle faults and performance information. As of October 2020, we had a share of 51% of the new car manufacturer breakdown market. A list of our significant business partners is set out below.

· Fleet and leasing companies: Commercial fleet companies, such as Enterprise, and lease companies, such as LeasePlan, offer breakdown cover to their customers for an additional fee. Cover is also provided for companies with large fleets of vehicles, such as Rivus Fleet Solutions (formerly BT Fleet). As of November 2020, we provided cover to approximately 58% of the UK's fleet and leasing companies. In February 2019, we acquired AA Prestige, a profitable and growing technology-led supplier of SMR services to fleet and leasing companies. As part of our SMR roll-out plan, we announced a new partnership with Uber in September 2019, through which we successfully integrated our SMR platform and added the ability to request AA roadside assistance into Uber's driver app. We have also commenced the roll-out of SMR services to all UK drivers through the soft launch of our Smart Care offering which is available on web-based channels.

· Insurance: In April 2019, we announced a three-year contract with Admiral Group to offer AA roadside assistance to Admiral Group's 4.3 million insurance customers, our first significant contract in the insurance market. Since our launch in September 2019, we have already added approximately 550,000 new Admiral Group customers to our B2B base.

The following table highlights some of our current business partner relationships:

Business Partners

 

Type of Customer

 

Admiral Group

Insurance Customer Benefits

Allianz

Insurance Customer Benefits

Lloyds Banking Group

Added Value Accounts

TSB

Added Value Accounts

Audi

Car Manufacturer

Ford

Car Manufacturer

Honda

Car Manufacturer

Hyundai

Car Manufacturer

Jaguar Land Rover

Car Manufacturer

Toyota

Car Manufacturer

Volkswagen Group

Car Manufacturer

Alphabet

Fleet/Leasing Company

Arnold Clark

Fleet/Leasing Company

Enterprise

Fleet/Leasing Company

Hertz

Fleet/Leasing Company

LeasePlan

Fleet/Leasing Company

Lex Autolease (part of Lloyds Banking Group)

Fleet/Leasing Company

Northgate

Fleet/Leasing Company

Rivus Fleet Solutions (formerly BT Fleet)

Fleet/Leasing Company

Zenith

Fleet/Leasing Company

Uber

Ride-hailing Company

In the year ended 31 January 2020, we renewed or extended all of our key contracts, including TSB, Toyota, Hyundai, Lex Autolease and Northgate, and we won a number of new contracts including Admiral Group, Uber, Allianz, Alphabet and VWD ID (Volkswagen's all electric car proposition).

Our business partners typically enter into contracts with us for a duration of three to five years, with the option to extend the term of the contract. We have limited concentration among our business partners, with our top 10 business partners accounting for 15% of total revenue for the twelve months ended 31 January 2020.

Additional Roadside services

Further product options available to members include European breakdown cover, for personal members travelling in mainland Europe and breakdown repair cover, which works together with our primary roadside assistance service to help reduce repair costs following a breakdown. Within our Roadside segment, we also generate revenue through products and services delivered through our own patrol force, including the sale of parts for repair at the roadside (of which battery sales is the largest), tyre replacement, removal of the wrong fuel from a vehicle, provision of specialised locksmith skills and delivery of a rental car when local repair cannot be arranged.

We also offer a number of driving and technical-related products and services, which are reported under the Roadside segment. In February 2019, we completed the acquisition of AA Prestige, a profitable and growing technology-led supplier of service, maintenance and repair (SMR) services to fleet and leasing companies. We believe that the service, maintenance and repair market plays a key role in addressing a driver's planned and unplanned needs and represents a significant opportunity for the AA to grow new revenue streams without incurring significant capital expenditure. We have successfully integrated AA Prestige and its proprietary UNITY system into our new technical services business, which we launched in March 2019, with the aim of providing a nationwide service for the automotive industry and UK drivers to help with issues such as vehicle recall campaigns, SMR and onsite technical support.

In addition, we earn revenue from the use of AA-branded road traffic signs for use at events, other "car-related products" (including high visibility vests and jump leads) and we earn a share of profits from our hotel and restaurant inspection and rating service through our AA Media Limited joint venture with Enthuse Group.

Driving Services

Driving Services revenue includes our Driving Schools and DriveTech businesses. For the nine months ended 31 October 2020 and year ended 31 January 2020, Driving Schools and DriveTech generated combined revenue of £34 million and £62 million, respectively. For the nine months ended 31 October 2020 we report the results of AA Cars in the Insurance segment, but had previously reported such results within the Roadside segment. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Presentation of Financial Information-Segmental reporting" and Note 2 to the Holdco Group's financial statements for the nine months ended 31 October 2020, included elsewhere in this Supplemental Investor Report.

Driving Schools

The Driving Schools business, which is comprised of the AA Driving School and the British School of Motoring ("BSM"), has almost 2,200 franchised driving instructors (as at 31 October 2020) and is, on an aggregated basis, the largest driving school in the UK (based on company data and publicly available data on numbers of competitor driving instructors). In 2011, we acquired BSM, which is the oldest driving school in the country and continues to operate under its own brand. The AA Driving School and BSM are market leaders in a fragmented market, with a combined market share of total UK driving pupils estimated at approximately 6.2% for the twelve month period ended 31 October 2020. Both the AA Driving School and BSM offer driving lessons and instructor training through a franchise model. In the twelve month period ended 31 October 2020, approximately 60,000 pupils took driving lessons through our Driving Schools business, although driving lessons were disrupted in that period due to COVID-19 related restrictions. The majority of revenue from this business comes from weekly franchise fees paid by instructors, who receive a car and support from the brand in return. We are developing our strategy to increase the options and flexibility available to driving instructors to improve our retention of franchisee instructors. We have also invested in improving our digital interface and have significantly improved digital customer journeys for pupils by offering more competitive franchise opportunities and layering in wider benefits such as Roadside membership through our Standby promotion, which provides roadside assistance for a fee payable on each occasion that assistance is required.

DriveTech

DriveTech, which is a leading provider of fleet risk, safety management and driver training, has a business model specifically designed for commercial and professional drivers. It became part of the Holdco Group in 2009 and is split into Police, which accounts for the majority of revenue in the Driving Services division, and Fleet. Police delivers educational driver awareness schemes to members of the public as an alternative to incurring points on their licence. Fleet provides training to coach and lorry drivers on fleet management best practices, commercial and passenger vehicles under long-term services contracts, and provides a licence-checking service. As at 31 October 2020, we had contracts for the provision of speed awareness courses with 12 of the 45 territorial police forces in the UK which includes contracts with Transport for London and British Transport Police for level crossing courses. During the year ended 31 January 2020, we renewed for another three years, the Bedfordshire, Cambridgeshire and Hertfordshire framework contract (previously known as the Thames Valley Framework contract) and the Police Service Northern Ireland contract, in each case to provide speed awareness courses to the relevant police forces.

Insurance

Our Insurance segment generated revenue of £105 million, or 15% of total Holdco Group revenue, and Trading EBITDA of £34 million, or 14% of total Holdco Group Trading EBITDA for the nine months ended 31 October 2020. Our Insurance segment generated revenue of £126 million, or 13% of total Holdco Group revenue, and Trading EBITDA of £53 million, or 15% of total Holdco Group Trading EBITDA for the year ended 31 January 2020. As at 31 October 2020, we had 1,884 thousand motor and home policies in force and an average income per policy of £63.

For the nine months ended 31 October 2020, we report the results of AA Cars in the Insurance segment, but had previously reported such results within the Roadside segment. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations−Presentation of Financial Information−Segmental reporting" and Note 2 to the Holdco Group's financial statements for the nine months ended 31 October 2020, included elsewhere in this Supplemental Investor Report.

Insurance Broker

Our Insurance Broker division offers motor and home insurance policies to both roadside assistance paid personal members and non-members. We act as a broker for insurers, selling policies to customers for the insurance underwriters on our panel, including the AA plc Group's in-house underwriter. We were ranked #1 in motor insurance brand consideration as at 2020, by Ipsos. See "-Insurance underwriting", below.

· Motor Insurance: Motor is the largest insurance product for the AA by revenue and we had approximately 1,023,000 motor policies as at 31 October 2020. Under motor insurance, the three main product categories are as follows:

o Insurance products: We offer a number of motor insurance packages from comprehensive cover to third-party, fire and theft.

o Telematic products: We offer telematic products, which use data collected from our Smart Breakdown technology. Insurers can then more accurately assess the risk profile of the driver and produce a fairer premium, the benefit of which is ultimately passed on to the customer.

o Optional extras: We offer optional extras, such as motor legal assistance, excess protection, car hire and a car accident plan.

We grew our motor policy book by 10% between 31 January 2020 and 31 October 2020, benefitting from incremental sales and renewals through the AA plc Group's in-house underwriter, which was launched in January 2016 and which continues to perform ahead of expectations. We continue to benefit from improved pricing agility following the installation of IHP, which is now live with six of our motor panel members, including our in-house underwriter. This has enabled us to price more competitively and convert a greater proportion of quotes on PCWs into policies sold. As at 31 October 2020, 86% of new motor business volumes are being written on IHP, and we intend to continue to roll-out this technology across the motor panel base (and expect to commence the roll-out of IHP across our home panel base in the near future).

As at 31 October 2020, approximately 47.7% of our motor insurance customers were also personal members, but only 13.9% of our personal members had purchased our motor insurance cover, showing the potential for growth in this area.

· Home Insurance: Home is our second largest insurance product by revenue and we had approximately 861,000 home policies as at 31 October 2020. We offer two home insurance products: AA Buildings Insurance and AA Contents Insurance. Customers can also purchase a number of add-on products, the largest of which are Home Emergency Cover and Home Legal Expenses. As at 31 October 2020, approximately 26.4% of our home insurance customers were also personal members, but only 4.1% of our personal members had purchased our home insurance cover, showing the potential for growth in this area.

We use a diverse panel of third-party underwriters for both motor and home insurance, including many of the UK's major insurance underwriters. We are dedicated to monitoring and improving the performance of the panel and regularly assess panel share and underwriting results for each participant. As at 31 October 2020, the motor insurance panel consisted of 10 underwriters (including Aviva, which joined our panel in October 2019) and the home insurance panel consisted of 14 underwriters, including, for both, the AA plc Group's in-house underwriter.

Consistent with our strategy to capture more of the overall UK motoring market, we are developing new products and partnerships, including our acquisition of 100% of the AA Cars platform, which completed in March 2018 and from the beginning of the year ending 31 January 2021 is now part of our Insurance segment. The acquisition enables AA Cars to fully utilise the AA brand and distribution platform, thereby, allowing the business to generate additional revenue from existing channels such as car advertising listings, car financing and ancillary sales.

Accident Assist, our recently launched in-house claims management proposition is performing well. Following the implementation of a new claims handling platform from ICE InsureTech and the consolidation of all our claims operations into Royal Tunbridge Wells in the year ended 31 January 2020, we are starting to see positive momentum building. We have now completed the roll-out of this new capability across all our motor insurance panel members ahead of schedule and are planning to incorporate the Accident Assist service benefits to all our members from the first quarter of the year ending 31 January 2022.

With the benefit of additional marketing, further roll-out of our claims handling platform, more customers getting back to the road as well as improved cross-sell through our Roadside Assistance channel, we believe Accident Assist provides a strong platform to grow our core Insurance and Roadside Assistance businesses.

Financial services

In 2015 we relaunched our financial services offering through our 10-year exclusive partnership with the Bank of Ireland. On 31 March 2020, we extended this partnership by three years to at least 2028. Our partnership currently offers AA-branded loans and savings to both members and non-members. As at 31 October 2020, we had 96,000 financial services products across our credit cards, personal loans and savings portfolio. This represents a balance sheet of approximately £714 million of liabilities, broadly matched by deposits and both of which are held on the balance sheet of the Bank of Ireland. We believe that our membership base and brand both benefit from the business with over 50% of the non-ISA savings book held by members and 36% of our personal loans being written for vehicles as at 31 October 2020. As part of the extension of the relationship with the Bank of Ireland, the partnership now includes AA branded car finance products to sit alongside the savings and loans products.

Insurance underwriting

In January 2016, the AA plc Group launched its own underwriting business to complement the Holdco Group's existing brokerage operations. It has become common over the past few years for brokers in the markets for motor and home insurance to set up their own in-house underwriters. The AA plc Group's underwriter participates on our Holdco Group's brokering panels for home and motor insurance and competes with third-party underwriters for the underwriting risk. We believe that the AA plc Group's insurance underwriter can price risk effectively by accessing the Holdco Group's proprietary data on personal members, which directly benefits Holdco's Insurance segment. The AA plc Group mitigates its underwriting risk with high levels of reinsurance and coinsurance. During the year ended 31 January 2019, our in-house underwriter commenced underwriting motor insurance to non-members while using the Holdco Group's propriety data on personal members. As at 31 October 2020, 260,000 of our total 576,000 underwritten motor policies related to non-members. In addition, we are actively developing strategies to increase our online competitiveness and cross-selling capabilities to increase penetration levels within our existing member base. We are also looking to insure younger drivers in the near future, a demographic we do not currently target, for example, through our Smart Breakdown proposition.

The AA plc Group's in-house underwriting business remains well-capitalised under the Solvency II capital requirements and will continue to be funded with internally generated cash and from the profits of the underwriter. Any additional solvency capital would be funded from the profits of the underwriters and the AA plc Group's available cash.

It should be noted that the insurance underwriting business described above does not form part of the Holdco Group but is discussed as we believe the underwriting business complements the insurance brokerage business that sits within the Holdco Group.

The Holdco Group had two authorised insurance underwriting companies in the UK, AAUSL and AAUL, which were sold in May 2020 following receipt of regulatory approval. At completion, these companies had no live policies and were in run-off.

Employees and Locations

During the year ended 31 January 2020, our employees worked in the following teams and departments:

Department

 

Locations

 

Average number of employees

 

Road Operations

Oldbury & Basingstoke

4,782

Road Call Centres, Marketing and Driving Services

Cheadle Basingstoke & London

1,245

Insurance Broking

Basingstoke & London

844

Head office

Basingstoke & London

535

 

Intellectual Property

We have registered the domain name "www.theAA.com". We are also the registered owner of numerous community trademarks and national trademarks in several EU member states including the UK, including "AA", "The 4th Emergency Service", "BSM" and "DriveTech". We have entered into co-existence agreements with certain counterparties to regulate the use of the "AA" trademark and colour scheme within the UK and elsewhere. Our brand constitutes a significant part of the value of the Holdco Group. We rely primarily on trademarks and similar intellectual property rights to protect our brand. The success of our business depends on our continued ability to use our existing trademarks in order to increase brand awareness and, in particular, to develop our presence and activity in those markets where we are a new entrant. See "Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry-We may not be able to protect our brand and related intellectual property rights from infringement or other misuse by others and we may face claims that we have infringed the trademarks or other intellectual property rights of others".

Real Property

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the facilities that we currently operate and which the Directors believe are of importance to our operations. All of the following are located in the UK.

Location

 

 

Use of facility

 

 

Owned or leased

 

2nd and 8th Floor, 90 Long Acre, London WC2E 9RA

Head Office and Back Office

Leased

Fanum House, Basingstoke, Hampshire RG21 4EA

Back Office

Leased

Swallowfield One, Birchley Playing Fields,Wolverhampton Road, Oldbury, West Midlands

Emergency Breakdown Call Centre

Leased

Lambert House, Stockport Road, Cheadle SK8 2DY

Sales and Administration Call Centre

Freehold

Carr Ellison House, William Armstrong Drive, Newcastle Business Park, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE4 7YA

Sales and Administration Call Centre

Freehold

15th, 16th and 17th Floor, Capital Tower, Blackfriars Road, Cardiff CF10 3AE

Sales and Administration Call Centre

Leased

5th Floor, Tower Building Pera Business Park, Nottingham Road Melton Mowbray, LE13 OPB

Sales and Back Office - Prestige Business

Leased

Unit 2, Century Place, Lamberts Road, Royal Tonbridge Wells, Kent, TN2 3EH

Back Office - Underwriting Insurance Business

Leased

Millers House, Roydon Road, Stanstead, Abbots, Hertfordshire, SG12 8HG

Sales and Back Office - AA Cars Business

Leased

 

Employees and Pension Obligations

As at 31 October 2020, approximately 90% of the Holdco Group's employees were covered by a collective bargaining agreement which is in place with the IDU, now part of the Community Trade Union (the only formal trade union that we recognise). Collective bargaining arrangements are in place with our recognised union that cover pay, hours and holidays for non-management grade employees; however, what is considered negotiable is subject to consensus and agreement between the AA and the IDU from time to time. We also have several associated collective agreements in place covering redundancy with different severance terms dependent on the date employment commenced. We have not had any industrial dispute activities among our patrols or administrative and call centres in recent years, and we believe that we have a positive relationship with our employees. The average monthly number of persons employed under contracts of service was:

Year ended 31 January

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

Operational

6,028

6,214

6,313

Management and Administration

1,149

1,180

1,093

Total

7,177

7,394

7,406

 

On 7 March 2018, we received notification that former Executive Chairman, Bob Mackenzie, who was dismissed for gross misconduct on 1 August 2017, had on 6 March 2018 issued a claim form in the High Court, Chancery Division against AA plc, its subsidiary Automobile Association Developments Limited (referred to herein as the Companies) and personally against a number of their directors (existing and former) and the former Company Secretary. In November 2018, the claim against all the directors and the former Company Secretary was dismissed in full and Mr. Mackenzie was ordered to pay their costs. The majority of Mr. Mackenzie's claim arises from his exclusion from a share option scheme which, in any event, lapsed for all participants without any payment in June 2019. However, Mr. Mackenzie has also issued an amended claim which includes a new claim for personal injury allegedly suffered as a result of stress arising from his role as CEO and Chairman. The Companies have filed a full defence in relation to Mr. Mackenzie's amended claim. After further discussion with external counsel the Companies have decided to apply for a strike-out application in relation to the entirety of Mr. Mackenzie's claims against them. This application was filed in May 2020 and the Companies have been given a court date in March 2021 in respect of this. We anticipate Mr. Mackenzie will proceed with the claim against the Companies but maintain that it is not necessary for the AA plc Group or the Holdco Group to make a financial provision as we expect the defence will prevail.

Pensions and post-retirement medical

The AA plc Group operates two funded defined benefit pension schemes: (i) the AA Pension Scheme (the "AA UK Pension Scheme") and (ii) the AA Ireland Pension Scheme (the "AA Ireland Pension Scheme"). We also operate the AAPMP to provide private healthcare cover to certain categories of retired AA pensioners and their dependents.

AA UK Pension Scheme

The AA UK Pension Scheme was closed to employees who received offers of employment from 1 October 2016 and the final salary sections of the scheme were closed to future accrual with effect from 30 June 2017. The remaining members of the AA UK Pension Scheme accrued future service benefits in the CARE section of the scheme.

The valuation of the AA UK Pension Scheme calculated a pension deficit of £81 million under IFRS as at 31 October 2020. A triennial valuation for this scheme was carried out as at 31 March 2016, reporting a funding deficit of £366 million. The valuation before that was the 2013 Valuation. The most recent triennial valuation took place as at 31 March 2019 and resulted in a significant reduction to the technical provisions deficit of 64%, to £131 million.

In November 2013, in conjunction with agreeing the 2013 Valuation, we implemented the ABF with the AA UK Pension Trustee. The ABF provides the AA UK Pension Scheme with an inflation-linked income stream over 25 years. The ABF is intended to address the funding deficit disclosed in the 2013 Valuation over a 25-year period.

Typically, funding deficits are addressed over a much shorter period than 25 years and, in order to secure the AA UK Pension Trustee's agreement to this longer 25-year term under the ABF, the AA UK Pension Trustee has been granted first-ranking security up to a value of £200 million (through the ABF structure) over our brands. Following the valuation as at 31 March 2016, a nine-year plan of incremental funding was implemented, taking into account the continued funding of the previous deficit.

A new recovery plan has now been put in place and agreed with the AA UK Pension Trustee which assumes that the AA UK Pension Scheme's technical deficit will be fully repaid in July 2025, which is one year earlier than previously planned in terms of the additional funding element and 13 years earlier in terms of the ABF. To do this, the Holdco Group has committed to paying an additional (above the ABF payments) £10 million per annum from April 2020 to March 2021, £11 million per annum from April 2021 to March 2022 and £12 million per annum from April 2022 to July 2025. From 1 February 2020, the AA UK Pension Trustee will also meet its own costs of running the scheme. As a result, annual cash costs for the Holdco Group are expected to reduce by around £6 million. These contributions are, except where pre-agreed circumstances apply, intended to be maintained at current levels until 24 November 2025 pursuant to the MoU, which the AA plc and Basing Bidco entered into with the AA UK Pension Trustee as part of the Acquisition. See "Risk Factors-Risks Relating to our Pension Schemes and Post-Retirement Medical Plans-We are exposed to various risks in connection with the funding of our pension commitments under the AA UK Pension Scheme, our principal defined benefit plan, the AA Ireland Pension Scheme and our post-retirement medical scheme, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations".

In March 2020, we concluded our 60-day pension consultation with around 2,800 members through their IDU/management representatives in respect of our proposal to close the CARE section of the AA UK Pension Scheme, and as a result, the closure took effect from 31 March 2020. Closure of the CARE section is expected to protect against ongoing build-up of defined benefit risk for the Holdco Group and reduced pension cash costs by approximately £4 million per annum. The consultation resulted in a temporary enhancement to the defined contribution scheme being agreed for affected employees, which will cost approximately £11 million over three years starting from 1 April 2020.

However, neither the new recovery plan nor the closure of the CARE section guarantee that the funding deficit with respect to the AA UK Pension Scheme will not increase in the future and this may result in materially higher payments being required to be paid to the AA UK Pension Scheme to address such increased deficit. In the year ended 31 January 2020, the Holdco Group made deficit reduction payments of £25 million.

AA Ireland Pension Scheme

The AA Ireland Pension Scheme is much smaller than the AA UK Pension Scheme, with assets of approximately £50 million and a funding deficit of £19 million under IFRS as at 31 October 2020. It is closed to new entrants and future accrual of benefits. Following the sale of AA Ireland, the Holdco Group continues to retain the AA Ireland Pension Scheme, having transferred it to an English subsidiary, AA Corporation Limited.

Post-retirement medical scheme

The AAPMP is an unfunded post-retirement medical scheme, which is treated as a defined benefit scheme for accounting purposes and that is not open to new entrants but has active participants. As at 31 October 2020, the AAPMP showed a liability of £45 million under IFRS.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations relating to petrol/diesel disposal and environmental protection. We believe that we are in compliance with applicable requirements of such laws and regulations or operate under an applicable regulatory position statement. However, we could incur costs, such as fines and third-party claims for property and environmental damage, remediations or personal injury, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws and regulations.

Insurance

We have insurance coverage under various insurance policies for, among other things, property damage, our technical and office equipment and stock, our patrol vehicles, as well as coverage for business interruption, terrorism and directors and officers. We do not have insurance coverage for all interruption of operations risks because in our view, these risks cannot be insured or can only be insured on unreasonable terms. For example, there is no insurance coverage against the risk of failure by personal members to pay. We also have insurance policies covering employer and public liability, as well as for errors and omissions that may occur when broking insurance (professional indemnity insurance, which is required under the FCA regulatory regime).

We believe our existing insurance coverage, including the amounts of coverage and the conditions, provides reasonable protection, taking into account the costs for the insurance coverage and the potential risks to business operations. However, we can provide no assurances that losses will not be incurred or that claims will not be filed against us which go beyond the type and scope of the existing insurance coverage.

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in a number of legal proceedings that have arisen in the ordinary course of our business. In addition, we may be involved in non-ordinary course litigation, for example, with respect to legal proceedings brought against us by our former Executive Chairman, Bob Mackenzie following his dismissal for gross misconduct. See "-Employees and Pension Obligations" and "Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry-Litigation, roadside injuries or death or regulatory inquiries or investigations could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations". We do not expect the legal proceedings in which we are involved or with which we have been threatened, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The outcome of legal proceedings, however, can be extremely difficult to predict with certainty, and we can offer no assurances in this regard.

Regulatory Environment

In the UK, there are two main financial services regulators; the PRA (which broadly regulates banks and insurers from a prudential perspective) and the FCA (which regulates all firms from a conduct perspective as well as insurance intermediaries and investment firms from a prudential perspective).

The majority of the regulated business of the Holdco Group is UK insurance intermediation business carried on through Automobile Association Insurance Services Limited ("AAISL"). AAISL also has permission to undertake certain consumer credit and consumer hire business. AAISL is authorised and regulated by the FCA and currently subject to relatively limited minimum capital requirements (the higher of £5,000 and 2.5% of annual income from its regulated activities). AAISL has capital resources in excess of its minimum capital requirements. The Board of AAISL has independent Non-Executive Directors to ensure that AAISL continues to operate independently and responsibly.

AA Financial Services Limited ("AAFSL") is authorised and regulated by the FCA to undertake certain insurance mediation activities, provide credit brokerage services and to arrange for UK customers to enter into regulated mortgage contracts with the Bank of Ireland. AAFSL has entered into a 10 year contractual arrangement with the Bank of Ireland. AAFSL is currently subject to minimum capital requirements of the higher of £5,000 and 2.5% of annual income from its regulated activities.

The Holdco Group had two authorised insurance underwriting companies in the UK, AA Underwriting Limited ("AAUL") and Automobile Association Underwriting Services Limited ("AAUSL"). These companies were sold in May 2020 following receipt of regulatory approval. At completion, these companies had no live policies and were in run-off. See "-Our Products and Services-Insurance underwriting". Automobile Association Developments Limited ("AADL") writes insurance business which would otherwise be regulated; however, as it writes breakdown assistance only it is exempt from the general requirement that firms carrying out insurance business in the UK be regulated. AADL, which is part of the Holdco Group, conducts certain insurance intermediation activities, predominantly in the UK, as appointed representative of AAISL.

For further details on the regulatory regime affecting the Holdco Group, including the potential impact of Brexit, see "Regulatory Overview", "Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry-We operate almost exclusively in the UK and difficult conditions in the UK economy (including as a result of COVID-19 or Brexit) may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations" and "Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Regulatory and Legislative Matters".

Material Contracts

Business partner agreements

For the twelve months ended 31 October 2020, our ten largest business partners accounted for 15% of total revenue, of which the single largest partner is Lloyds Banking Group. See "Risk Factors-Risks relating to our Business and Industry. Our business relies on key contractual relationships with certain business customers, and the loss of any such business customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations".

REGULATORY OVERVIEW

Introduction

The majority of the regulated business of the Holdco Group is UK insurance intermediation business carried on through AAISL. AAISL also has permission to undertake certain consumer credit and consumer hire business. AAFSL was recently authorised by the FCA to undertake certain insurance mediation activities, provide credit brokerage services and to arrange for UK customers to enter into regulated mortgage contracts with the Bank of Ireland. AAFSL has entered into a 10 year contractual arrangement with the Bank of Ireland, which on 31 March 2020 extended by three years to at least 2028. There was also a small amount of regulated insurance business within the Holdco Group written by AAUL and AAUSL; however, both of these companies were sold in May 2020 following receipt of regulatory approval. At completion, these companies had no live policies and were in run-off. See "Business-Our Products and Services-Insurance underwriting". AADL writes insurance business which would otherwise be regulated; however, as it writes breakdown assistance only it is exempt from the general requirement that firms carrying out insurance business in the UK be regulated. AADL, which is part of the Holdco Group, conducts certain insurance intermediation activities, predominantly in the UK, as appointed representative of AAISL. At the AA plc Group level, AAUIC is authorised by the Gibraltar Financial Services Commission ("GFSC") and conducts certain insurance activities in the UK through its Solvency II passporting rights on a cross-border services basis. AAUIC is one of the firms on the panel of underwriters for the insurance brokerage business we carry out within the Holdco Group, but is not part of the Holdco Group itself and conducts business with the Holdco Group on an arm's length basis.

General

Regulation of the financial services industry in the UK is set out in FSMA which requires providers of financial services in the UK to be authorised and regulated by the relevant regulatory authority. The relevant regulatory authorities in the UK are the PRA and the FCA. The PRA is responsible for the prudential regulation of all banks, insurers and some designated investment firms. Although the PRA is responsible for the prudential regulation of these firms, they are in fact dual-regulated as the FCA regulates their conduct of business and consumer protection. For other financial services firms, including insurance intermediaries, fund managers, consumer credit and hire business, and investment firms, the FCA is the sole regulator in both prudential and conduct matters.

An authorised firm must comply with the requirements of FSMA as well as the supplementary rules made by the PRA and/or the FCA, as the case may be, under powers granted by FSMA. As there are no regulated insurance undertakings in the Holdco Group and the activities carried on by AAISL and AAFSL relate to insurance intermediation activities, the Holdco Group is subject to FCA supervision. There are a number of regulatory handbooks, but some important sources of the rules, and accompanying guidance, relevant to the insurance, insurance intermediary, mortgage intermediaries and consumer credit businesses undertaken within the Holdco Group include the Prudential Sourcebook for Mortgage and Home Finance Firms and Insurance Intermediaries ("MIPRU"), the Senior Management Arrangements Systems and Controls Sourcebook ("SYSC"), the Consumer Credit Sourcebook ("CONC"), the Mortgage Conduct of Business Sourcebook ("MCOBS") and the Insurance Conduct of Business Sourcebook ("ICOBS"), as well as the FCA's principles for businesses.

Insurers

The AA plc Group includes AAUIC, which is authorised and regulated by the GFSC and conducts certain insurance activities in the UK through its Solvency II passporting rights on a cross-border services basis. Gibraltar based insurers, including AAUIC which participate in AAISL's insurance underwriting panel, will continue to have the same market access in the UK as passporting rights will continue for firms operating between the UK and Gibraltar. See "-Brexit" below.

Insurance Intermediaries

Insurance intermediaries are authorised and regulated by the FCA and, similarly to insurers, must comply with certain conditions relating to capital and liquidity, corporate governance and risk management and controls, among others. These requirements are set out in Schedule 6 of the FSMA and further supported by the provisions of the FCA Handbook. The PRA Handbook does not, however, apply to insurance intermediaries. Due to the nature of the intermediation business relatively lower prudential requirements apply than those for insurers. The FCA has the power to cancel or vary a firm's permission, or to withdraw a firm's authorisation, under the same regime applicable to authorised insurers.

The Holdco Group contains two insurance intermediary companies, AAISL and AAFSL, who are both authorised and regulated by the FCA. AAISL and AAFSL are subject to relatively limited minimum capital requirements (the higher of £5,000 and 2.5% of annual income from the regulated activities of the intermediary). AAISL and AAFSL have capital resources in excess of its minimum capital requirements.

Regulatory capital requirements are subject to change, and such changes may have a significant impact on the Holdco Group's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Holdco Group may also be subject to changes in its regulatory environment in the future, including as a result of Brexit, which may change the level of capital the Holdco Group is required to hold. If the Holdco Group is unable to meet required minimum capital requirements, the Holdco Group's regulators may withdraw permission for it to continue operating its business.

Insurance Distribution Directive

The Insurance Distribution Directive regulates brokers and other intermediaries selling insurance products. The scope of the Insurance Distribution Directive is broader than the previous Insurance Mediation Directive and covers all sellers of insurance products, focussing especially on market integration, fair competition between distributors of insurance products and policyholder protection. Provisions of the Insurance Distribution Directive have been transposed in the UK through the FCA Handbook and following the UK's departure from the EU, these provisions continue to apply to UK insurance intermediaries.

Key features of the Insurance Distribution Directive are, among other things, mandatory disclosure requirements obliging insurance intermediaries to disclose to their customers the nature of remuneration they receive, including any contingent commissions, and in case the remuneration is directly payable by the customer the amount of the remuneration, or if the full amount of remuneration cannot be calculated, the basis of its calculation. Insurers carrying out direct sales are required to comply with information and disclosure requirements and certain conduct of business rules, including a general obligation to act honestly, fairly and professionally in accordance with customers' best interests.

Consumer Credit

Consumer credit and hire businesses are authorised and regulated by the FCA. Under the Consumer Credit Regime, relevant "regulated activities" include credit broking and entering into a "regulated credit agreement" as lender. The Consumer Credit Regime requires relevant entities of the Holdco Group to comply with detailed obligations covering areas such as financial promotions, customer communications, pre and post contractual requirements, responsible lending, cancellation, arrears, forbearance and debt advice. Relevant entities must also comply with certain conditions and requirements relating to corporate governance, internal systems and controls, advertising, pre-contract disclosure, the form and content of agreements, post-contract disclosure, default and termination, and judicial control and enforcement. Where a credit agreement is subject to the Consumer Credit Regime, it must contain certain prescribed information and terms in a set form. Where these strict requirements are not met, such agreements may be unenforceable and where this relates to agreements entered into before April 1, 2007, the agreements will be irredeemably unenforceable. Agreements entered into on or after April 1, 2007 may be enforceable with an order of the court. However, we cannot guarantee that such a court order can be obtained.

The Holdco Group contains one consumer credit and consumer hire business, AAISL and one credit brokerage business AAFSL, who are both authorised and regulated by the FCA. The FCA has the power to cancel or vary a firm's permission, or to withdraw a firm's authorisation, under the same regime applicable to authorised insurers and insurance intermediaries.

Non-compliance with certain other provisions of the CCA may also render customer agreements unenforceable against the borrower and result in there being no obligation on the borrower to pay interest and charges during the period of non-compliance, and require interest and charges that have already been collected to be refunded. Failure to provide certain post contractual documentation may also render the agreement unenforceable during the period of non-compliance. In addition, the FCA has placed increasing emphasis on compliance with the principle that a firm must pay due regard to the interests of its customers and treat them fairly. The "Treating Customers Fairly" (TCF) obligation requires FCA regulated firms, among other things, to demonstrate that senior management are taking responsibility for ensuring that consumer outcomes relevant to the business are delivered through maintaining an appropriate firm culture and good practice. Non-compliance with the CCA and/or non-compliance with the FCA's TCF or other principles may result in an enforcement action by the FCA.

Mortgage Intermediation Business

Mortgage intermediaries are authorised and regulated by the FCA, and have to comply with certain conditions and requirements including corporate governance and internal systems and controls. Mortgage intermediaries must also comply with the prescriptive requirements in MCOBS, which requires, amongst other things, a suitability assessment to be undertaken and information to be disclosed to potential borrowers. Failure to obtain authorisation by the FCA will result in the mortgage contract being unenforceable. However, the enforceability of the mortgage contract is not affected by non-compliance with MCOBS.

The Holdco Group contains one mortgage intermediation business, AAFSL, which is authorised and regulated for these purposes by the FCA but does not currently undertake any mortgage intermediation business. The FCA has the power to cancel or vary a firm's permission, or to withdraw a firm's authorisation, under the same regime applicable to authorised insurers and insurance intermediaries.

AAFSL is subject to relatively limited minimum capital requirements (the higher of £5,000 and 2.5% of annual income from the regulated activities of the intermediary). AAFSL has capital resources in excess of its minimum capital requirements.

Regulated Mortgage Contracts

In the United Kingdom, regulation of residential mortgage business under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA") came into force on 31 October 2004 (the "Regulation Effective Date"). Residential mortgage lending under the FSMA is regulated by the FCA (and prior to 1 April 2013, was regulated by its predecessor the FSA). Subject to certain exemptions, entering into a Regulated Mortgage Contract as a lender, arranging Regulated Mortgage Contracts and advising in respect of or administering Regulated Mortgage Contracts (or agreeing to do any of these things) are each regulated activities under the FSMA and the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Regulated Activities) Order 2001 (SI 2001/544) (as amended) (the "RAO") requiring authorisation and permission from the FCA.

If a mortgage contract was entered into on or after the Regulation Effective Date but before 21 March 2016, it will be a Regulated Mortgage Contract under the RAO if: (i) the lender provided credit to an individual or to trustees; and (ii) the obligation of the borrower to repay is secured by a first legal mortgage or (in Scotland) a first ranking standard security on land (other than timeshare accommodation) in the United Kingdom, at least 40 per cent. of which is used, or is intended to be used, as or in connection with a dwelling by the borrower or (in the case of credit provided to trustees) by an individual who is a beneficiary of the relevant trust, or by a related person. A related person (in relation to a borrower, or in the case of credit provided to trustees, a beneficiary of the relevant trust) is broadly the person's spouse or civil partner, near relative or a person with whom the borrower (or in the case of credit provided to trustees, a beneficiary of the trust) has a relationship which is characteristic of a spouse.

On and from the Regulation Effective Date, subject to any exemption, persons carrying on any specified regulated mortgage-related activities by way of business must be authorised under the FSMA. The specified activities currently are: (a) entering into a Regulated Mortgage Contract as lender; (b) administering a Regulated Mortgage Contract (administering in this context broadly means notifying borrowers of changes in mortgage payments and/or collecting payments due under the mortgage loan); (c) advising in respect of Regulated Mortgage Contracts; and (d) arranging Regulated Mortgage Contracts. Agreeing to carry on any of these activities is also a regulated activity. If requirements as to the authorisation of lenders and brokers are not complied with, a Regulated Mortgage Contract will be unenforceable against the borrower except with the approval of a court and the unauthorised person may commit a criminal offence. An unauthorised person who carries on the regulated mortgage activity of administering a Regulated Mortgage Contract that has been validly entered into may commit an offence, although this will not render the contract unenforceable against the borrower. The regime under the FSMA regulating financial promotions covers the content and manner of the promotion of agreements relating to qualifying credit and by whom such promotions can be issued or approved. In this respect, the FSMA regime not only covers financial promotions of Regulated Mortgage Contracts but also promotions of certain other types of secured credit agreements under which the lender is a person (such as the Legal Title Holders) who carries on the regulated activity of entering into a Regulated Mortgage Contract. Failure to comply with the financial promotion regime (as regards who can issue or approve financial promotions) is a criminal offence and will render the Regulated Mortgage Contract or other secured credit agreement in question unenforceable against the borrower except with the approval of a court.

The FCA's Mortgages and Home Finance: Conduct of Business sourcebook ("MCOB"), which sets out the FCA's rules for regulated mortgage activities, came into force on 31 October 2004. These rules cover certain pre-origination matters such as financial promotion and pre-application illustrations, pre contract and start-of-contract and post-contract disclosure, contract changes, charges and arrears and repossessions. Further rules for prudential and authorisation requirements for mortgage firms, and for extending the appointed representatives regime to mortgages, came into force on 31 October 2004.

A borrower who is a private person may be entitled to claim damages for loss suffered as a result of any contravention by an authorised person of the FCA rules, and may set off the amount of the claim against the amount owing by the borrower under the loan or any other loan that the borrower has taken with that authorised person (or exercise analogous rights in Scotland).

Distance Marketing

In the United Kingdom, the Financial Services (Distance Marketing) Regulations 2004 apply to, among other things, credit agreements entered into on or after 31 October 2004 by a "consumer" within the meaning of these regulations by means of distance communication (i.e. without any substantive simultaneous physical presence of the originator and the borrower). A regulated mortgage contract under the FSMA, if originated by a United Kingdom lender from an establishment in the United Kingdom, will not be cancellable under these regulations, but will be subject to related pre-contract disclosure requirements in MCOB. Certain other credit agreements will be cancellable under these regulations if the borrower does not receive prescribed information at the prescribed time, or in any event for certain unsecured lending. Where the credit agreement is cancellable under these regulations, the borrower may send notice of cancellation at any time before the end of the 14th day after the day on which the cancellable agreement is made, where all the prescribed information has been received, or, if later, the borrower receives the last of the prescribed information.

If the borrower cancels the credit agreement under these regulations, then: the borrower is liable to repay the principal, and any other sums paid by the originator to the borrower under or in relation to the cancelled agreement, within 30 days beginning with the day of the borrower sending the notice of cancellation or, if later, the originator receiving notice of cancellation; the borrower is liable to pay interest, or any early repayment charge or other charge for credit under the cancelled agreement, only if the borrower received certain prescribed information at the prescribed time and if other conditions are met; and any security provided in relation to the contract is to be treated as never having had effect for the cancelled agreement.

Appointed Representatives

AADL, which forms part of the Holdco Group, and FUL are appointed representatives of AAISL. AAISL is responsible for the acts and omissions of its appointed representatives in relation to the regulated activities it permits them to undertake. AAISL is under an obligation to monitor the activities of its appointed representatives to ensure that they act in accordance with their regulatory obligations and do not act beyond their agreed scope.

Supervision and Enforcement

The FCA has extensive powers to supervise and intervene in the affairs of an authorised person under FSMA. For example, it can require firms to provide information or documents or prepare a "skilled persons" report. It can also formally investigate a firm. The FCA has the power to take a range of disciplinary enforcement actions, including public censure, restitution, fines or sanctions and the award of compensation.

The FCA has concurrent powers under the Competition Act 1998 to enforce the competition law prohibitions (including allegations of infringements of Chapter 1/Article 101 and Chapter II/Article 102) in relation to the provision of financial services. The FCA is also granted the powers to refer market investigation references to the CMA for in-depth investigation if it identifies a feature or features of a market which give rise to potentially anti-competitive effects. The decision to bring a case ultimately rests with the CMA and will be resolved at that level.

Breakdown Insurance Exclusion

AADL is the entity responsible for the provision of our roadside assistance business. The Financial Services and Markets Act (2000) (Regulated Activities) Order 2001, which sets out activities which are regulated in the UK under FSMA, contains an exclusion under Article 12 for breakdown insurance providers the effect of which is that the provision of breakdown insurance which meets certain conditions does not involve the regulated activities or effecting or carrying out contracts of insurance. Consequently, companies providing roadside assistance within the exclusion are not required to be authorised by the PRA under Section 19 of FSMA. AADL currently benefits from this exclusion and is not therefore required to be, nor is it, an authorised insurer for the purposes of FSMA.

The relevant conditions that must be satisfied in order to qualify for the exclusion are that:

· the provider does not otherwise carry on any insurance business;

· the cover is exclusively or primarily for the provision of benefits in kind in the event of accident or breakdown of a vehicle; and

· the policy provides that the assistance:

o takes the form of repairs to or removal of the relevant vehicle;

o is not available outside the UK and Ireland, except where it is provided without the payment of additional premium by a person in the country concerned with whom the provider has entered into a reciprocal agreement; and

o is provided in the UK or Ireland, in most circumstances, by the provider's own work force under its direction rather than through an outsourcing arrangement.

Senior Managers and Certification Regime

The senior managers and certification regime ("SMCR") is a relatively new regulatory framework introduced by the FCA and PRA that aims to: (i) make sure that designated types of firms and groups have a clear and effective governance structure; and (ii) enhance the accountability and responsibility of individual senior managers (as defined below).

The SMCR conduct rules have applied to all FCA solo-regulated firms since December 2019. The SMCR is made up of the senior managers' regime, the certification regime and the conduct rules which replaced the approved persons regime and the senior insurance managers regime. The requirements of the SMCR vary slightly for FCA solo-regulated firms depending on whether the firm is categorised as a "core" firm, "enhanced firm" or "limited firm".

UK based insurance mediation businesses, insurance businesses, consumer credit businesses and mortgage intermediation businesses are subject to the SMCR. FSMA gives the FCA powers and responsibilities over individuals carrying out certain roles for or on behalf of an authorised firm within the UK financial services industry. The most senior people ("senior managers") who perform key roles known as senior management functions ("SMFs") will need appropriate approval before starting their roles. The FCA Handbook sets out which roles are senior management functions. Individuals who hold SMFs have a duty of responsibility in relation to their prescribed responsibilities. The FCA can take action against individuals who hold SMFs if there is a regulatory breach within their area of responsibility and they do not take reasonable steps to avoid the breach.

Under the SMCR, the FCA will not grant approval status to an individual to perform senior management functions unless it is satisfied that the individual is "fit and proper" to perform those functions. Senior managers are subject to certain conduct requirements as prescribed by the FCA. All relevant persons in the Holdco Group who are required to be approved under SMCR are appropriately registered with the FCA. As such, they are subject to certain ongoing obligations for which they are personally accountable to the FCA. They are expected to be fit and proper persons, and they must satisfy standards of conduct that are appropriate to the roles that they perform. The FCA has wide ranging powers under FSMA to act against any person who fails to satisfy these standards of conduct or who ceases to be fit and proper.

Every senior manager needs to have a "statement of responsibilities" that clearly says what they are responsible and accountable for. There are some specific responsibilities that firms need to give to their senior managers, known as "prescribed responsibilities". This is to ensure that there is a senior manager accountable for certain matters, including implementation and oversight of the SMCR in the firm and key conduct and prudential risks. A senior manager must also be responsible for each of the firm's business functions and activities (known as "overall responsibilities").

The FCA's SYSC also contains rules on the apportionment of significant responsibilities among an insurer's directors and other senior managers and, more generally, the systems and controls that insurers are required to have in place. In particular, firms must take reasonable care to establish and maintain effective systems and controls for compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and for countering the risk that they might be used to further financial crime.

The certification regime applies to employees whose role means it is possible for them to cause significant harm to the firm or its customers. These roles are called "certification functions". These individuals do not need to be approved by the FCA or PRA, but firms need to check and certify that they are fit and proper to perform their role at least once a year.

The conduct rules set minimum standards of individual behaviour in financial services. The conduct rules apply to almost all employees who engage in financial services activities, or linked activities, in a firm. Some conduct rules apply to all employees, while others only apply to senior managers.

Solvency II

Certain minimum regulatory capital requirements apply to AAUL and AAUSL. AAUL and AAUSL are subject to capital requirements imposed by the FCA. The EU Solvency II Directive (2009/138/EC), which took effect from 1 January 2016, introduced a capital adequacy regime in the EU affecting the financial strength of insurers and reinsurers within each Member State ("Solvency II"). The insurance business of AAUSL and AAUL was in run-off with relatively few remaining liabilities prior to, and at the time of, the Holdco Group's disposition of these entities in May 2020. AAUL was subject to the Solvency II requirements and AAUSL became subject to Solvency II requirements in the year ended 31 January 2020. In December 2019, the Holdco Group entered into a sale and purchase agreement to sell these entities, which were ultimately sold in May 2020 following receipt of regulatory approval. Certain capital requirements also apply to Used Car Sites Limited.

Brexit

On 23 June 2016, the UK held a referendum on its membership in the European Union ("EU"), in respect of which a majority of those who voted in the referendum voted in favour of Brexit. On 29 March 2017, the UK formally triggered Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty to begin the process of leaving the EU, and on 31 January 2020, the UK withdrew from membership in the EU and entered a transition period which expired on 31 December 2020. On 24 December 2020, the UK Government negotiated a trade agreement with the EU and the European Union (Future Relationship) Bill enables the UK Government to implement and ratify the agreements agreed between the UK and the EU.

Gibraltar based insurers, including AAUIC which participate in AAISL's insurance underwriting panel, will continue to have the same market access in the UK as passporting rights will continue for firms operating between the UK and Gibraltar. An agreement has been reached which establishes transitional arrangements for Gibraltar that will preserve the status quo of deemed-passporting for Gibraltarian firms after the end of the transition period. These transitional arrangements have been extended until Friday 31 December 2021 and can be further extended until such time as the permanent arrangements of the Gibraltar Authorisation Regime are in place. As the permanent arrangements have not yet been established, it is unclear what impact these arrangements will have on the UK legal and regulatory landscape, which could in turn have a significant impact on the Holdco Group. See "Risk Factors-Risks Relating to our Business and Industry-We operate almost exclusively in the UK and difficult conditions in the UK economy (including as a result of COVID-19 or Brexit) may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations".

Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts Regulations

In the United Kingdom, the Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts Regulations 1999 as amended (the "1999 Regulations"), together with (in so far as applicable) the Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts Regulations 1994 (together with the 1999 Regulations, the "UTCCR"), applies to agreements made on or after 1 July 1995 but prior to 1 October 2015 by a "consumer" within the meaning of the UTCCR, where the terms of such agreement have not been individually negotiated. Regulation 2 of the UTCCR revoked the Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts Regulations 1994, which applied to agreements entered into between 1 July 1995 and 30 September 1999 and were replaced by the UTCCR. The Consumer Rights Act 2015 (the "CRA") has revoked the UTCCR in respect of contracts made on or after 1 October 2015 but which largely retains the same unfair contract terms framework. The UTCCR or the CRA will apply to all consumer contracts entered into, or intermediated, by the AA group entities.

The UTCCR and the CRA provide that a consumer may challenge a term in an agreement on the basis that it is "unfair" and, therefore, not binding on the consumer or for the regulator to take enforcement action to stop the use of terms which are considered to be unfair (although the rest of the agreement will remain enforceable if it is capable of continuing in existence without the unfair term).

The UTCCR and the CRA will not generally affect terms which define the main subject matter of the contract, such as the borrower's obligation to repay the principal (provided that these terms are written in plain and intelligible language and are drawn adequately to the consumer's attention), but may affect terms that are not considered to be terms which define the main subject matter of the contract, such as terms imposing default charges or restricting refunds of fees if a customer cancels a service or settles early. For example, if a term permitting the lender to impose a default charge is found to be unfair, the borrower will not be liable to pay the default charge or, to the extent the borrower has paid it, will be able, as against the lender, or any assignee, to claim repayment of the default charge paid or to set-off the amount of the claim against the amount owing by the borrower under the loan or any other loan agreement the borrower has taken with the lender.

The extremely broad and general wording of the UTCCR and the CRA makes any assessment of the fairness of terms largely subjective and makes it difficult to predict whether or not a term would be held by a court to be unfair. It is therefore possible that any credit agreements and insurance agreements covered by the UTCCR may contain unfair terms which may result in the possible unenforceability of the terms of the underlying agreements.

COVID-19

In the light of the COVID-19 pandemic, the FCA has published guidance for mortgage lenders, mortgage administrators, home purchase providers and home purchase administrators. Under the guidance, if a customer requests it, lenders must grant a payment deferral for mortgage contract repayments. The FCA has also set out its expectations on enabling positive outcomes for mortgage consumers in the light of COVID-19. In particular, firms should be actively planning how they will resource their customer-supporting functions, how to ensure that their training and competence frameworks are effective and how to monitor and mentor their staff, should continue to monitor third-party firms they outsource to, ensuring that they are delivering the good customer outcomes that firms want; and should prioritise support for borrowers that are most at risk of harm, or who face the greatest financial difficulties. They must deliver outcomes that are right for the individual borrowers, rather than adopting "one size fits all" solutions.

In November 2020, the FCA released new guidance for mortgage brokers in light of COVID-19, providing that it continued to expect firms to extend the availability of payment deferrals until 31 July 2021. Specifically, the FCA stated that it expected firms to allow customers impacted by COVID-19 to defer up to six monthly payments in total, although they should not provide deferrals under this guidance for payments extending beyond 31 July 2021. Firms should also not give payment deferrals under this guidance to customers after 31 March 2021, unless they are already benefitting from one. However, the FCA expects firms to allow customers to extend ongoing payment deferrals under this guidance after 31 March 2021, to cover payments up to and including July 2021, provided that those deferrals cover consecutive payments. Finally, firms should not report a worsening status on a customer's credit file during any payment deferral period agreed under this guidance.

The FCA has stated that over the coming months, it will carry out supervisory multi-firm work to look at how firms have adapted to the challenges and the outcomes received by consumers. If it sees significant issues, it will intervene.

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

The following summary of the material terms of certain financing arrangements to which we and certain of our subsidiaries are a party does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the underlying documents.

Capitalised terms that are not defined below are either defined within the respective actual agreements or the glossary included elsewhere in this Supplemental Investor Report. See "Use of Certain Terms in this Supplemental Investor Report".

New Senior Term Facility Agreement

General

In connection with the Acquisition, Bidco entered into a commitment letter dated 25 November 2020 (the "Initial New Facilities Commitment Letter") with Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse International, Goldman Sachs International and Lloyds Bank Corporate Markets plc as mandated lead arrangers and Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse International, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC and Lloyds Bank Corporate Markets plc as underwriters. On 24 December 2020, Bidco entered into an amended Initial New Facilities Commitment Letter (the "Amended New Facilities Commitment Letter", and together with the Initial New Facilities Commitment Letter, the "New Facilities Commitment Letter") with, among others, Citibank N.A., London Branch, Credit Suisse International, Goldman Sachs International, J.P. Morgan Securities Plc and Lloyds Bank Corporate Markets plc as mandated lead arrangers (the "New STF Arrangers") and Citibank N.A., London Branch, Credit Suisse International, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch and Lloyds Bank Corporate Markets plc as underwriters (the "New STF Underwriters") of, among other things, a new senior term facility in a principal amount of up to £150,000,000 (the "New Senior Term Facility") to be provided by the lenders thereunder (the "New STF Lenders") in accordance with the terms of the New Senior Term Facility Agreement (as defined below). The agreement governing the New Senior Term Facility (the "New Senior Term Facility Agreement") is expected to be entered into on or prior to the Effective Date.

Certain of the terms of the New Senior Term Facility described below reflect the agreed terms as of the date of this Supplemental Investor Report and could change in the definitive documentation. The terms described below with respect to the New Senior Term Facility are subject to change and the closing of the New Senior Term Facility is subject to a number of conditions, including the consummation of the Acquisition and the related transactions. To the extent that any of the conditions with respect to the New Senior Term Facility are not satisfied, the New Senior Term Facility may not be available on the terms described herein or at all.

The proceeds of the New Senior Term Facility are to be applied to finance, refinance and replace: amounts under the Existing Senior Term Facility and related fees, costs, taxes and expenses.

Maturity

The New Senior Term Facility is available to be drawn by AA Senior Co Limited (the "Borrower") from the date of the New Senior Term Facility Agreement to the date falling 3 months after the Acquisition Closing Date (as defined in the New Senior Term Facility Agreement). The New Senior Term Facility will mature on the date falling five years after the date of the first utilisation of the New Senior Term Facility (the "New STF Final Maturity Date").

Margin and interest rate

The initial rate of interest payable on each loan drawn under the New Senior Term Facility is the aggregate of the applicable margin plus applicable LIBOR. The New Senior Term Facility contemplates that LIBOR will be amended at a later date. The initial margin in respect of the New Senior Term Facility will be 2.75 per cent. per annum.

Interest Periods

The Borrower will be permitted to select interest periods of one, three or six months (or any other period agreed with the New STF Agent, or as otherwise may be required to align to certain payment dates and/or accounting dates) for loans under the New Senior Term Facility (each a "New STF Loan").

Representations, warranties, covenants and undertakings

Consistent with the Existing Senior Term Facility, the Obligors will make representations, warranties, covenants and undertakings to the New STF Arrangers, the New STF Lenders, the Obligor Security Trustee and the New STF Agent substantially on the terms set out in certain schedules to the CTA, subject to certain amendments, exclusions, updates to, or additional, representations, warranties, covenants and undertakings as contained in the New Senior Term Facility.

Conditions to drawing

The conditions to drawing under the New Senior Term Facility shall include:

(a) delivery or waiver of applicable conditions precedent as set out in the New Senior Term Facility Agreement (which shall include, amongst others, delivery of a certificate of the Borrower or Bidco confirming (i) that either the Effective Date or the Offer Unconditional Date has occurred, (ii) the Acquisition Closing Date has occurred or will occur on or prior to the date of first utilisation, (iii) the applicable conditions required to be complied with under the CTA and STID with respect to Additional Financial Indebtedness (as defined herein) requirements and the drawdown of the New Senior Term Facility have been complied with or will be complied with on or prior to the date of first utilisation, and (iv) the "group" (in the case of this limb (iv) referring to Bidco and its Subsidiaries from time to time) has, directly or indirectly, received or will receive on or prior to the date of the first utilisation an amount of cash (whether by equity, capital contributions, shareholder debt, or otherwise, in each case in accordance with the existing financing of the AA plc Group)) equal to at least £261,000,000 (for application towards redemption of the Class B Notes) and Bidco or the group has, directly or indirectly, received or will receive on or prior to the date of the first utilisation an amount of cash equal to at least £17,000,000 (for application in or towards costs and expenses in connection with the Transactions)); and

(b) as at the proposed drawdown date: (i) no CTA Event of Default which is a Major Default (as defined below) is continuing, (ii) no Illegality Event (as defined below) has occurred, and (iii) no Change of Control (as defined below) has occurred.

For the purposes of the conditions to New Senior Term Facility drawdowns, "Major Default" shall be defined as a CTA Event of Default which has occurred and is continuing as at the relevant utilisation date in respect of (i) non‑payment of amounts of principal and interest due under the New Senior Term Facility Agreement and (ii) insolvency and insolvency proceedings (in each case in respect of the Borrower only, and excluding any procurement obligation or any other matter or circumstance in respect of, or breach by, any other person). "Illegality Event" shall mean an event such that it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a New STF Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by the New Senior Term Facility Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in a New STF Loan after the date of the New Senior Term Facility Agreement (or, if later, the date on which such New STF Lender becomes Party to the New Senior Term Facility Agreement as a New STF Lender).

Mandatory prepayments

The New Senior Term Facility (or amounts thereunder) shall be subject to cancellation and/or prepayment upon the occurrence of an Illegality Event (as defined above) and, at the option of the relevant New STF Lender, if a Sale (as defined below) or a Change of Control (as defined below) occurs.

Voluntary prepayments

The Borrower may, by giving not fewer than one Business Day's (or such shorter period as the New STF Lenders holding, in aggregate, commitments under the New Senior Term Facility of more than 662/3 per cent. of the total commitments under the New Senior Term Facility (the "New STF Majority Lenders") may agree) prior notice to the New STF Agent, prepay the whole or any part of the New STF Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the relevant New STF Loan by a specified minimum amount) (or such lesser amount as may be outstanding or as may be agreed by the New STF Agent).

Change of Control and STF Permitted Change of Control

The New Senior Term Facility Agreement shall define "change of control" as any person or group of persons acting in concert (excluding any Original Investor (as defined in the New Senior Term Facility Agreement) or member of management or person(s) approved by the New STF Majority Lenders, and any person or entity directly or indirectly controlled by any of them), acquiring and beneficially holding more than 50.01% of the issued voting shares of Topco or Holdco (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital). No Change of Control will be deemed to have occurred in respect of the Acquisition or in the event of an STF Permitted Change of Control (as described below).

Upon the occurrence of a change of control determined pursuant to the terms of the New Senior Term Facility Agreement ("a Change of Control") or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Holdco Group whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions to a person who is not a member of the Holdco Group (a "Sale"):

(a) the Borrower shall promptly notify the New STF Agent upon becoming aware of that event and the New STF Agent shall promptly thereafter notify the New STF Lenders;

(b) each New STF Lender shall have a period from the date on which such New STF Change of Control or Sale occurs until the date falling 30 days after the New STF Agent notifies the New STF Lenders as described in paragraph (a) above (the "New STF Change of Control Notification Period"), during which time the New STF Lender may notify the New STF Agent that it wishes to cancel its commitment in respect of the New Senior Term Facility and declare its participation in the New STF Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the New STF Finance Documents immediately due and payable, and the New STF Agent shall promptly thereafter notify the Borrower of each such notification by a New STF Lender;

(c) from the first day of any New STF Change of Control Notification Period until, and including, the date falling 10 Business Days after the end of the New STF Change of Control Notification Period, a New STF Lender shall not be obliged to fund the New STF Loan; and

(d) in respect of each New STF Lender which notifies the New STF Agent as described in paragraph (b) above, the commitment of that New STF Lender in respect of the New Senior Term Facility will be cancelled and all outstanding amounts in respect of the New STF Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the STF Finance Documents, will become immediately due and payable 10 Business Days after the end of the New STF Change of Control Notification Period.

A Change of Control under the New Senior Term Facility Agreement shall not be deemed to have occurred as a result of the Obligor Security Trustee gaining direct or indirect control of Holdco as a result of a Share Enforcement Event or a purchaser gaining direct or indirect control of Holdco as a result of a sale pursuant to a Share Enforcement Event (a "STF Permitted Change of Control") provided always that the person or entity which acquires direct or indirect control of Holdco is not a Restricted Person and provided that where a New STF Lender is unable (acting reasonably) to comply with or otherwise be satisfied with any applicable "know your customer" or similar identification requirements or sanctions requirements within the time periods set out in the New Senior Term Facility Agreement that New STF Lender may by 5 Business Days' notice cancel its commitment and declare that its participations in the New Senior Term Facility Agreement are immediately due and payable. Following the occurrence of a STF Permitted Change of Control, unless a Cash Accumulation Period (as defined in the New Senior Term Facility Agreement) has commenced (or commences during such Bank Debt Sweep Period (as defined in the New Senior Term Facility Agreement)) the period from the date of such STF Permitted Change of Control until the end of the Financial Year in which such STF Permitted Change of Control occurs and each of the subsequent Financial Years thereafter until and including the Financial Year ending 31 January 2026 shall be a Bank Debt Sweep Period and the Required Sweep Percentage (as defined in the New Senior Term Facility Agreement) in respect of each such Bank Debt Sweep Period shall be 100 per cent., such that the Borrower shall be required to prepay the outstanding New STF Loan(s) in an amount equal to the relevant amount of Excess Cashflow in respect of each such Bank Debt Sweep Period provided for in, and in accordance with the STID.

Default interest

Prior to the New STF Final Maturity Date, if the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a STF Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is 1.00% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non‑payment, constituted a New STF Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive interest periods, each of a duration selected by the New STF Agent (acting reasonably).

With effect from the New STF Final Maturity Date, interest shall accrue on each unpaid sum up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgement) at a fixed rate equal to 3.75% per annum.

Events of default

The CTA Events of Default will apply in respect of the New Senior Term Facility Agreement, subject to certain caveats and exclusions as contained in the New Senior Term Facility Agreement.

The ability of the New STF Lenders to accelerate any sums owing to them under the New Senior Term Facility Agreement upon or following the occurrence of a CTA Event of Default is subject to the STID.

Fees

Certain fees, costs, taxes and expenses will be payable in respect of the New Senior Term Facility, including certain arrangement and underwriting fees payable to the New STF Arrangers and New STF Underwriters and certain agency fees payable to the facility agent under the New Senior Term Facility Agreement.

Governing Law

The New Senior Term Facility Agreement and any non‑contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it will be governed by English law.

New Working Capital Facility Agreement

General

In connection with the Acquisition, Bidco entered into the Initial New Facilities Commitment Letter. On 24 December 2020, Bidco entered into the Amended New Facilities Commitment Letter with, among others, Barclays Bank PLC, Citibank N.A., London Branch, Goldman Sachs International and Lloyds Bank Corporate Markets plc as mandated lead arrangers (the "New WCF Arrangers") and Barclays Bank PLC, Citibank N.A., London Branch, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC and Lloyds Bank Corporate Markets plc as underwriters (the "New WCF Underwriters") of, among other things, a working capital revolving credit facility in a principal amount of up to £55,729,915 (the "New Working Capital Facility"). Subject to the terms of the New Working Capital Facility Agreement and any document relating to or evidencing the terms of an ancillary facility, lenders under the New Working Capital Facility Agreement (the "New WCF Lenders") may make available ancillary facilities to the Borrower in place of all or part of their unutilised commitment under the New Working Capital Facility (a "New WCF Ancillary Facility").

The agreement governing the New Working Capital Facility (the "New Working Capital Facility Agreement") is expected to be entered into on or prior to the Effective Date.

Certain of the terms of the New Working Capital Facility described below reflect the agreed terms as of the date of this Supplemental Investor Report and could change in the definitive documentation. The terms described below with respect to the New Working Capital Facility are subject to change and the closing of the New Working Capital Facility is subject to a number of conditions, including the consummation of the Acquisition and the related transactions. To the extent that any of the conditions with respect to the New Working Capital Facility are not satisfied, the New Working Capital Facility may not be available on the terms described herein or at all.

The proceeds of the New Working Capital Facility shall be applied to: (a) finance, refinance or replace amounts under the Existing Working Capital Facility, (b) discharge, redeem or cash collateralize letters of credit and/or bank guarantees outstanding on or about the Acquisition Closing Date (as defined in the New Working Capital Facility Agreement), (c) working capital purposes and/or (d) payment of certain fees, costs, expenses, stamp, registration and other taxes.

Maturity

The New Working Capital Facility will mature on the date falling five years after the Commencement Date (the "New WCF Final Maturity Date"). The "Commencement Date" is the later of: (i) the date of the New Working Capital Facility Agreement; and (ii) the date on which the New WCF Agent (as defined below) confirms all conditions precedent are satisfied (and therefore the New Working Capital Facility is available for drawing).The New Working Capital Facility is available to be drawn by AA Senior Co Limited (the "Borrower") from the Commencement Date until the date falling one month prior to the New WCF Final Maturity Date.

Margin and interest rate

The initial rate of interest payable on each loan drawn under the New Working Capital Facility is the aggregate of the applicable margin plus applicable LIBOR. The New Working Capital Facility contemplates that LIBOR will be amended at a later date. The initial margin in respect of the New Working Capital Facility will be 2.75 per cent. per annum.

Interest Periods

The Borrower may select interest periods of one week or one, two, three or six months (or any other period agreed with the New WCF Agent, or as otherwise may be required to align to certain payment dates and/or accounting dates) for loans under the New Working Capital Facility (each a "New WCF Loan").

Representations, warranties, covenants and undertakings

Consistent with the Existing Working Capital Facility Agreement the Obligors will make representations, warranties, covenants and undertakings to the New WCF Arrangers, the New WCF Lenders, the Obligor Security Trustee and the New WCF Agent substantially on the terms set out in certain schedules to the CTA, subject to certain amendments, exclusions, updates to, or additional, representations, warranties, covenants and undertakings as contained in the New Working Capital Facility Agreement.

Conditions to drawing

The conditions to drawing under the New Working Capital Facility shall include:

(a) delivery or waiver of applicable conditions precedent as set out in the New Working Capital Facility Agreement (which shall include, amongst others, delivery of a certificate of the Borrower or Bidco confirming (i) that either the Effective Date or the Offer Unconditional Date has occurred, (ii) the Acquisition Closing Date has occurred or will occur on or prior to the date of first utilisation, (iii) the applicable conditions required to be complied with under the CTA and STID with respect to Additional Financial Indebtedness (as defined herein) requirements and the drawdown of the New Working Capital Facility have been complied with or will be complied with on or prior to the date of first utilisation, and (iv) the "group" (in the case of this limb (iv) referring to Bidco and its Subsidiaries from time to time) has, directly or indirectly, received or will receive on or prior to the date of the first utilisation an amount of cash (whether by equity, capital contributions, shareholder debt, or otherwise in each case in accordance with the existing financing of the AA plc Group) equal to at least £261,000,000 (for application towards redemption of the Class B Notes) and Bidco or the group has, directly or indirectly, received or will receive on or prior to the date of the first utilisation an amount of cash equal to at least £17,000,000 (for application in or towards costs and expenses in connection with the Transactions)); and

(b) as at the proposed drawdown date: no CTA Event of Default (which, in the case of a drawing during the Certain Funds Period, is a Major Default (as defined below) is continuing.

For the purposes of the conditions to New Working Capital Facility drawdowns, "Major Default" shall be defined as a CTA Event of Default which has occurred and is continuing as at the relevant utilisation date in respect of (i) non‑payment of amounts of principal and interest due under the New Working Capital Facility Agreement and (ii) insolvency and insolvency proceedings (in each case in respect of the Borrower only, and excluding any procurement obligation or any other matter or circumstance in respect of, or breach by, any other person).

"Certain Funds Period" means the period commencing on the date of the Commitment Letter and ending on (and including) the date falling 10 Business Days after the Longstop Date (as defined in the Amended New Facilities Commitment Letter) unless on or prior to such date either (i) the Acquisition Closing Date (ii) the Effective Date or (iii) the Offer Unconditional Date has occurred, or such later date as may be agreed between (A) the Company and (B) the New WCF Arrangers who (or who are an Affiliate (as defined in the Amended New Facilities Commitment Letter) of the New WCF Underwriters who) hold commitments in respect of the New Working Capital Facility in an aggregate principal amount of more than 50 per cent. of the aggregate principal amount of all the commitments of the New WCF Underwriters in respect of the New Working Capital Facility at that time (acting reasonably and in good faith); provided that if such date is not a Business Day, the next Business Day thereafter.

Mandatory prepayments

The New Working Capital Facility (or amounts thereunder) shall be subject to cancellation and/or prepayment upon the occurrence of an Illegality Event (as defined above) and, at the option of the relevant New WCF Lender, if a Sale (as defined below) or a Change of Control (as defined below) occurs.

Voluntary prepayments

The Borrower may, by giving not fewer than one Business Day's (or such shorter period as the New WCF Lenders holding, in aggregate, commitments under the New Working Capital Facility of more than 662/3 per cent. of the total commitments under the New Working Capital Facility (the "New WCF Majority Lenders") may agree prior notice to the New WCF Agent, cancel the whole or any part of a New WCF Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of a New WCF Loan by a specified minimum amount) (or such lesser amount as may be outstanding or such other amount as may be agreed by the New WCF Agent).

Change of Control and WCF Permitted Change of Control

The New Working Capital Facility Agreement shall define "change of control" as any person or group of persons acting in concert (excluding, any Original Investor (as defined in the New Working Capital Facility Agreement) or member of management or person(s) approved by the New WCF Majority Lenders, and any person or entity directly or indirectly controlled by any of them), acquiring and beneficially holding more than 50.01% of the issued voting shares of Topco or Holdco (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital). No Change of Control will be deemed to have occurred in respect of the Acquisition or in the event of a WCF Permitted Change of Control.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control determined pursuant to the terms of the New Working Capital Facility Agreement (a "Change of Control") or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Holdco Group, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (a "Sale"):

(a) the Borrower shall promptly notify the New WCF Agent upon becoming aware of that event and the New WCF Agent shall promptly thereafter notify the New WCF Lenders;

(b) each New WCF Lender shall have a period from the date on which such New WCF Change of Control or Sale occurs until the date falling 30 days after the New WCF Agent notifies the New WCF Lenders as described in paragraph (a) above (the "New WCF Change of Control Notification Period"), during which time the New WCF Lender may notify the New WCF Agent that it wishes to cancel its commitment in respect of the New Working Capital Facility and declare its participation in all outstanding New WCF Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the WCF Finance Documents immediately due and payable, and the New WCF Agent shall promptly thereafter notify the Borrower of each such notification by a New WCF Lender;

(c) from the first day of any New WCF Change of Control Notification Period until, and including, the date falling 10 Business Days after the end of the New WCF Change of Control Notification Period no WCF Loan may be requested other than a rollover loan in respect of the New Working Capital Facility; and

(d) in respect of each New WCF Lender which notifies the New WCF Agent as described in paragraph (b) above, the commitment of that New WCF Lender will be cancelled and all outstanding New WCF Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the WCF Finance Documents, will become immediately due and payable 10 Business Days after the end of the New WCF Change of Control Notification Period.

A Change of Control under the New Working Capital Facility Agreement shall not be deemed to have occurred as a result of a WCF Permitted Change of Control provided always that the person or entity which acquires direct or indirect control of Holdco is not a Restricted Person and provided that where a New WCF Lender is unable (acting reasonably) to comply with or otherwise be satisfied with any applicable "know your customer" or similar identification requirements or sanctions requirements within the time periods set out in the New Working Capital Facility Agreement that New WCF Lender may by 5 Business Days' notice cancel its commitment and declare that its participations in the New Working Capital Facility Agreement are immediately due and payable. Following the occurrence of a WCF Permitted Change of Control, unless amounts remain outstanding under the New Senior Term Facility or a Cash Accumulation Period (as defined in the New Working Capital Facility Agreement) has commenced (or commences during such Bank Debt Sweep Period (as defined in the New Working Capital Facility Agreement)) the period from the date of such WCF Permitted Change of Control until the end of the Financial Year in which such WCF Permitted Change of Control occurs and each of the subsequent Financial Years thereafter until and including the Financial Year ending 31 January 2026 shall be a Bank Debt Sweep Period and the Required Sweep Percentage (as defined in the New Working Capital Facility Agreement) in respect of each such Bank Debt Sweep Period shall be 100 per cent., such that the Borrower shall be required to prepay the outstanding WCF Loan(s) in an amount equal to the relevant amount of Excess Cashflow in respect of each such Bank Debt Sweep Period provided for in, and in accordance with the STID.

Clean down

The Borrower is required to ensure that the aggregate of:

(a) all New WCF Loans, any overdraft or cash loan element outstanding in respect of the New WCF Ancillary Facilities and (without double counting) any cash loans covered by a letter of credit or guarantee issued under a New WCF Ancillary Facility; less

(b) any amount of Cash or Cash Equivalent Investments of the Holdco Group (other than any amount standing to the credit of a Designated Account) that is freely available to the Borrower for the purpose of discharging the financial indebtedness referred to in paragraph (a) above,

shall be reduced to zero for a period (a "New WCF Clean‑Down Period") of not less than three successive Business Days in the period between the Commencement Date and the Financial Year ended 31 January 2022 and in each subsequent Financial Year ending after the date of the first utilisation of the New Working Capital Facility. Not less than three months shall elapse between the end of one New WCF Clean‑Down Period and the beginning of the next New WCF Clean‑Down Period.

Default interest

Prior to the New WCF Final Maturity Date, if the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a WCF Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is 1.00% per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non‑payment, constituted a New WCF Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive interest periods, each of a duration selected by the New WCF Agent (acting reasonably).

With effect from the New WCF Final Maturity Date, interest shall accrue on each unpaid sum up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgement) at a fixed rate equal to 3.75% per annum.

Events of default

The CTA Events of Default will apply under the New Working Capital Facility Agreement, subject to certain caveats and exclusions as contained in the New Working Capital Facility Agreement.

The ability of the WCF Lenders to accelerate any sums owing to them under the New Working Capital Facility Agreement upon or following the occurrence of a CTA Event of Default will be subject to the STID.

Fees

The Borrower shall pay (or procure payment) to the New WCF Agent (for the account of each New WCF Lender) a commitment fee computed at the rate of 35% of the margin in respect of the New Working Capital Facility per annum on the undrawn available commitments in respect of the New Working Capital Facility from the Commencement Date. The accrued commitment fee will be payable on the last day of each successive three month period during the availability period of the New Working Capital Facility, on the last day of the availability period of the New Working Capital Facility and on the cancelled amount of the relevant New WCF Lender's commitment in respect of the New Working Capital Facility at the time the cancellation is effective.

Certain fees, costs, taxes and expenses will be payable in respect of the New Working Capital Facility, including certain arrangement and underwriting fees payable to the New WCF Arrangers and New WCF Underwriters and certain agency fees payable to the facility agent under the New Working Capital Facility Agreement.

Governing Law

The New Working Capital Facility Agreement and any non‑contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

New Liquidity Facility Agreement

General

In connection with the Acquisition, Bidco entered into the Initial New Facilities Commitment Letter. On 24 December 2020, Bidco entered into the Amended New Facilities Commitment Letter with, among others, Banco Santander, S.A., London Branch, Barclays Bank Plc, BNP Paribas, London Branch, Credit Suisse International, Goldman Sachs International and J.P. Morgan Securities Plc as mandated lead arrangers (the "New LF Arrangers") and Banco Santander, S.A., London Branch, Barclays Bank Plc, BNP Paribas, London Branch, Credit Suisse International, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch as underwriters (the "New LF Underwriters") of, among other things, a liquidity facility in a principal amount of up to £160,000,000 (the "New Liquidity Facility"). The purposes and conditions to drawing under the New Liquidity Facility shall be substantially similar to the Initial Liquidity Facility Agreement, save as agreed between the parties thereto, including pursuant to the Amended New Facilities Commitment Letter, and including that:

(i) the initial "Scheduled LF Termination Date" under the New Liquidity Facility shall be the date falling 364 days after the commencement date applicable to the New Liquidity Facility (being the date (the "Commencement Date") which is the later of the date of the New Liquidity Facility Agreement and the date on which the Liquidity Facility Agent confirms all conditions precedent (which such conditions precedent shall be substantially the same as the conditions precedent under the New Working Capital Facility) are satisfied (and therefore the New Liquidity Facility is available for drawing);

(ii) the "LF Termination Date" under the New Liquidity Facility shall be the earlier of: (a) the date on which AA Bond Co Limited has repaid or discharged all amounts due in respect of the Class A Notes or the date on which all Obligor Senior Secured Liabilities which are supported by the New Liquidity Facility have been repaid in full; (b) following an event of default under the New Liquidity Facility Agreement, the relevant date on which amounts outstanding under the New Liquidity Facility Agreement (including Standby Drawings), are declared due and payable; (c) the date of the final discharge of the Obligor Security Documents and the Issuer Deed of Charge; or (d) the date falling 30 years after the Commencement Date;

(iii) the initial commitment fee shall be 35 per cent. of the Liquidity Facility Margin, the initial Liquidity Facility Margin shall be 4.00 per cent. per annum and the initial Step‑Up Margin shall be 0.50% per annum (in each case subject to such changes and adjustments as may be agreed in accordance with the provisions of the New Liquidity Facility Agreement);

(iv) the New Liquidity Facility Agreement will contain renewal mechanics whereby the Borrower may request a renewal and extension of the New Liquidity Facility (and the commitments of the lenders in respect of the New Liquidity Facility), by giving not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days' notice prior to the Scheduled LF Termination Date. In the event that a lender fails to agree to a renewal and extension of its commitments in respect of the New Liquidity Facility (and in certain other circumstances as set out in the New Liquidity Facility Agreement) the Borrower shall be entitled to and, in certain circumstances, may be required to make a Standby Drawing (as defined in the New Liquidity Facility Agreement) of such amounts, which such amount shall be credited to the relevant Liquidity Facility Standby Account (as defined in the New Liquidity Facility Agreement); and

(v) the New Liquidity Facility Agreement will contain representations and warranties, covenants, undertakings and events of default substantially consistent with those contained in the Initial Liquidity Facility Agreement, subject to certain amendments, caveats, exclusions, updates to such representations, warranties, covenants, undertaking and events of defaults as contained in the New Liquidity Facility Agreement.

The agreement governing the New Liquidity Facility (the "New Liquidity Facility Agreement") is expected to be entered into on or prior to the Effective Date. Certain of the terms of the New Liquidity Facility described above reflect the agreed terms as of the date of this Supplemental Investor Report and could change in the definitive documentation. The terms described above with respect to the New Liquidity Facility are subject to change and the closing of the New Liquidity Facility is subject to a number of conditions, including the consummation of the Acquisition and the related transactions. To the extent that any of the conditions with respect to the New Liquidity Facility are not satisfied, the New Liquidity Facility may not be available to the Borrower or the Issuer on the terms described herein or at all.

Borrower Hedging Agreements

The Borrower may enter into various interest rate and currency swap transactions with the Borrower Hedge Counterparties in conformity with the Hedging Policy. The Borrower currently hedges its floating rate exposure under the Existing Senior Term Facility. The Borrower and consortium are reviewing the alternatives to deal with the hedging for the New Senior Term Facility. These alternatives include restructuring the existing hedges and/or closing out the old ones and transacting new hedges.

Issuer Hedging Agreements

The Issuer may enter into various interest rate and currency swap transactions with the Issuer Hedge Counterparties in conformity with the Hedging Policy. The Issuer does not currently have any hedging transactions in place.

 

 

 

AA INTERMEDIATE CO LIMITED

 

 

QUARTERLY REPORT

 

 

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED 31 OCTOBER 2020

 

 

 

Consolidated income statement

Note

Nine months ended

October

2020

£m

Nine months ended

October

2019

£m

Revenue

2

703

724

Cost of sales

(267)

(284)

Gross profit

436

440

Administrative and marketing expenses

(266)

(263)

Operating profit

170

177

Finance income

5

2

-

Finance costs

6

(134)

(116)

Profit before tax

38

61

Tax expense

7

(9)

(12)

Profit for the period

29

49

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated income statement.

 

 

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

Note

Nine months ended

October

2020

£m

Nine months ended

October

2019

£m

Profit for the period

29

49

Other comprehensive income on items that may be reclassified to the income statement in subsequent years

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

(1)

-

Tax effect

1

-

-

-

Other comprehensive income on items that will not be reclassified to the income statement in subsequent years

Remeasurement losses on defined benefit schemes

20

(1)

(37)

Tax effect

-

7

(1)

(30)

Total other comprehensive income

(1)

(30)

Total comprehensive income for the period

28

19

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

 

 

Consolidated statement of financial position

 

 

Note

October

2020

£m

January 2020

£m

Non-current assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets

9

1,348

1,350

Property, plant and equipment

10

49

52

Right-of-use assets

11

50

65

Investments in joint ventures and associates

5

5

Financial assets at amortised cost

12

4

4

Deferred tax assets

5

9

1,461

1,485

Current assets

Inventories

4

4

Trade and other receivables

13

218

182

Current tax receivable

3

-

Amounts owed by parent undertakings

8

1,215

1,214

Cash and cash equivalents

14

156

94

1,596

1,494

Assets classified as held for sale

-

8

Total assets

3,057

2,987

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

15

(452)

(411)

Amounts due to parent undertakings

8

(71)

(48)

Current tax payable

-

(7)

Borrowings and loans

17

-

(200)

Derivative financial instruments

19

(1)

-

Lease liabilities

(18)

(23)

Provisions

16

(3)

(5)

(545)

(694)

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings and loans

17

(2,748)

(2,535)

Derivative financial instruments

19

(3)

(2)

Lease liabilities

(31)

(40)

Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

20

(145)

(162)

Provisions

16

(7)

(6)

(2,934)

(2,745)

Total liabilities

(3,479)

(3,439)

Net liabilities

(422)

(452)

 

Equity

Cash flow hedge reserve

(2)

(2)

Retained earnings

(420)

(450)

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

(422)

(452)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement of financial position.

 

 

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

 

Share capital

£m

Cash flow hedge reserve

£m

Retained earnings

£m

Total

£m

At 1 February 2019

-

-

(568)

(568)

Profit for the period

-

-

49

49

Other comprehensive income

-

-

(30)

(30)

Total comprehensive income

-

-

19

19

Share-based payments

-

-

2

2

At 31 October 2019

-

-

(547)

(547)

At 31 January 2020

-

(2)

(450)

(452)

Profit for the period

-

-

29

29

Other comprehensive income

-

-

(1)

(1)

Total comprehensive income

-

-

28

28

Share-based payments

-

-

2

2

At 31 October 2020

-

(2)

(420)

(422)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement of changes in equity.

 

 

 

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Note

Nine

months ended

October 2020

£m

Nine

months

ended

October 2019

£m

Profit before tax

38

61

Amortisation and depreciation

9, 10, 11

68

61

Net finance costs

5, 6

132

116

Difference between pension charge and cash contributions

(15)

(16)

Other adjustments to profit before tax

3

-

Working capital and provisions:

Increase in trade and other receivables

(36)

(7)

Increase in trade and other payables

37

43

Decrease in provisions

(1)

(1)

Total working capital and provisions adjustments

-

35

Net cash flows from operating activities before tax

226

257

Tax paid

(15)

(7)

Net cash flows from operating activities

211

250

Investing activities

Capital expenditure

(45)

(54)

Payment for acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

(1)

(8)

Investment in joint venture

(1)

-

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries, net of cash sold

(1)

-

Net cash flows used in investing activities

(48)

(62)

Financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings

525

15

Issue costs on borrowings

(8)

-

Debt repayment premium and penalties

(6)

-

Repayment of borrowings

(525)

(15)

Refinancing transactions

(14)

-

Interest paid on borrowings

(74)

(67)

Lease capital repayments net of proceeds from sale of fixed assets

(18)

(16)

Payment of lease interest

(3)

(3)

Net cash flows from financing activities

(109)

(86)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

54

102

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

102

20

Cash and cash equivalents

14

156

122

The cash flows from operating activities are stated net of cash outflows relating to adjusting operating items of £4m (October 2019: £5m). These items comprised £4m related to the closure costs of the CARE section of the AAUK pension scheme and the transitional agreement made with employees in that scheme (October 2019: £nil), costs of strategic initiatives of £3m (October 2019: £4m), conduct and regulatory costs of £nil (October 2019: £1m) and £3m related to emergency IT expenditure incurred setting up home working due to the COVID-19 pandemic (October 2019: £nil), offset by £6m related to government furlough support in respect of COVID-19 (October 2019: £nil).

Other adjustments to profit before tax relate to share-based payments of £2m (October 2019: £2m), a loss on disposal of subsidiaries of £1m (October 2019: £nil), impairment of investments in joint ventures of £1m (October 2019: £nil) and a profit on disposal of non-current assets of £1m (October 2019: £2m).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

 

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

1 Basis of preparation

 

a) Accounting policies

Except for the preparation of a consolidated income statement for the three month interim period ended 31 October 2020, the accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34 'Interim Financial Reporting' (IAS 34) and the Financial Conduct Authority's Disclosure and Transparency Rules. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and disclosures required in the annual financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the Group's annual financial statements as at 31 January 2020.

The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements are consistent with those followed in the preparation of the Group's annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2020 which were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and have been applied consistently across all periods.

These financial statements do not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of Section 435 of the Companies Act 2006. Statutory accounts for the year to 31 January 2020 were approved by the Board of Directors on 25 June 2020 and delivered to the Registrar of Companies. The report of the auditors on those accounts was unqualified and did not contain any statement under Section 498 of the Companies Act 2006.

b) Going concern

The Group's operations are cash generative with a large proportion of its revenues coming from recurring transactions. The significant customer loyalty demonstrated by high renewal rates and lengthy customer tenure underpins this and, in addition to the cash balances at the reporting date, the Group has agreed undrawn credit facilities.

On 25 November 2020, it was announced that the Company's ultimate parent undertaking, AA plc, had reached agreement with a newly formed joint venture company indirectly owned in equal shares by (i) funds advised by TowerBrook Capital Partners (U.K.) LLP or its affiliates; and (ii) private equity funds managed by Warburg Pincus LLC or its affiliates (together the "Consortium") on the terms of a recommended cash offer for the entire issued and to be issued ordinary share capital of AA plc. It is intended that the Acquisition will be implemented by way of a court-sanctioned scheme of arrangement (the "Scheme"). The Scheme was approved by shareholders on 14 January 2021 at a court meeting and then at a General Meeting (see note 24) and is subject to court sanction hearing and regulatory approval. The transaction includes a commitment from the Consortium for an injection of new equity into the Group of £261m following completion to be used in the refinancing of the Class B2 Notes and a subsequent injection of £100m to be used in the refinancing of the Class A5 Notes, being the Notes with the nearest maturity dates. The equity injection has been formalised in an Equity Commitment Letter providing the Directors with the assurance that should the transaction complete, the leverage of the Group will be significantly reduced. As set out in the AA plc's Rule 2.7 announcement of the proposed acquisition on 25 November 2020 in the absence of the Acquisition proceeding the Directors consider that there would be significant uncertainty as to whether the Group would be able to refinance its debt including the maturing Class A notes and Class B notes within the terms of the current WBS structure.

The Group expects to issue £280m of Class B3 Notes in January 2021 which, alongside the £261m of new equity noted above and the surrender for cancellation of £29m of Class B2 Notes held by the Group's ultimate parent AA plc, will enable the repayment in full of the £570m of Class B2 Notes currently outstanding. The Consortium have secured a bond backstop (the "Secured Bridge Facility") of £280m which can be used to repay the Class B2 Notes, if required, following the change of control if the new Class B3 Notes have not been issued at that point and Class B2 Noteholders have exercised their put option. The Consortium have also secured a new £150m Senior Term Facility and £55m Working Capital Facility, to replace the Group's existing facilities which are also subject to change of control provisions.

The Class A5 Notes have a maturity date of 31 January 2022. Other than in respect of the change of control clauses, there is no other debt with a maturity date within 12 months from the issue of these financial statements.

The Directors propose a refinancing of the Class A5 Notes in advance of their maturity on 31 January 2022 and drawing upon the remaining £100m of new equity referred to above. The Directors have been informed by their financial advisors that the outstanding Class A Notes are trading at a price near par with yields of c.4% which indicate that the debt market considers the refinancing risk of the Class A5 Notes to be low.

 

Given the significant deleveraging of the debt at both A Notes and B Notes level, the current pricing of A Notes in the secondary debt markets and the existing Investment Grade rating of BBB- of the A Notes to be issued, the Directors are, on this basis, confident that this refinancing will be successful.

The Directors have considered these points along with the projected cash flows, for a period of one year from the date of approval of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements and have concluded that they have confidence that the Group will have sufficient funds to continue trading for this period and will be able to secure financing so as to be able to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due. However, as noted above, the refinancing of the Class A5 Notes, due on 31 January 2022 is not committed at the date of issue of these interim financial statements. In addition, the Acquisition by the Consortium remains subject to court sanction hearing and to regulatory approval. Both of these circumstances indicate that material uncertainties exist that may cast significant doubt on the Group's ability to continue as a going concern for a period of in excess of a year from the date of issue of these financial statements.

The financial statements do not include the adjustments that would result if the group was unable to continue as a going concern.

c) Alternative performance measures

The nature of the Group's operations means that for management's decision making and internal performance management the key performance metric is earnings before net finance costs, tax, adjusting operating items, share-based payments, pension service charge adjustment, depreciation and amortisation (referred to as Trading EBITDA, see note 3).

d) Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The principal estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying value amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial period are consistent with those disclosed in the financial statements for the year ended 31 January 2020.

 

 

2 Segmental information and revenue disaggregation

The Group has two key segments - Roadside and Insurance. Head Office costs have been allocated to these two key segments as these costs principally directly support the operations of these segments. Head Office costs are predominately allocated on a percentage of revenue basis.

The two reportable operating segments are as follows:

· Roadside: This segment is the largest part of the AA business. The AA provides a nationwide service, sending patrols out to members stranded at the side of the road, repairing their vehicles where possible and getting them back on their way quickly and safely. In addition, this segment includes the AA and BSM driving schools and DriveTech which provides driver training and educative programmes.

· Insurance: This segment includes the insurance brokerage activities of the AA, primarily in arranging motor and home insurance for customers and its intermediary financial services business.

During the year and reflecting the way that the Group is now managed, the Group has determined that its AA Cars business should be included within the Insurance segment, having previously been included in the Roadside segment. This has been reflected in the below analysis of segmental performance and corresponding comparatives.

 

Nine

months ended

October 2020

£m

Nine

months

ended

October

2019*

£m

Revenue

Roadside

598

619

Insurance

105

105

Revenue

703

724

Trading EBITDA

Roadside

213

205

Insurance

34

41

Trading EBITDA

247

246

Share-based payments

(2)

(2)

Pension service charge adjustment

(3)

(3)

Amortisation and depreciation

(68)

(61)

Operating profit before adjusting operating items

174

180

Adjusting operating items

(4)

(3)

Operating profit

170

177

Net finance costs

(132)

(116)

Profit before tax

38

61

 

All segments operate principally in the UK. Revenue by destination is not materially different from revenue by origin.

Segment performance is primarily evaluated using the Group's key performance measures of revenue and Trading EBITDA as well as operating profit before adjusting operating items.

Adjusting operating items, net finance costs and tax expense are not allocated to individual segments as they are managed on a group basis. Segmental information is not presented for items in the statement of financial position as management does not view this information on a segmental basis.

 

 

Operating profit before adjusting operating items

Roadside

Insurance

Nine

months ended

October 2020

£m

Nine

months ended

October 2019*

£m

Nine

months ended

October 2020

£m

Nine

months ended

October 2019*

£m

Trading EBITDA

213

205

34

41

Share-based payments

(2)

(1)

-

(1)

Pension service charge adjustment

(3)

(3)

-

-

Amortisation and depreciation

(61)

(56)

(7)

(5)

Operating profit before adjusting operating items

147

145

27

35

 

Disaggregation of revenue:

Nine

months ended

October 2020

£m

Nine

months

ended

October 2019*

£m

Roadside:

Consumer (B2C)

Insured contracts

356

361

Pay for use contracts1

34

36

Business Services (B2B)

Insured contracts

27

27

Pay for use contracts1

128

124

Roadside other*

53

71

Total Roadside

598

619

Insurance:

Brokering activities*

92

91

Insurance other*

13

14

Total Insurance

105

105

Total revenue

703

724

1 Pay for use contracts relate to contracts that take into account the volume of breakdowns.

 

*Insurance other now comprises the Group's AA Cars and Financial Services businesses, which were previously included in Roadside other and Insurance brokering activities respectively. Roadside other comprises the Group's Driving Schools, DriveTech and Prestige businesses as well as a number of other smaller operations. This better reflects the nature of their products and the way that the Group is now managed. The segmental analysis and revenue disaggregation figures for the nine months ended October 2019 have been restated to reflect this change.

 

 

3 Adjusted performance measures

 

These financial statements report results and performance both on a statutory and non-GAAP (non-statutory) basis. The Group's adjusted performance measures are non-GAAP (non-statutory) financial measures and are included in these financial statements as they are key financial measures used by management to evaluate performance of business segments. The measures enable investors to more easily and consistently track the underlying operational performance of the Group and its business segments. Some of the measures are also required under our debt documents for debt covenant calculations.

Trading EBITDA is profit after tax on a continuing basis as reported, adjusted for depreciation, amortisation, adjusting operating items, share-based payments, pension service charge adjustment, net finance costs and tax expense.

The pension service charge adjustment relates to the difference between the cash contributions to the pension scheme for ongoing contributions and the calculated annual service costs.

 

Reconciliation of Trading EBITDA to operating profit

 

Trading EBITDA is calculated as operating profit before adjustments as shown in the table below:

 

Note

Nine months ended

October 2020

£m

Nine months ended

October 2019

£m

Trading EBITDA

2

247

246

Share-based payments

(2)

(2)

Pension service charge adjustment

(3)

(3)

Amortisation and depreciation

9, 10, 11

(68)

(61)

Adjusting operating items

4

(4)

(3)

Operating profit

170

177

 

Trading EBITDA excludes discontinued operations and the effects of significant items of income and expenditure which may have an impact on the quality of earnings, such as restructuring costs, legal expenses and impairments when the impairment is the result of an isolated, non-recurring event. It also excludes the effects of share-based payments, defined benefit pension service charge adjustment, amortisation, depreciation and unrealised gains or losses on financial instruments.

 

These specific adjustments are made between the GAAP measure of operating profit and the non-GAAP measure of Trading EBITDA because Trading EBITDA is a performance measure required and clearly defined under the terms of our debt documents and is used for calculating our debt covenants. Given the significance of the Group debt, Trading EBITDA is a key measure for our bondholders and therefore management. In addition, the Group shows Trading EBITDA to enable investors and management to more easily and consistently track the underlying operational performance of the Group and its business segments.

 

 

4 Adjusting operating items

 

Nine

months

ended

October

2020

£m

Nine months

ended

October 2019

£m

Adjusting operating items

4

3

In the current period, adjusting operating items comprised £4m related to the closure costs of the CARE section of the AAUK pension scheme and the transitional agreement made with employees in that scheme, £4m related to strategic review projects, a £1m loss on disposal of subsidiaries (see note 23), a £1m impairment of investments in joint ventures and £3m related to emergency IT expenditure incurred setting up home working due to the COVID-19 pandemic, offset by £6m related to government furlough support in respect of COVID-19, a £2m release of a provision for conduct and regulatory costs and a £1m profit on disposal of non-current assets.

As noted above, we have separately identified the incremental costs directly attributable to COVID-19 and the credit received from government furlough support within adjusting operating items. The trading effects from COVID-19 are reflected within Trading EBITDA.

In the prior period, adjusting operating items comprised £4m related to strategic review projects and £1m related to conduct and regulatory costs, offset by a £2m profit on disposal of non-current assets.

Costs from the current period refinancing in February 2020 were directly attributable to the issue and repayment of loan notes and have therefore been included either in finance costs or in borrowings as debt issue fees (see notes 6 and 18).

 

 

5 Finance income

 

Nine

months ended

October 2020

£m

Nine

months ended

October 2019

£m

Net finance income on defined benefit pension schemes

2

-

Total ongoing non-cash finance income

2

-

Total finance income

2

-

 

 

6 Finance costs

 

Nine

months ended

October 2020

£m

Nine

months ended

October 2019

£m

Interest on external borrowings

104

98

Finance charges payable on lease liabilities

2

3

Total ongoing cash finance costs

106

101

Ongoing amortisation of debt issue fees

7

10

Fair value movement on interest rate swaps

1

1

Net finance expense on defined benefit pension schemes

-

4

Total ongoing non-cash finance costs

8

15

Early repayment penalty

6

-

Debt issue fees immediately written off following repayment of borrowings

5

-

Total adjusting cash finance costs

11

-

Unamortised debt issue fees written off following repayment of borrowings

9

-

Total adjusting non-cash finance costs

9

-

Total finance costs

134

116

 

During the current period, the Group issued £325m of Class A8 Notes in exchange for £325m of Class A5 Notes (see note 18). As a result, the Group incurred adjusting finance costs associated with this refinancing of £20m, consisting of £6m of exchange premium, £5m of transaction fees and a £9m write-off of unamortised issue fees associated with the Class A5 Notes.

 

 

7 Tax

 

The major components of the income tax expense are:

 

Nine

months ended

October 2020

£m

Nine

months ended

October 2019

£m

Consolidated income statement

Current income tax

Current income tax charge

5

9

5

9

Deferred tax

Relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences - current year

4

3

4

3

Tax charge in the income statement

9

12

 

Tax for the period has been calculated by applying the forecast effective tax rate for the full year to the profit before tax result for the period.

 

UK corporation tax rate was expected to reduce from 19% to 17% on 1 April 2020 and therefore deferred tax was recognised at a rate of 17% as at 31 January 2020. The March 2020 budget announced that the reduction in tax rate would be cancelled and the 19% rate retained after 1 April 2020. Retaining the 19% rate has resulted in a remeasurement of the deferred tax asset to 19% which has been offset by permanent differences in the tax computation relating to company disposals, share-based payments and corporate interest restriction.

 

 

8 Amounts owed by/due to parent undertakings

 

Amounts owed by/due to parent undertakings are unsecured, have no repayment terms and bear no interest.

 

 

9 Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

Goodwill

£m

Customer relationships

£m

Software

£m

Total

£m

Cost

At 1 February 2019

1,197

-

248

1,445

Additions

-

11

55

66

Disposals

-

-

(7)

(7)

At 31 January 2020

1,197

11

296

1,504

At 1 February 2020

1,197

11

296

1,504

Additions

-

-

40

40

Reclassification

-

-

(2)

(2)

Disposals

-

-

(37)

(37)

At 31 October 2020

1,197

11

297

1,505

Amortisation and impairment

At 1 February 2019

27

-

92

119

Amortisation

-

1

41

42

Disposals

-

-

(7)

(7)

At 31 January 2020

27

1

126

154

At 1 February 2020

27

1

126

154

Amortisation

-

1

38

39

Disposals

-

-

(36)

(36)

At 31 October 2020

27

2

128

157

Net book value

At 31 October 2020

1,170

9

169

1,348

At 31 January 2020

1,170

10

170

1,350

 

The goodwill balance was considered for impairment indicators at 31 October 2020. Up to date discounted cash flow forecasts continue to support the carrying amount of the principal components of goodwill with significant headroom therefore no impairment indicators were identified.

 

 

10 Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

Freehold land &

buildings

£m

Buildings on long leasehold land £m

Vehicles

£m

Plant & equipment

£m

Total

£m

Cost or valuation

At 1 February 2019

24

12

2

78

116

Additions

-

-

2

7

9

Reclassification

-

(5)

-

5

-

Disposals

-

-

-

(10)

(10)

At 31 January 2020

24

7

4

80

115

At 1 February 2020

24

7

4

80

115

Additions

-

-

-

5

5

Reclassification

-

-

-

2

2

Disposals

-

-

(4)

(10)

(14)

At 31 October 2020

24

7

-

77

108

Depreciation and impairment

At 1 February 2019

8

4

2

45

59

Charge for the period

1

-

2

11

14

Disposals

-

-

-

(10)

(10)

At 31 January 2020

9

4

4

46

63

At 1 February 2020

9

4

4

46

63

Charge for the period

1

-

-

7

8

Disposals

-

-

(4)

(8)

(12)

At 31 October 2020

10

4

-

45

59

Net book value

At 31 October 2020

14

3

-

32

49

At 31 January 2020

15

3

-

34

52

 

 

11 Right-of-use assets

 

 

Property

£m

Vehicles

£m

Plant & equipment

£m

Total

£m

Cost or valuation

At 1 February 2019

22

111

8

141

Additions

1

33

-

34

Disposals

-

(71)

-

(71)

At 31 January 2020

23

73

8

104

At 1 February 2020

23

73

8

104

Additions

-

6

-

6

Disposals

-

(4)

(8)

(12)

At 31 October 2020

23

75

-

98

Depreciation and impairment

At 1 February 2019

-

45

8

53

Charge for the period

3

26

-

29

Disposals

-

(43)

-

(43)

At 31 January 2020

3

28

8

39

At 1 February 2020

3

28

8

39

Charge for the period

2

19

-

21

Disposals

-

(4)

(8)

(12)

At 31 October 2020

5

43

-

48

Net book value

At 31 October 2020

18

32

-

50

At 31 January 2020

20

45

-

65

 

 

12 Financial assets at amortised cost

 

Financial assets at amortised cost include the following debt investments:

 

 

 

October

2020

£m

January 2020

£m

Loans to related parties

4

4

4

4

 

Loans to related parties comprises £4m of 5% fixed rate loan notes in issue from AA Media Limited to the Group. The Group accounts for its 49% shareholding in AA Media Limited as an investment in a joint venture.

 

 

13 Trade and other receivables

 

October

2020

£m

January 2020

£m

Current

Trade receivables

162

142

Prepayments

29

19

Contract assets

16

15

Other receivables

11

6

218

182

 

 

14 Cash and cash equivalents

 

October

2020

£m

January 2020

£m

Cash at bank and in hand - available

156

62

Cash at bank and in hand - restricted

-

40

Cash and cash equivalents as presented in consolidated statement of cash flows

156

102

Less: presented as assets held for sale

-

(8)

Cash and cash equivalents as presented in consolidated statement of financial position

156

94

 

Restricted cash is cash which is subject to contractual or regulatory restrictions. Restricted cash includes £nil (31 January 2020: £8m) held by and on behalf of the Group's insurance businesses which are subject to contractual or regulatory restrictions. At 31 January 2020, restricted cash also included £32m held in a separate bank account due to a requirement under the terms of the Group's debt documents. The requirement is to deposit a calculated amount of 'excess cash' at the period end when within an 'accumulation period' (the 12 months before which any borrowings become due). This applied to the Class A3 Notes which were due on 31 July 2020. On 31 July 2020, the Group completed the refinancing of the £200m outstanding Class A3 Notes using the £200m proceeds from drawing down the Senior Term Facility (see note 18). Therefore, as it was no longer required, the excess cash was returned to available cash on 31 July 2020.

 

 

15 Trade and other payables

 

October

2020

£m

January 2020

£m

Current

Trade payables

109

98

Other taxes and social security costs

23

25

Accruals

63

55

Deferred income

210

213

Deferred consideration

-

1

Interest payable

32

-

Other payables

15

19

452

411

 

 

16 Provisions

 

October

2020

£m

January 2020

£m

Property leases

4

3

Other

6

8

10

11

Current

3

5

Non-current

7

6

10

11

The property leases provision relates to dilapidations.

 

At 31 January 2020, other provisions included £2m relating to anticipated compensation costs for poorly handled complaints. During the period to 31 October 2020, an in-depth review was completed and it was determined that this provision was not required, therefore £2m was released from other provisions. The remaining balance in other provisions of £6m (31 January 2020: £6m) relates to self-funded insurance liabilities, where the Group provides for the cost of certain claims made against it, for example motor vehicle accident damage and employer liability claims.

 

During the period, total provisions of £4m were utilised (31 January 2020: £1m) and net additional provisions of £3m were made (31 January 2020: £1m released).

 

Litigation - Mr Mackenzie's claim

 

As reported previously, the former Executive Chairman, Bob Mackenzie, who was dismissed for gross misconduct on 1 August 2017, had on 6 March 2018 issued a claim for substantial damages against AA plc, its subsidiary (Automobile Association Developments Limited) (together, 'the Companies') and personally against a number of their directors (existing and former) and the former Company Secretary.

 

In November 2018, Mr Mackenzie's claim against all the directors and the former Company Secretary was dismissed in full and he was ordered to pay their costs to be assessed by the Court if not agreed. The majority of Mr Mackenzie's claim arises from his exclusion from a share option scheme which, in any event, lapsed for all participants without any payment in June 2019. However, Mr Mackenzie has now issued an amended claim which includes a new claim for personal injury allegedly suffered as a result of stress arising from his role as CEO and Chairman. The Companies have filed a full defence in relation to Mr Mackenzie's amended claim. After further discussion with external counsel the Companies decided to apply for a strike-out application in relation to the entirety of Mr Mackenzie's claims against them. This application was filed in May 2020 and the Companies have been given a court date in March 2021 in respect of this. The Board assumes for the purpose of these financial statements that Mr Mackenzie will proceed with the claim against the Companies but maintains that it is not necessary for the Group to make a financial provision as it expects the defence will prevail.

 

From time to time the Group is subject to other claims and potential litigation. At the time of these interim financial statements, the Directors do not consider any such claims and litigation to have other than a remote risk of resulting in any material liability to the Group.

 

 

17 Borrowings and loans

 

 

 

October

2020

£m

January

2020

£m

Current

Borrowings (see note 18)

-

200

Non-current

Borrowings (see note 18)

2,748

2,535

2,748

2,735

 

 

18 Borrowings

 

Expected

maturity date

Interest rate

Principal

£m

Issue costs

£m

Amortised issue costs

£m

Total as

at 31 October

2020

£m

Total as

at 31

January

2020

£m

Senior Term Facility

31 July 2023

2.72%

200

-

-

200

-

Class A2 Notes

31 July 2025

6.27%

500

(1)

1

500

500

Class A3 Notes

31 July 2020

4.25%

-

-

-

-

200

Class A5 Notes

31 January 2022

2.88%

372

(25)

19

366

677

Class A6 Notes

31 July 2023

2.75%

250

(4)

2

248

248

Class A7 Notes

31 July 2024

4.88%

550

(8)

3

545

544

Class A8 Notes

31 July 2027

5.50%

325

(3)

-

322

-

Class B2 Notes

31 July 2022

5.50%

570

(16)

13

567

566

4.71%

2,767

(57)

38

2,748

2,735

 

The Senior Term Facility is subject to a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 1.75% per annum. However, the Group has an interest rate swap in place which exchanges LIBOR for a fixed interest rate of 0.97% thereby fixing the Senior Term Facility's interest rate at 2.72% through to 31 July 2021. Thereafter, the Group has an interest rate cap in place which caps the variable interest rate at 1.00% through to 31 July 2023.

 

At 31 October 2020 all other borrowings have fixed interest rates. The weighted average interest rate for all borrowings of 4.71% has been calculated using the effective interest rate and carrying values on 31 October 2020.

 

On 5 February 2020, the Group issued £325m of Class A8 Notes at an interest rate of 5.50% in exchange for £325m of Class A5 Notes. £3m of new issue premium associated with the issue of the Class A8 Notes was capitalised. In line with accounting for a substantial modification of a debt instrument under IFRS 9, costs of £20m associated with the issue of the Class A8 Notes and the cancellation of the Class A5 Notes were written off, consisting of £6m of exchange premium, £5m of transaction fees and £9m of unamortised issue costs associated with the Class A5 Notes.

 

On 23 April 2020, consistent with the Group's proactive approach to debt management, the Group announced that it had drawn down in full its £200m Senior Term Facility early to de-risk ahead of the planned refinancing of the remaining £200m Class A3 Notes which were due on 31 July 2020.

 

On 31 July 2020, the Group completed the refinancing of the £200m outstanding Class A3 Notes using the proceeds from the Senior Term Facility.

 

In order to show the Group net borrowings, the notes and the issue costs have been offset. Issue costs are shown net of any premium on the issue of borrowings. Interest rate swaps are recognised in the statement of financial position at fair value at the period end (see notes 19 and 22).

 

All of the Class A Notes are secured by first ranking security in respect of the undertakings and assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Class A facility security over the Group's assets ranks ahead of the Class B2 Notes. The Class B2 Notes have first ranking security over the assets of the immediate parent undertaking of the Group, AA Mid Co Limited. AA Mid Co Limited can only pay a dividend when certain Net Debt to Trading EBITDA and cash flow criteria are met.

 

Any voluntary repayment of the Class B2 Notes would have been made at a fixed premium until 31 July 2020 after which there is no premium to pay on redemption. Any voluntary early repayments of the Class A Notes would incur a make-whole payment of all interest due to expected maturity date, except the Class A5, Class A6, Class A7 and Class A8 Notes which can be settled without penalty within three months, two months, three months and six months respectively of the expected maturity date.

 

All of the Group loan notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange.

 

In order to comply with the requirements of the Class A Notes, the Group is required to maintain the Class A free cash flow to debt service ratio in excess of 1.35x. The actual Class A free cash flow to debt service ratio as at 31 July 2020 was 2.9x (31 January 2020: 3.4x). The Class B2 Notes require the Group to maintain the Class B2 free cash flow to debt service ratio in excess of 1.0x. The actual Class B2 free cash flow to debt service ratio as at 31 July 2020 was 2.1x (31 January 2020: 2.5x).

 

The Class A Notes only permit the release of cash providing the Senior Leverage ratio after payment is less than 5.5x and providing there is sufficient excess cash flow to cover the payment. The actual Senior Leverage ratio at 31 July 2020 was 6.1x (31 January 2020: 6.2x). The Class B2 Notes restrictions only permit the release of cash providing the Fixed Charge Coverage ratio after payment is more than 2:1 and providing that the aggregate payments do not exceed 50% of the accumulated consolidated net income. The actual Fixed Charge Coverage ratio at 31 July 2020 was 2.6x (31 January 2020: 2.6x).

 

The Class A and Class B2 Notes therefore place restrictions on the Group's ability to upstream cash from the key trading companies to pay external dividends and finance activities unconstrained by the restrictions embedded in the debts.

 

On 5 February 2020, S&P Global Ratings reaffirmed the credit rating of the Group's Class A Notes at BBB- and the Class B2 Notes at B+. On 23 April 2020, as part of the Senior Term Facility drawdown process, the Group announced that S&P had again confirmed the credit rating on the Class A Notes at BBB-.

 

In addition to the Senior Term Facility, the Group has a working capital facility available of £60m, of which £56m remains undrawn at the period end.

 

 

19 Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

October

2020

£m

January 2020

£m

Current liabilities

Interest rate swap derivatives

(1)

-

(1)

-

 

 

 

October

2020

£m

January 2020

£m

Non-current liabilities

Forward fuel contracts

(3)

(2)

(3)

(2)

 

 

20 Defined benefit pension scheme liabilities

The Group operates two funded defined benefit pension schemes: the AA UK Pension Scheme (AAUK) and the AA Ireland Pension Scheme (AAI). The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds. The AAUK scheme has a closed final salary and a Career Average Revalued Earnings (CARE) section which was closed from 1 April 2020 following consultation with affected employees. All future pensions build-up from 1 April 2020 in the UK is now on a defined contribution basis. The CARE section provided for benefits to accrue on an average salary basis. During the 2017 financial year and following the sale of the Irish business by the Group, AA Corporation Limited, a UK subsidiary of the Group, became the sponsor of the AAI scheme. The Group also operates an unfunded post-retirement Private Medical Plan (AAPMP), which is treated as a defined benefit scheme and is not open to new entrants.

The AAUK scheme is governed by a corporate trustee whose board is currently composed of member-nominated and Company-nominated directors. The AAI scheme is governed by a corporate trustee whose board is currently composed of Company-nominated directors of which some are also members of the scheme. For both pension schemes the Company-nominated directors include an independent director whom the trustee board directors have nominated as Chairman. The trustee of each scheme is responsible for paying members' benefits and for investing scheme assets, which are legally separate from the Group.

The AAUK and AAI schemes are subject to full actuarial valuations every three years using assumptions agreed between the trustee of each scheme and the Group. The purpose of this valuation is to design a funding plan to ensure that the pension scheme has sufficient assets available to meet the future payment of benefits to scheme members.

The valuation of liabilities for funding purposes differs from the valuation for accounting purposes, mainly due to the different assumptions used and changes in market conditions between different valuation dates. For funding valuation purposes, the assumptions used to value the liabilities are agreed between the trustee and the Group with the discount rate, for example, being based on a bond yield plus a margin based on the assumed rate of return on scheme assets. For accounting valuation purposes, the assumptions used to value the liabilities are determined in accordance with IAS 19, with the discount rate, for example, being based on high-quality (AA rated) corporate bonds.

The valuations have been based on a full assessment of the liabilities of the schemes which have been updated where appropriate to 31 October 2020 by independent qualified actuaries.

The amounts recognised in the statement of financial position are as follows:

 

As at 31 October 2020

AAUK

£m

AAI

£m

AAPMP

£m

Total

£m

Present value of the defined benefit obligation in respect of pension and healthcare plans

(2,653)

(69)

(45)

(2,767)

Fair value of plan assets

2,572

50

-

2,622

Deficit

(81)

(19)

(45)

(145)

 

 

 

As at 31 January 2020

AAUK

£m

AAI

£m

AAPMP

£m

Total

£m

Present value of the defined benefit obligation in respect of pension and healthcare plans

(2,576)

(61)

(44)

(2,681)

Fair value of plan assets

2,472

47

-

2,519

Deficit

(104)

(14)

(44)

(162)

 

The decrease in the deficit during the period is primarily the result of Group contributions paid towards the deficit, as well as strong asset returns offsetting the impact of the decrease in corporate bond yields and corresponding fall in discount rates.

In November 2013, the Group implemented an Asset-Backed Funding scheme which remains in place. The Asset-Backed Funding scheme provides a long-term deficit reduction plan where the Group makes an annual deficit reduction contribution of £14m increasing annually with inflation, until October 2038 or until the AAUK scheme funding deficit is removed if earlier, secured on the Group's brands.

In February 2020, the actuarial triennial review for the AAUK pension scheme was completed as at 31 March 2019. This resulted in a significant reduction to the technical provisions deficit of 64% from £366m as at 31 March 2016 to £131m. Under the previous 2016 valuation, the recovery plan extended through to 2038 in respect of the Asset-Backed Funding element and to 2026 in respect of the Additional Funding element. A new recovery plan has now been put in place and agreed with the trustee which assumes that the scheme's technical deficit will be fully repaid by July 2025, which is 1 year earlier than previously planned in terms of the Additional Funding element and 13 years earlier in terms of the Asset-Backed Funding element. To do this, the Group has committed to paying an additional (above the Asset-Backed Funding scheme payments) £10m per annum from April 2020 to March 2021, £11m per annum from April 2021 to March 2022 and £12m per annum from April 2022 to July 2025. From 1 February 2020, the trustee has also met its own costs of running the scheme. As a result, annual cash costs for the Group are expected to reduce by around £6m.

Consultation on the closure of the CARE section of the AAUK pension scheme commenced on 18 January 2020 through employee representatives and concluded on 18 March 2020. The Group had proposed that, from 1 April 2020, all future pension accrual would be on a defined contribution basis. Following a review of the feedback received during consultation, the Group has confirmed that the proposals will be implemented on a modified basis and future pension accrual will be on a defined contribution basis for all UK employees with transitional arrangements which will cost c. £11m over three years starting from 1 April 2020.

The agreed transitional arrangements provide a valuable enhanced Group pension contribution over a three year period commencing 1 April 2020 available to all members who make a contribution of at least 4% of pensionable salary per year. Further enhancements to the Group pension contribution are also available during the transitional period to members willing to make higher contributions.

On an ongoing basis, the regular (non-transitional) pension accrual costs for the affected members are expected to be c. £4m per year lower than the previous costs in the AAUK scheme as a result of the closure.

In addition, without scheme closure the Group would have incurred increased pension accrual cash costs in relation to the CARE section of a further c. £5m per annum from 1 April 2020 (under the triennial valuation agreement). Closure also curtails the ongoing build-up of defined benefit risk for the Group.

Following agreement of the 31 March 2019 triennial valuation in February 2020, as well as conclusion of the consultation on closure of the AAUK scheme to future accrual, the Group has a much clearer visibility over pension costs for at least the next three years (where finalisation of the 31 March 2022 triennial valuation would reasonably be expected). The ongoing volatility from accrual costs has been removed but future volatility of deficit costs does remain. The immediate impact of COVID-19 on the global financial markets means higher fluctuation of the funding level in the AAUK scheme, albeit partially mitigated by the de-risked investment strategy and high levels of hedging. Should these conditions persist at the time of the 2022 triennial valuation then there is a risk that the contributions required from the Group could increase.

Using an inflation assumption of 3.0% and a discount rate assumption of 1.5%, the present value of the future deficit reduction contributions has been calculated. Based on these assumptions, the Group expects the present value of deficit reduction contributions to exceed the IAS 19 deficit. The Group notes that, in the event that a surplus emerges, it would have an unconditional right to a refund of the surplus assuming the gradual settlement of AAUK scheme liabilities over time until all members have left the scheme.

The actuarial triennial review as at 31 December 2019 for the AAI pension scheme was completed during September 2020. This resulted in a reduction to the funding deficit of 50% from c. £8m as at 31 December 2016 to c. £4m as at 31 December 2019. The Group made deficit reduction contributions of £1m in the year ended 31 January 2020 and will continue to make annual deficit reduction contributions, increasing with inflation, until December 2024 (an extension of 1 year over the previous agreement) or until an alternative agreement is signed with the AAI scheme trustee.

In total, the Group paid £4m in ongoing employer contributions until the closure of the AAUK scheme CARE section and is currently committed to pay £25m in deficit reduction employer contributions to its defined benefit plans (AAUK and AAI) in the year ending 31 January 2021.

The Group has been informed by the trustee of the AAUK scheme of a possible need to review the scheme's approach to "equalising" certain pension benefits earned before 1 April 1992, so that the benefits earned by male and female members are equal. This requirement, stemming from EU law, is common to most UK defined benefit pension schemes. In simple terms, this requires some pre-1992 pensions to be treated as if payable from a more generous age of 60, rather than the AAUK scheme's normal retirement age of 65. Action was taken in 1992 to put in place a mechanism for equalisation of these benefits, but the trustee has raised questions about the effectiveness of the mechanism used.

This is a highly technical matter that relates only to the benefits of members who joined certain sections of the AAUK scheme before 1 November 1987 and remained in service after 17 May 1990. At this early stage of our analysis we consider the scope of potentially impacted benefits to be limited to those accrued in the period 17 May 1990 to 31 March 1992. A detailed legal analysis will be needed to determine whether any additional liabilities need to be recognised by the Group or whether the existing methods used by the AAUK scheme trustee to equalise benefits are in fact valid. Without this detailed analysis, as well as obtaining scheme information dating back to the 1990s, making a reliable estimate of the potential impact is extremely difficult due to the range of possible conclusions (including a scenario where no additional liability is recognised). Given the need for this extensive legal analysis and information collation, a reliable estimate is unavailable at this stage.

Fair value of plan assets

The table below shows the AAUK scheme assets split between those that have a quoted market price and those that are unquoted.

The fair value of the AAUK scheme assets was as follows:

As at 31 October 2020

As at 31 January 2020

 

Assets with a quoted market price

£m

Assets without a quoted market price

£m

Assets with a quoted market price

£m

Assets without a quoted market price

£m

Equities

-

344

-

244

Bonds/gilts

441

584

474

571

Property

31

238

32

255

Hedge funds

29

285

1

300

Private equity

-

65

-

44

Cash/net current assets

18

10

15

9

Annuity policies

-

527

-

527

Total plan assets

519

2,053

522

1,950

 

Approximately £32m of unquoted assets allocated to private equity and £9m of unquoted assets allocated to property have been measured at amortised cost rather than fair value.

All assets of the AAUK scheme are held in unquoted pooled investment vehicles which invest in mixtures of quoted and unquoted funds. The above table displays the quoted and unquoted splits of the underlying investments.

 

Pension plan assumptions

The principal actuarial assumptions were as follows:

 

AAUK and AAPMP

 

AAI

 

 

October

2020

%

January

2020

%

October

2020

%

January

2020

%

Pensioner discount rate

1.5

1.6

0.4

0.3

Non-pensioner discount rate

1.7

1.8

0.4

0.8

Pensioner RPI

3.0

2.9

-

-

Non-pensioner RPI

2.9

2.8

-

-

Pensioner CPI

2.1

2.0

0.9

1.2

Non-pensioner CPI

2.1

2.0

0.9

1.2

Rate of increase of pensions in payment (final salary sections) - pensioner

2.9

2.8

-

-

Rate of increase of pensions in payment (final salary sections) - non-pensioner

2.8

2.8

-

-

Rate of increase of pensions in payment (CARE section) - pensioner

1.7

1.7

-

-

Rate of increase of pensions in payment (CARE section) - non-pensioner

1.8

1.7

-

-

Pension increase for deferred benefits

2.1

2.0

0.9

1.2

Medical premium inflation rate

7.0

6.9

-

-

 

Mortality assumptions are set using standard tables based on scheme-specific experience where available and an allowance for future improvements. For 31 October 2020, the assumptions used were in line with the SAPS (S3) series mortality tables with scheme-specific adjustments (31 January 2020 - SAPS (S3) series) with future improvements in line with the CMI_2019 model with a 1.25% long-term rate of improvement (31 January 2020 - CMI_2019 model with a 1.25% long-term rate of improvement). The AAI scheme mortality assumptions are set using standard tables with scheme-specific adjustments.

The AA schemes' overall assumptions are that an active male retiring in normal health currently aged 60 will live on average for a further 25 years (31 January 2020: 25 years) and an active female retiring in normal health currently aged 60 will live on average for a further 28 years (31 January 2020: 28 years).

 

Sensitivity analysis

Reasonably possible changes at the reporting date to one of the relevant actuarial assumptions, holding other assumptions constant, would have affected the defined benefit liability by the amounts shown below:

For the nine months ended 31 October 2020

AAUK

£m

AAI

£m

AAPMP

£m

Increase of 0.25% in discount rate

130

4

2

Increase of 0.25% in RPI

(121)

(2)

-

Increase of 1% in medical claims inflation

-

-

(8)

Increase of one year of life expectancy

(107)

(3)

-

An equivalent decrease in the assumptions at 31 October 2020 would have had a broadly equal but opposite effect on the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant. The amounts shown above are the effects of changing the assumptions on the gross defined benefit liability, rather than on the net deficit. The de-risked investment strategy and high levels of hedging reduce the sensitivities of changing these assumptions on the net deficit considerably.

 

 

21 Related party transactions

 

The following tables provide the total values of transactions that have been entered into with associates and joint ventures in the period.

 

Transactions with associates:

 

Associate

Nature of transaction

Nine months ended

October 2020

Nine months

ended

October 2019

£m

£m

ARC Europe SA

Registration and call handling fees

1

2

At 31 October 2020, the Group had an outstanding balance payable to ARC Europe SA of £nil (31 January 2020: £1m) in respect of the above transactions.

 

Transactions with joint ventures:

 

Joint venture

Nature of transaction

Nine months ended

October 2020

Nine months

ended

October 2019

£m

£m

AA Media Limited

Services supplied to AA Media Limited

-

1

Drvn Solutions Limited

Goods supplied by Drvn Solutions Limited

2

-

 

At 31 October 2020, the Group had an outstanding balance receivable from AA Media Limited of £4m comprising fixed rate loan notes (31 January 2020: £4m) (see note 12).

 

Intelematics Europe Limited changed its name to Drvn Solutions Limited on 10 June 2020. At 31 October 2020, the Group had an outstanding balance payable to Drvn Solutions Limited of £nil (31 January 2020: £nil) in respect of the above transactions.

 

 

22 Fair values

 

Fair values Fair values

Financial instruments held at fair value are valued using quoted market prices or other valuation techniques.

Valuation techniques include net present value and discounted cash flow models, and comparison to similar instruments for which market observable prices exist. Assumptions and market observable inputs used in valuation techniques include interest rates.

The objective of using valuation techniques is to arrive at a fair value that reflects the price of the financial instrument at each year end at which the asset or liability would have been exchanged by market participants acting at arm's length.

Observable inputs are those that have been seen either from counterparties or from market pricing sources and are publicly available. The use of these depends upon the liquidity of the relevant market. When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group uses observable inputs as much as possible. Fair values are categorised into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted market prices in an actively traded market for identical assets or liabilities. These are the most reliable.

Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the assets or liabilities. These include valuation models used to calculate the present value of expected future cash flows and may be employed either when no active market exists or when there are quoted prices available for similar instruments in active markets. The models incorporate various inputs including interest rate curves and forward rate curves of the underlying instrument.

Level 3 - Inputs for assets or liabilities that are not based on observable market data.

If the inputs used to measure the fair values of an asset or a liability might be categorised in different levels of the fair value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is categorised in its entirety in the same level as the lowest input that is significant to the entire measurements.

The fair values are periodically reviewed by the Group Treasury function. The following tables provide the quantitative fair value hierarchy of the Group's fuel and interest rate swaps and loan notes.

The carrying values of all other financial assets and liabilities (including the Senior Term Facility) are approximate to their fair values:

 

AT 31 OCTOBER 2020:

Fair value measurement using

Quoted prices in active markets

 

Significant observable inputs

 

Significant unobservable inputs

Carrying value

£m

(Level 1)

£m

(Level 2)

£m

(Level 3)

£m

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

Interest rate swap derivatives (note 19)

1

1

-

-

Forward fuel contracts (note 19)

3

3

-

-

Liabilities for which fair values are disclosed

Loan notes (note 18)

2,548

2,547

-

-

 

AT 31 JANUARY 2020:

Fair value measurement using

Quoted prices in active markets

 

Significant observable inputs

 

Significant unobservable inputs

Carrying value

£m

(Level 1)

£m

(Level 2)

£m

(Level 3)

£m

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

Forward fuel contracts (note 19)

2

2

-

-

Liabilities for which fair values are disclosed

Loan notes (note 18)

2,735

2,772

-

-

 

 

23 Business combinations

Acquisitions during the period ended 31 October 2020

There were no acquisitions during the period ended 31 October 2020.

Acquisitions during the year ended 31 January 2020

On 1 February 2019, the Group completed the purchase of the entire share capital of Prestige Motor Care Holdings Limited and its three wholly owned subsidiaries Prestige Fleet Servicing Limited, Prestige Car Servicing Limited and Prestige Motor Care Limited for cash consideration of £11m.

On acquisition, assets and liabilities acquired included £3m cash and £2m trade and other payables. Goodwill of £10m was initially recognised but was subsequently reallocated within the permitted measurement period, comprising additions of £11m to customer relationships, £1m to software and £2m to deferred tax liabilities. At the point of acquisition, the combined fair value of net assets acquired was therefore £11m, which resulted in £nil goodwill being recognised. The net outflow of cash to acquire these subsidiaries was £8m.

Prestige Motor Care Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries generated a combined revenue of £18m for the year ended 31 January 2020.

Disposals during the period ended 31 October 2020

On 21 May 2020, the Group completed the sale of the entire share capital of AA Underwriting Limited and Automobile Association Underwriting Services Limited for cash consideration of £5m. The combined net book value of net assets disposed of was £6m, which resulted in a £1m loss on disposal being recognised. The net outflow of cash to dispose of these subsidiaries was £1m.

The assets and liabilities disposed of had been presented as held for sale at 31 January 2020.

Disposals during the year ended 31 January 2020

On 29 March 2019, the Group completed the sale of 51% of the share capital of AA Media Limited.

 

 

24 Events after the reporting period

 

On 25 November 2020, it was announced that the Company's ultimate parent undertaking, AA plc, had reached agreement with a newly formed joint venture company indirectly owned in equal shares by (i) funds advised by TowerBrook Capital Partners (U.K.) LLP or its affiliates; and (ii) private equity funds managed by Warburg Pincus LLC or its affiliates (together the "Consortium") on the terms of a recommended cash offer for the entire issued and to be issued ordinary share capital of AA plc. It is intended that the Acquisition will be implemented by way of a court-sanctioned scheme of arrangement (the "Scheme"). The Scheme was approved by shareholders on 14 January 2021 at a court meeting and then at a General Meeting but is still subject to court sanction hearing and regulatory approval.At 31 October 2020:

Fair value measurement using

Quoted prices in active markets

 

Significant observable inputs

 

Significant unobservable inputs

Carrying value

£m

(Level 1)

£m

(Level 2)

£m

(Level 3)

£m

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

Interest rate swap derivatives (note 19)

1

1

-

-

Forward fuel contracts (note 19)

3

3

-

-

Liabilities for which fair values are disclosed

Loan notes (note 18)

2,548

2,547

-

-

 

 

 

Directors' responsibility statement

 

 

The Directors confirm that to the best of their knowledge the consolidated interim financial information contained in this report has been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34 'Interim Financial Reporting' (IAS 34).

 

 

 

By order of the Board

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

15 January 2021

 

 

 

 

Forward-looking statements

 

This document contains various forward-looking statements that reflect management's current views with respect to future events and anticipated financial and operational performance. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and the Group's actual financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and the development of the industry in which it operates, may differ materially from (and be more negative than) those made in, or suggested by, the forward-looking statements contained in this document. In addition, even if its financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and the development of the industry in which it operates are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this document, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Although the Group believes that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that they will materialise or prove to be correct. Because these forward-looking statements are based on assumptions or estimates and are subject to risks and uncertainties, the actual results or outcome could differ materially from those set out in the forward-looking statements.

 

This information is provided by RNS, the news service of the London Stock Exchange. RNS is approved by the Financial Conduct Authority to act as a Primary Information Provider in the United Kingdom. Terms and conditions relating to the use and distribution of this information may apply. For further information, please contact rns@lseg.com or visit www.rns.com.RNS may use your IP address to confirm compliance with the terms and conditions, to analyse how you engage with the information contained in this communication, and to share such analysis on an anonymised basis with others as part of our commercial services. For further information about how RNS and the London Stock Exchange use the personal data you provide us, please see our Privacy Policy.
 
END
 
 
MSCUWSRRAOUAAAR
Date   Source Headline
10th Mar 20218:00 amRNSRemoval - AA plc
9th Mar 20213:15 pmBUSForm 8.3 - AA plc
9th Mar 20212:29 pmRNSForm 8.3 - [AA PLC / WARBURG PINCUS VENTURES]
9th Mar 202111:32 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI) - AA plc
9th Mar 202110:54 amBUSForm 8.5 (EPT/NON-RI) - AA PLC
9th Mar 202110:30 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)- AA plc
9th Mar 20219:00 amRNSScheme of arrangement becomes effective
9th Mar 20218:47 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI) AA Plc
9th Mar 20218:39 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)
8th Mar 20213:15 pmBUSForm 8.3 - AA plc
8th Mar 202112:28 pmRNSCourt approval of Scheme
8th Mar 202111:24 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)- AA plc
8th Mar 202110:43 amBUSForm 8.5 (EPT/NON-RI) - AA PLC
8th Mar 202110:04 amRNSForm 8.3 - AA plc
8th Mar 20218:31 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)
8th Mar 20218:26 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI) AA Plc
8th Mar 20218:16 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)
5th Mar 20213:15 pmBUSForm 8.3 - AA plc
5th Mar 202111:44 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)-AA PLC
5th Mar 202111:37 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI) - AA plc
5th Mar 202110:38 amBUSForm 8.5 (EPT/NON-RI) - AA PLC
5th Mar 20219:39 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)
5th Mar 20219:02 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI) AA Plc
5th Mar 20218:42 amRNSForm 8.3 - AA plc
4th Mar 20213:30 pmRNSForm 8.3 - AA PLC
4th Mar 20213:15 pmBUSForm 8.3 - AA plc
4th Mar 202111:34 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI) - AA plc
4th Mar 202111:21 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)- AA plc
4th Mar 202110:48 amBUSForm 8.5 (EPT/NON-RI) - AA PLC
4th Mar 202110:40 amGNWDimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. : Form 8.3 - AA PLC - Ordinary Shares
4th Mar 202110:02 amRNSForm 8.3 - AA plc
4th Mar 20219:25 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)
4th Mar 20219:09 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)
4th Mar 20219:02 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI) AA Plc
3rd Mar 20213:30 pmRNSForm 8.3 - AA PLC
3rd Mar 20213:15 pmBUSForm 8.3 - AA plc
3rd Mar 20212:12 pmRNSForm 8.3 - AA PLC
3rd Mar 202111:33 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI) - AA plc
3rd Mar 202111:33 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)- AA plc
3rd Mar 202111:27 amBUSForm 8.5 (EPT/NON-RI) - AA PLC
3rd Mar 202110:23 amRNSForm 8.3 - AA plc
3rd Mar 202110:06 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)
3rd Mar 20217:31 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI) AA Plc
2nd Mar 20215:30 pmRNSAA
2nd Mar 20212:07 pmRNSForm 8.3 - AA PLC
2nd Mar 202111:38 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI) - AA plc
2nd Mar 202111:25 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)- AA plc
2nd Mar 202110:57 amRNSForm 8.5 (EPT/RI)
2nd Mar 202110:48 amBUSForm 8.5 (EPT/NON-RI) - AA PLC
2nd Mar 202110:25 amRNSForm 8.3 - AA plc

Due to London Stock Exchange licensing terms, we stipulate that you must be a private investor. We apologise for the inconvenience.

To access our Live RNS you must confirm you are a private investor by using the button below.

Login to your account

Don't have an account? Click here to register.

Quickpicks are a member only feature

Login to your account

Don't have an account? Click here to register.